Cities Index.
Agenda packet, first session

Garden Grove City Council
July 8, 2025

Document
Agenda packet, first session
Meeting
July 8, 2025
Body
Garden Grove City Council
Pages
77
Original file
21.6 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on agendasuite.org. That file is the official record.

B. No impact fee as required by this Code is required for an ADU that is less than 750 square feet in size.

C. Any impact fee that is required for an ADU that is 750 square feet or more shall be charged proportionately in relation to the square footage of the primary dwelling.

D. For purposes of this section, "impact fee" does not include any connection fee, capacity charge for water or sewer service, planning application fee, plan check fee, or building permit fee.

SECTION 4. Severability. If any section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, word, or portion of this Ordinance is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance and each section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, word, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, words, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 5. The Mayor shall sign and the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause the same, or the summary thereof, to be published and posted pursuant to the provisions of law and this Ordinance shall take effect on the date that is thirty (30) days after adoption.

133
ORDINANCE NO. ___

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE APPROVING ZONING AMENDMENT NO. A-042-2024(B), A TEXT AMENDMENT TO PORTIONS OF CHAPTERS 9.04, 9.08, 9.12, 9.16, 9.18, 9.32, AND 9.60 OF TITLE 9 OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE MUNICIPAL CODE TO CONFORM

TO STATE AND FEDERAL LAW AND CITY POLICIES, TO REPLACE

SUBJECTIVE LANGUAGE, AND TO MAKE CLARIFICATIONS AND
TYPOGRAPHICAL CORRECTIONS.

CITY ATTORNEY SUMMARY

This Ordinance approves a zoning text amendment to portions of Chapters 9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards),

9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, a nd Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code to conform to state and federal la w and City policies, to replace subjective language, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections. The Ordinance corrects typographical and formatting errors, adds data tables and additional reference information within existing data tables, re stores words and provisions that were previously inadvertently removed , codifies historical City interpretations, clarifies potentially confusing language, makes similar standards consistent across multiple Chapters, adds specificity to certain development standards and codifies certain City policies and procedures to aid in enforcement, and revises various provisions to conform to state and federal law.

THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE FINDS AND DETERMINES AS FOLLOWS:

WHEREAS, the City of Garden Grove is proposing a zoning text amendment to portions of Chapters 9.04, 9.08, 9.12, 9.16, 9.18, 9.32, and 9.60 of Title 9 of the City of Garden Grove Municipal Code to conform to state and federal law and City policies, to replace subjectiv e language, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections; and

WHEREAS, the proposed Zoning Amendment No. A -042-2024(B) would update portions of Chapters 9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards), 9.12 (M ultifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and 9.60 (Special Housing Regul ations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code to correct typographical and formatting errors, add data tables and additional reference information within existing data tables, restore words and provisions that were previously inadvertent ly removed, codify historical City interpretations, clarify potentially confusing language, make similar standards consistent across multiple Chapters, add specificity to certain development standards and codify certain City policies and procedures to aid in enforcement, and revise various 134

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 2 ends

provisions to conform to state and federal law; and

WHEREAS, following a public hearing held on June 5, 2025, the Garden Grove Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 6114-25 recommending the City Council to approve Zoning Amendment No. A-042-2025(B); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to a legal notice, a Public Hearing regarding Zoning Amendment No.

A-042-2025(B) was held by the City Council on July 8, 2025 , and all interested persons were given an opportunity to be heard; and

WHEREAS, the City Council gave due and careful consideration to the matter during its meeting of July 8, 2025, and considered all oral and written testimony presented; and

WHEREAS, this ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), Cal. Pub. Resources Code Section 21000 et seq., pursuant to Sections 15378(b)(5) (Organizational or Administrative Activities), 15301, (Existing Facilities), 15303 (New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures), 15060(c)(2) (Not a Project) and 15601(b)(3), (Common Sense), of the State CEQA Guidelines. (Cal. Code of Regs., Title 14, Sections 15378(b)(5), 15301, 15303, 15060(c)(2), and 15601(b)(3)); and

WHEREAS, the City Council hereby incorporates by reference the findings and reasons set forth in Planning Commission Resolution No. 6114-25 and makes the following findings regarding Amendment No. A-042-2025(B):

A. Zoning Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) is internally consistent with the goals, policies, and elements of the General Plan.

B. Zoning Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) is deemed to promote the public interest, health, safety and welfare.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council finds that the above recitals are true and correct.

SECTION 2. Zoning Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) is hereby approved pursuant to the findings set forth herein and the facts and reasons stated herein and in Planning Commission Resolution No. 6114-25, a copy of which is on file in the City Clerk’s Office and incorporated herein by reference with the same force and effect as if set forth in full.

SECTION 3. Subsection C (Definitions) of Section 9.04.060 (Definitions) of Chapter 9.04 (General Provisions) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to (a) revise the definitions of a “Department Director,” “Floor area ratio,” “Structure,” and “Supportive housing for the homeless” ; and (b) add a definition of “Thrift retail store”, to be 135

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 3 ends

placed in alphabetical order, as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

Definitions. Unless otherwise specifically provided, the words and phrases used in the chapter shall have the following meanings:
…

“D” Definitions.
…

"Department Director" means the City's Director of Economic and Community Development Director or other individual designated by the City Manager to supervise the City's Community Development Ddepartment, or his or her designee. …

“F” Definitions.
…

"Floor area ratio" means the ratio between the area of gross building floor space of all buildings on a lot and the area of the building site it they occupyies. Gross building floor space includes, but is not limited to, habitable areas, accessory structures, garages, structured parking, and mezzanine or loft spaces. …

“T” Definitions.
…

“Thrift retail store” means a retail store and related donation facilities engaged primarily in the sale of secondhand clothing, shoes, apparel, toys, and standard household goods, including furniture, fixtures, and small household appliances, and the collection of t hose goods for resale. “Thrift retail store” does not include the sale of large household appliances such as refrigerators or stoves and does not include the sale of cars or anything automotive-related.
…

“S” Definitions.
…

"Structure" means a walled and roofed building, and any appurtenances associated with the structure, including porches, patios, gazebos, pergolas, arbors, a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally above ground, as well as a manufactured home. …

"Supportive housing for the h omeless" is a form of affordable permanent supportive housing specifically serving homeless individuals or youths; the term has the same 136

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 4 ends

meaning as defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code, and includes administrative office space in the amounts set forth in paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) of Section 65651 of the Government Code and transitional housing for youth and young adults and is a form of affordable permanent supportive housing specifically serving homeless individuals or youths . Th e "target population" for purposes of supportive housing for the homeless is defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code and consists of persons, including persons with disabilities, and families who are "homeless," as that term is defined by Section 11302 of Title 42 of the United States Code, who currently reside in a supportive housing project and were "homeless" when approved for tenancy in the supportive housing project in which they currently reside, or who are "homeless youth," as that term is defined by paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 12597 of the Government Code. …

SECTION 4. Subsection A of Section 9.08.020.050 (Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) of Section 9.08.020 (Permitted Uses in the R-1 Zone) of Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Churches, other religious c enters, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.

21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specifi ed in the zone in which the building is located.

a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., Sunday permitted schools buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which t hey are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.

b. The required front yard for any off -street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any 137

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 5 ends

property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one -family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved.

65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off -street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used.

Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to mat erials, design and construction. Where no specific plan for street alignment or widths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate pr oceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys that will conform to prescribed minimums.

109. Parcels zoned and utilized for single -family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes.

1110. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).

138

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 6 ends

SECTION 5. Note 6 to the “R-1 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE” set forth in Subsection A of Section 9.08.040.020 (Residential - General Development Standards) of Section 9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

6. Also see Section 9.08.040.030.A.1 and 2.a.1.

SECTION 6. Section 9.08.040.030 (Special Requirements - R-1 Zone) of Section 9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.08.040.030 Special Requirements — R-1 Zone.

A. All plans for new construction, and/or attached or detached additions, and/or detached structures to properties zoned for, or improved with, single-family residences shall be reviewed for approval by the City Manager or designee. Approval by the City shall be based on the following crite ria. Wherein any of these criteria have not been met, the addition plans shall be denied.

1. All zoning requirements of the R-1 zone are complied with and no variances or waivers are requested.

2. The architectural style and building materials design fea tures of the primary residential unit and each attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall match one another, as provided below: are compatible with the existing dwelling unit. The roofing shall be the same style, material and design as the main structure.

a. The type, pitch, color, material, and texture of the roof and eave details of an attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall be the same as the primary unit.

b. The color, material, and texture of all building walls, windows, and doors of an attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall be the same as the primary unit.

3. The total footprint coverage of the main primary structure, any accessory structure(s), driveways and uncovered parking does not exceed 50% of the total lot area.

4. All areas designed and/or intended to be used as living or habitable area are integrated into a single, cohesive dwelling unit.

139

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 7 ends

5. The nature and character of the new construction or addition are consistent with the nature and character of the neighborhood.
…

C. New Two-Story Structures and Two -Story Additions to Single -Family Residences. In addition to the requirements of Section 9.08.040.030.A the following development standards shall apply to all new two-story structures and two-story additions in the R- 1 zone.

1. All of the following privacy provisions shall be complied with:

a. All new two-story windows and balconies shall be situated so that they are not directly opposite those windows of adjacent resident ial dwelling units;

b. Second-story wWindows and balconies locations shall not have direct views take into account adjacent property's recreation areas , such as side and rear yards, and amenities, which may include such as pools, spas, seating areas, play equipment, patios, gazebos, gardens, or other similar recreation areas or amenities located on portions of an adjacent lot that are not visible from the public right-of-way. etc.; Where there are direct views into adjacent recreation a reas from proposed window and balcony locations, visual intrusion mitigation measures shall be provided, such as the following:

i. High windows with a minimum sill height of six feet, as measured from the finished floor.

ii. View-obscuring treatment such as wing walls.

iii. Obscure, opaque, or frosted fixed (non-slider) windows.

iv. A row of screening/canopy trees evenly spaced shall be placed along the property line(s), which shall be of a minimum height that blocks any direct views. Screening/canopy t rees shall be maintained in perpetuity.

c. Where conflicts between proposed window locations occur, visual intrusion mitigation measures shall be provided, such as, the use of high windows, wing walls, view obscuring window treatments, window alignments, etc.

D. Detached Accessory Structures. In addition to the requirements of Section

9.08.040.030.A, all detached accessory structures, constructed on a property used for 140

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 8 ends

single-family residential purposes shall comply with all of the following provisions, unless otherwise required by this title:
…

9. Interior Standards for Detached Accessory Structures.

a. Detached aAccessory structures such as workshop spaces, detached garages, or other similar spaces shall not have wall insulation or heating/cooling equipment.

b. Each wall within a n detached accessory structure shall only have one outlet for every 10 feet.

c. Only non -egress windows are allowed within a n detachedaccessory structure.
…

F. Height of Towers, Spires and Unique Structures in the R-1 (Single-Family Residential) Zone.

1. Usable floor space may be provided above allowable height for religious institutions, and public, private or parochial schools when employed as a unique structure, tower or spire, subject to a conditional use permit.

2. Fire or parapet walls, skylights, flagpoles, chimneys, wireless masts and similar nonhabitable structures may be erected fifteen feet above the height of the structure to which it is attached limits prescribed if done so in conjunction with the filing of a conditional use permit.
…

H. Driveway Width. Minimum paved access -way width of 16 feet is required when off - street parking for open or garage spaces is located at the rear of a unit. When a new, conforming, garage is proposed to be constructed to the rear of an existing residence, and when the location of that residence interferes with providing the required 16 -foot driveway width, the minimum accessway may be reduced to 12 feet with the approval of the City Manager or designee.

I. Swimming Pools. Swimming pool setbacks shall be subject to any applicable standards of the California Building Code, but in no case shall be less than 5 feet to the side and rear property lines, and 20 feet to the front property line. Separations between swimming pools and any structures shall be subject to any applicable standards of the California Building Code, but in no case shall be less than 6 feet. See also Section 9.08.040.010.G and 9.08.040.020.F.

141

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 9 ends

J. Any yard accessories t aller than 36 inches, including, but not limited to, statues, fountains, planters, barbecues, counters, diving boards, slides, play and sports equipment, rock walls, and fireplaces or fire pits, shall not be taller than 17 feet in height, and shall be subj ect to the following setbacks: 5 feet to the side and rear property lines, 10 feet to any street side property lines, and 20 feet to the front property line.

SECTION 7. Section 9.08.040.100 (Walls, Fences and Hedges – Heights and Yards) of Section

9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown i n double underline):

A. Height of Unique Structures. Penthouses or roofs structures for the housing of elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the building, fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, flagpoles, chimneys, smokestacks, wireless masts and similar structures may be erected above the height limits by this chapter, but may not exceed a height of 15 feet above the structure to which it is attached. No penthouses or roof structure, nor any other space above the height limit allowed for the zone in which the building is located, shall be allowed for the purpose of providing additional usable floor space, except that usable floor space may be provided above this height for churches, and publi c, private or parochial schools, when employed in a unique structure, tower or spire, subject to the approval of a conditional use permit. Specialized buildings or structures that, for technological purposes, may be erected to heights greater than the heig ht limits herein prescribed, and may contain additional floor space above the prescribed limit when necessary to the operating of the equipment and processing within the building, subject to conditional use permit.
…

BA. Yard Regulations. Except as provided elsewhere in Title 9, every required yard shall be open and unobstructed from the ground to the sky.

CB. Modification of Required Front Yar d Setback Where Nonconformities Exist.

Unimproved lots located between lots that have nonconforming setbacks may develop the property with a reduction in setback of up to five feet, but in no instance shall the front yard setback be less than 15 feet.

DC. Application of Required Front Yard Setback for Properties Having 15 -Foot and Properties Having Greater Than 15 -Foot Setbacks. Those properties that have existing, established 15 -foot front yard setbacks may have new construction at that setback distance granted, provided that it does not obscure vision clearance, create traffic hazards or future street widening problems as measured from the ultimate right- of-way. In addition, the 15 -foot setback at no time shall be permitted for a garage having a straight-in driveway approach. The garage may be set back at 15 feet only if 142

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 10 ends

the garage door is perpendicular to the street. Those properties having established setbacks greater than 15 feet and adjoining properties having greater than 15 -foot setbacks shall adhere to the prescribed 20-foot front yard setback under the R-1 zone.

Deviation from this latter provision would require the filing and approval of a variance.

ED. Yard Requirements for Property Abutting Half -Streets or Streets Designated by a Specific Plan.
…

FE. Modification of Required Front Yards on Lots Fronting on the Curves of Cul -de-Sacs or Knuckles. Where the street pattern of a subdivision includes lots fronting upon cul - de-sac turnarounds or knuckle widenings at right angles or approximate right angle turns in a street, and where such fronting lots by reason of the cul -de-sac or knuckle creating a greater street width with the resultant reduced depth of fronting lots, the required front yard may be reduced in the following manner:
…

GF. Vision Clearance, Corner and Reverse Corner Lots. All corner lots and reverse corner lots subject to yard requirements shall maintain, for safety vision purposes, a triangular area one angle and two sides of which shall be formed by the intersection of th e lot front and side lines or their projection to a point of intersection, and the sides of such triangle forming the corner angle shall each be 25 feet in length measured from the aforementioned angle. The third side of said triangle shall be a straight line connecting those points that are distant 25 feet from the intersection of the lot front and side lines or the intersection of their projection, and within the area comprising said triangle, no tree shall be allowed nor any fence, shrub or other physical obstruction higher than 36 inches above the established grade shall be permitted.

HG. Permitted Intrusions Into Required Yards. The following intrusions may project into any single-family development required yard, but in no case shall such intrusion extend more than two feet into any required yard, except as provided below. Any such extension shall not reduce any remaining side yard or rear to a width less than three feet.
…

I. Waiver of Zone Separation Setback. When commercial or industrial property h as a common property line with R-zoned property that is a right-of-way for a street, highway, freeway, railroad, or flood control channel, the hearing body may waive the requirement for a 10-foot setback for buildings and structures.

J. When the strict an d literal application of Title 9 of this code requiring the narrow dimension to be the front of a corner lot prevents the lot from being developed to its fullest and best use, the hearing body may determine which side of a corner lot in any zone is the front for purposes of applying requirements for setbacks; wall, fence and hedge heights; parking; and landscaping.
143

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 11 ends

SECTION 8.Subsection B of Section 9.08.040.110 (Walls, Fences and Hedges) of Section

9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

B. Wall, Fence or Hedge May Be Maintained.

…

4. On reverse corner lots, a fence, wall, or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the rear line of the required front yard. Any such fence shall observe the triangular area of the required side yard on the side street side at the rear of corner lots. When the dwelling unit(s) on the lot abutting the rear line of said reversed corner lot front(s) a property line(s) other than the front line, the triangular area observance may be waiv ed or modified subject to the approval of the hearing body.
…

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eight feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right -of-way; provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the e ffect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity.

c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.
…

SECTION 9. Subsection B of Section 9.08.040.120 (Lot Areas, Frontages and Dwelling Unit Areas) of Section 9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amend ed as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

B. Lot Area Not to Be Reduced. No lot area shall be so reduced or diminished that the lot area, yards, or other open spaces shall be less than prescribed by this chapter for the zone in which it is located, nor shall the density of population be increased in any 144

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 12 ends

manner, except in conformity with the regulations established by this chapterTitle or State Law.

SECTION 10. Section 9.08.040.150 (Parking Spaces Required) of Section 9.08.040 (Single- Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

9.08.040.150 Parking Spaces Required.

…

USE REQUIRED MINIMUM PARKING SPACES
A. Residential Uses

1. Single-family homePrimary
Dwelling Unit(s)
a. 10-4 sleeping rooms

2 spaces in an enclosed garage plus 2 open spaces
… …

SECTION 11. Subsection B of Section 9.08.040.160 (Parking – Special Requirements) of Section 9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single - Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

B. Required Types of Spaces. Resident parking spaces for single-family homesprimary dwelling units shall be provided in garages only, and/or as open spaces on paved driveways.

SECTION 12. Section 9.08.040.170 (Location of Parking Spaces) of Section 9.08.040 (Single- Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

§ 9.08.040.170 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development , unless otherwise provided in accordance with State Law.

B. All off-street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.

…

145

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 13 ends

3. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.
…

SECTION 13. Subsection B (Parking Improvements) of Section 9.08.040.180 (Parking Dimensions and Design Lay-Outs) of Section 9.08.040 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

B. Parking Improvements.

1. Paving. Parking and loading facilities shall be surfaced and maintained with asphalt concrete, concrete or other permanent, impervious fixed surfacing material sufficient to prevent loose surfacing materials and other nuisances.

Parking lot striping shall be maintained at all times. Any development requiring parking lot improvements will be required to file with the City conditions, covenants and restrictions requiring maintenance of the parking area. Said conditions, covenants and restrictions shall run with the land. …

6. Screening. Open off -street parking areas for non -residential uses shall be screened from view of public streets and adjacent land uses that are more restrictiveproperties improved with residential uses.
…

9. Dimensions. Parking space dimensions shall be as adopted by resolution of the Planning Commission .All parking spaces shall conform to the following minimum dimensions:

a. Non-Residential Uses.

Standard Space: 9 ft wide by 19 ft long
Compact Space: 8 ft wide by 15 ft long
Parallel Space: 8 ft wide by 22 ft long

i. Wherever a space is adjacent to a wall, fence, or hedge, an additional one foot of width shall be provided to that space.

ii. Up to 20% of the required parking stalls may be compact parking spaces.

b. Residential Uses.

146

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 14 ends

i. Enclosed Parking Spaces. All enclosed parking spaces shall conform to the minimum interior dimensions of 10 feet wide by 20 feet long for each space. For example: A two -car garage shall maintain minimum interior dimensions of 20 fee t wide by 20 feet long.

ii. Open Driveway Parking Spaces. All open parking spaces provided on a driveway shall conform to the minimum dimensions of 9 feet wide by 19 feet long for each space.

SECTION 14. Section 9.08.040.190 (Waiver of Off -Street Parking Requirements) of Section

9.08.040 ( Single-Family Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.08 (Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to delete the current text as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

§ 9.08.040.190 Waiver of Off-Street Parking RequirementsReserved.

A waiver of these parking standards may be applied for where the requirements of this section are insufficient or excessive due to the nature of the use involved, or other relevant circumstances. Said waiver shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 9.32.

SECTION 15. Subsection A of Section 9.12.020.050 (Special Operating Co nditions and Development Standards) of Section 9.12.020 ( Permitted Uses in the R -2 and R -2 Zones) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline.):

A. Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.

21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located.

a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., Sunday permitted schools buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard. 147

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 15 ends

b. The required front yard for any off -street parking area shall be no les s than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one -family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved.

65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off -street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used.

Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to materials, design and construction. Where no specific plan for street alignment or widths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate proceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys that will conform to prescribed minimums.

148

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 16 ends

109. Parcels zoned and utilized fo r single -family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes.

1110. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).

SECTION 16. Subsection L (Architectural Compatibility between New and Existing Units) of Section 9.12.040.040 (Special Requirements – Duplex and Triplex in R -2 and R -3 Zones) of Section 9.12.040 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline.):

L. Architectural Compatibility between New and Existing Units. If a development is designed to preserve any existing unit(s) on the property, the architectural style and building materials, including roof style and pitch, roofing material, trim detail around the eaves and windows, garage doors, exterior building colors, etc., shall be of the same architectural style and building materials of the existing unit(s). design features of the existing residential unit and each new residential unit, attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall match one another, as provided below:

1. The type, pitch, color, material, and texture of the roof and eave details of a new residential unit, an attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall be the same as the existing residential unit.

2. The color, material, and texture of all building walls, windows, and doors of a new residential unit, an attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall be the same as the existing residential unit.

SECTION 17. Section 9.12.040.050 (Special Requirements – Multiple-Family Residential) of Section 9.12.040 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline.):

§ 9.12.040.050 Special Requirements – Multiple-Family Residential …

D. Laundry Facilities. All multiple -family residential units shall have a laundry space located within the unit or within the private garage for that unit that is equipped with washer and dryer hook -ups. If the laundry facilities are located within the enclos ed garage, the laundry equipment shall not encroach into the required interior garage parking area of 20 149

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 17 ends

feet by 20 feet. In the case of apartments, common laundry facilities may be provided in lieu of private laundry facilities.

…

I. Outdoor and Indoor Uses and Activities —Private and Common Open /Recreational Space/Recreational and Leisure Areas —Sites Under 14,400 Square Feet. Each development site under 14,400 square feet in area proposing multiple -family development shall provide private open spaces, and common open /recreational spaces, or a combination thereof.

1. Any ground-level active common open/recreational space shall provide a minimum five-foot-wide landscaped buffer along a property line(s) abutting an R-1 zoned property.

2. The combined usable private and common open/recreational space shall equal a minimum of 300 square feet per unit.

3. Private open space shall be located next to the unit served and accessed directly from a common area within the unit, such as a living room, family room, dining area, or kitchen.

4. Private open space in the form of a patio, yard, balcony, immediately adjacent deck, or combination thereof shall contribute to the required combined private and common open space areas and shall meet the following dimensions: A minimum of 60 square feet in area with a minimum horizontal dimension of six feet in any direction and a minimum vertical clearance of eight feet.

5. Common open/recreational spaces shall be connected to habitable areas via a pathway, paseo, walkway, trail system, or similar pedestrian access. Common open/recreational spaces shall not be connected to habitable areas via a vehicular driveway or path.

6. Rooftop decks may be counted toward the common open /recreational space requirement.

7. Deck or balcony areas provided on a building stepback area may be counted toward the common/recreational or private open space requirement.

8. Common open/recreational spaces shall have a minimum area of 225 square feet, 15 feet in any horizontal dimension , and a minimum vertical clearance of 15 feet.

150

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 18 ends

9. Required landscaped setback areas shall not count toward any required private or common open /recreational space, but may be located adjacent to such required open space areas to enhance and expand the open space function.

10. Required common open /recreational space areas shall consist of any combination of landscaping and functional hardscape areas, such as seating areas, children's play areas, and sports courts.

11. Up to 50% of the common open/recreational space may be provided as Indoor indoor common open/recreational areas, such as community rooms, business centers, and/or gyms may be counted up to 50% of the common open space/recreational area requirement.

J. Private and Common Open/Recreational SpaceOpen Space, Recreation and Leisure Areas—Sites Over 14,400 Square Feet.

1. Intent. The intent of this section is to ensure the provision of space for residents and guests of multiple -family housing to enjoy active and passive recreational activities in both private and common open/recreational spaces and recreation areas. Common open /recreational spaces and recreation areas may include active and passive facilities, in both indoor facilitiesand outdoor locations , as described and regulated by this section.

2. The combined usable private and common open /recreational space for the entire development shall equal a minimum of 300 square feet per unit.

3. Rooftop decks may be counted towards the common open /recreational space requirement.

4. Deck areas provided on a building stepback area may be counted toward the common or private open space requirement.

5. Up to 50% of the Indoor common open/recreational area s may be counted provided up to 50% of the as indoor common open /recreational space/recreational area requirements.

6. Private Open Space.

a. Private open space shall be located exterior to and next to the unit served, and accessed directly from a common area within the unit, such as a living room, family room, dining area, or kitchen.

b. Private open space in the form of a patio, yard, balcony, immediately adjacent deck, or combination thereof meeting the minimum siz e requirements shall contribute to the required combined private and 151

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 19 ends

common open/recreational space areas. and Private open spaces shall meet the following dimensions: A minimum of 60 square feet in area with a minimum horizontal dimension of six feet in a ny direction and a minimum vertical clearance of eight feet.

7. Common Open/Recreational Space/Recreational Area.

a. Common open /recreational spaces, whether indoors or outdoors, and indoor recreational areas shall be connected to habitable areas via a pathway, paseo, walkway, trail system, or similar pedestrian access.

Common open /recreational spaces and indoor recreational uses shall not be connected to habitable areas via a vehicular driveway or path.

b. The minimum area for any at least one common open/recreational active recreation area, whether indoors or outdoors, shall be 900 square feet , with minimum horizontal dimensions of 30 feet in any direction. A project site may include more than one active recreation common open/recreational area. The co mbined active recreation common open/recreational area for a project site shall be as set forth in the table below.

c. If the minimal open space dimension standards for active common open/recreation area set forth in this section cannot be met, but the net total of open space can be accomplished by reconfiguration, then the site plan may be approved with modifications. However, no more than 10 lineal feet may be reduced from any active recreation common open/recreational area dimension.

Table of Common Open/Recreational Area Requirements

Net Lot Area Minimum Total Square Feet for
Active Common
Open/Recreation Areas

14,400 to 26,999 sf 900
27,000 to 39,599 sf 1,225
39,600 to 49,999 sf 1,600
50,000 to 69,999 sf 2,500
70,000 to 95,999 sf 3,600
96,000 to 199,999
sf
5,625
200,000 or more sf 9,025

d. Active Common Open Space/Recreation Area Amenities. Common open space/recreation areas, whether indoors or outdoors, and whether 152

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 20 ends

passive or active, shall be designed to provide specific amenities as described shown in the table below.

i. For active common open/recreational areas, amenities provided shall be based on the number of units to be providedproposed, as shown in the table below . The list of amenities is additive, meaning that up to the first five units, the amenity noted shall be provided (barbeque with table seating). Then for the next five units up to 10 units, in addition to the barbeque with table seating, a community garden area shall be provided. Then for the next five units up to 15 units, in addition to the barbeque with table seating and community garden area, an outdoor active use area shall be provided, and so on. Amenities provided may not be double - counted. By provi ding a higher quality amenity that meets the minimum Additive Amenity Ratio from further down the list, a An applicant may substitute an amenity further down the list for the one listed for the project size under consideration .; for For example, for a 15 -unit project , a substitution may be madesubstitute for one of the required barbeque with table seating, community garden area, or outdoor active use areas with any item further down the list, provided that the amenity meets the minimum additive amenity rat io for the number of units . The selection of amenities shall take into consideration the following criteria: size and shape of common open/recreation area, location and placement of buildings, diversity of recreational amenities, and number of units and/or lot size.

i. Size and shape of active recreation area;

ii. Location and placement of buildings;

iii. Diversity of recreational amenities; and

iv. Number of units and/or lot size.

Multifamily Residential Development Active Common Open/Recreational Amenity Standards
Number of
Units
Base Amenity Type and
Minimum Size
Additive Amenity
Ratio
0-5 Barbeque with Table
Seating
1 barbecue and 2
tables per 10 units,
but at least 1 in all
cases, an additional
1 barbecue and 1
table at every
153

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 21 ends

multiple of 20 units
thereafter
Up to 10 Community Garden Area –
32 sf minimum
8 sf/4 units
Up to 15 Flexible Outdoor Active Use
Area – 400 sf minimum
50 sf/unit
Up to 20 Provide One of Two:
• Business Center with
Workstations – 2 minimum
• Indoor or Outdoor
Gym/Sport Facility – 250 sf
minimum

• 1 Workstation/8
Units

• 5 sf/1 Unit
Up to 35 Provide Two of Three:
• Business Center with
Workstations 2 minimum
• Indoor or Outdoor
Gym/Sport Facility – 250 sf
minimum
• Clubhouse with 400 sf
kitchen – 400 sf minimum

• 1 Workstation/8
Units

• 5 sf/1 Unit

• 5 sf/1 Unit
Up to 45 One In-Ground Outdoor or
Indoor Spa
• 1 – 64 sf Spa at
645 Units
• 2 – 36 sf Spas at
80 Units
• 2 – 64 sf Spas at
100 Units
• 1.5sf Increase/1
Unit > 100 Units
Up to 80 Provide One of Two:
• In-Ground Pool – 20,00
gallon minimum 500 sf
minimum
• 1Children's Play Area1 –
500 sf minimum

• 10 sf/1 Unit

• 510 sf/1 Unit
Up to 100+ One additional amenity from
the list not otherwise
provided
Same Rates for All
Apply

Notes:

1. May sSubstitute 400 sf Wellness Facility for 55+ Age Restricted Developments, with an Additive Amenity Ratio calculated at five sf/one unit.

2. Allows Wellness Facility Substitution for 55+ Age Restricted Development.

154

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 22 ends

ii. Passive Common Open/Recreational Space. Up to 50% of the total common open/recreational space provided may be developed and maintained as passive common open/recreational space consisting of landscape areas that incorporate pathways, waterscapes, and hardscape areas. Such passive open/recreational spa ce shall have dimensions of no less than 10 feet in any direction, and shall be provided outdoors. Such passive open/recreational space areas shall be improved with at least three types of the amenities in the following list:

1. Pathways;

2. Benches/Tables;

3. Raised landscaped beds;

4. Gazebo or similar shade structure;

5. Community garden;

6. Outdoor game feature;

7. Water fountains or other water features.

8. Pet waste/care stations

8. On-siteCommon open/recreation facilities shall be buffered from any directly abutting R -1 single -family residential properties with a solid masonry wall at least six feet in height.

9. Pool pump and similar mechanical equipment shall not be located immediately adjacent to any abutting R-1 single-family residential property line s, and shall be enclosed or otherwise shielded to achieve the noise/land use compatibility standards set forth in GGMC Chapter 8.47 (Noise Control).

10. Setbacks of Active Common Open /Recreational Spaces. The subject active common open /recreational spaces may be located within side and rear setbacks, and building separation areas. Within any common open/recreational spaces that abuts a property line(s) or on-site building(s), a minimum three-foot separation shall be provided to said property line(s) or building(s). shall have a minimum dimension as shown in the Table of Recreational Area Requirements, according to the net lot area. For example, if the minimum open space dimension of 40 feet is required, then three feet must be added to that minimum dimension for every side adjacent to the above-mentioned structures.

155

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 23 ends

11. Passive Common Open Space. Up to 50% of the required common open space areas may be developed and maintained as passive common open space consisting of landscape a reas that incorporate pathways, waterscapes, and hardscape areas. Such passive open space shall have dimensions of no less than 10 feet in any direction. Such passive open space areas shall be improved with at least three types of the amenities in the following list:

a. Pathways;

b. Benches/Tables;

c. Raised landscaped beds;

d. Gazebo or similar shade structure;

e. Community garden;

f. Outdoor game feature;

g. Water fountains or other water features.
…

SECTION 18. Subsection B (Wall, Fence or Hedge May Be Maintained) of Section 9.12.040.140 (Walls, Fences and Hedges) of Section 9.12.040 ( Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Co de is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

B. Wall, Fence or Hedge May Be Maintained.
…

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eight feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right -of-way; provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity.

c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.

…
156

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 24 ends

13. Any walls or fences facing a street or alley shall include clinging vines, low shrubs, or other landscaping treatment to deter graffiti.

SECTION 19. Subsection A of Section 9.12.040.200 (Location of Parking Spaces) of Section

9.12.040 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development. Notwithstanding the foregoing, two or more legal entities may submit a shared parking agreement to the City pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses. The provisions set forth in Section

9.18.140.050.C shall apply to any such shared parking agreements.

SECTION 20. Section 9.12.040.220 (Waiver of Off -Street Parking Requirements) of Section

9.12.040 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to delete th e current text as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

§ 9.12.040.220 Waiver of Off-Street Parking RequirementsReserved.

A waiver of these parking standards may be applied for where the requirements of this section are insufficient or excessive due to the nature of the use involved, or other relevant circumstances. Said waiver shall be processed in accordance with Chapter

9.32. SECTION 21. Subparagraph c. of Paragraph 2 (Overall Standards) of Subsection C (Development Standards) of Section 9.12.050.010 (Single Room Occupancy Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Section 9.12.050 (Single Room Occupancy Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Chapter 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

2. Overall Standards.
…

c. Parking shall be provided at a minimum ratio of one-half0.5 spaces per unit designated as single occupancy and one-eighth0.8 spaces per unit designated as double occupancy, plus one space for each employee on shift and one space for the on-site manager unit provided. …
157

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 25 ends

SECTION 22. Table 1 (City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix) of Section 9.16.020.030 (Uses Permitted) of Section 9.16.020 (Permitted Uses in Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space) Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows:

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix

O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S Additional
Regulations and
Comments

COMMERCIAL
Residential Care Uses
Child Day Care Center — C C — — — —
Community Care Facility,
Residential (7 Persons or
More)
C C — — — — —
Emergency Shelter
(Homeless)
— — — — P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.W
Intermediate Care Facility C C — — — — —
Low-Barrier Navigation Center P1
Residential Care Facility for
the Elderly (RCFE) (7 persons
or more)
C C — — — — —
Skilled Nursing Facility C C — — — — -
Offices and Related Uses
Administration/Business P P P — — — —
Banks/Financial Institution P P P P P — —
Medical, Dental and Related
Health Service Support
Facilities
P P P — C — —
Prescription Pharmacy P P P P — — —
Professional and Clerical P P P — — — —
Public Utility (Commercial) P P P P P — —
Professional Studios
Art, Music and Dance P P P — — — —
Arts and Crafts P P P — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.D
Photography P P P — — — —
Portrait P P P — — — —
Radio/TV C C C C C — —
Recording C C C C C — —
Personal Service
158

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 26 ends

Athletic and Health Clubs,
Gyms
— C C C — — C
Athletic and Health Clubs,
Spas, or Gyms with Massage
— — C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.E
Barber/Beauty Shop P P P P — — —
Dry Cleaning - Retail Only — P P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.R
Fortunetelling — — P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AC
Laundromat (Coin-op) — P P P — — —
Massage Establishment — — C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AP
Physical Therapy (Medical
Use)
P P P — C — —
Shoe Repair — P P — — — —
Tailor/Dressmaking — P P — — — —
Tanning Parlor — P P — — — —
Tattoo, Facial I I P — — — —
Tattoo, General — — P — — — —
Tourist Services
Extended-Stay Business Hotel — C C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.Z
Hotel, Motel — C C C C — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AJ
Recreation Vehicle Park — C C — — — —
Ticket Agency — P P P P — —
Travel Agency — P P P P — —
Recreation, Amusement, Entertainment
Adult Entertainment — — C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
Arcades — — C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.C
Billiards/Pool Hall — — C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.I
Bowling Alley — — C C — — —
Cybercafés — C C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.P
Golf Courses (Regulation) — C C C — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.AE
Golf Driving Ranges — C C C — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.AF
Incidental Amusement
Devices
— I I I I — — See Section

9.16.020.050.C
159

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 27 ends

Indoor Sports Facility — — — — — C — See Section

9.16.020.050.AL
Movie Theaters — C C — — — —
Private Clubs and Lodges — C C — — — C
Skating Rinks — — C C — — —
Tennis, Swimming Clubs — C C C — — C
Water Oriented Parks — — — C — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.BK
Retail Trade
Antique Shops — P P — — — —
Apparel: Clothing, Shoes and
Accessories
— P P — — — —
Auctions — — — P P — P
Books, Magazines,
Newsstand (in building)
I P P P — — —
Building Supply, Plumbing
Shop
— — P P P — —
Department Stores — P P P — — —
Drug Stores P P P P — — —
Florists I P P P — — —
Furniture, Carpets, Household
Appliances
— P P P — — —
Gifts and Souvenirs I P P I I — —
Hardware, Paint — P P P — — —
Hobby Shop — P P — — — —
Indoor Multi-Tenant Retail
Shopping Center
— C C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AK
Jewelry, Cameras and
Supplies, Luggage
— P P — — — —
Nonvehicular Vending, Long
term
— C C — — — —
Nurseries — P P P — — —
Pawnshop, Secondhand Store — — P P — — —
Pets and Pet Supplies — P* P* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AY
Sporting Goods — P P P — — —
Stationery and Office Supplies
- No Furniture
P P P — — — —
Thrift Retail Stores — P P P — — —

Toys — P P P — — —
Variety, Dry Goods Stores — P P — — — —
Food/Drink Sales and Service
160

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 28 ends

Bar/Nightclub — — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.H
Candy, Confectionery — P P P — — —
Convenience, Grocery — P P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.M
Delicatessen — P P P C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.Q
Eating
Establishment/Restaurant

With Alcoholic Beverage
Sales
— C C C C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.T
No Alcoholic Beverage Sales — P P P P P —
Eating
Establishment/Restaurant
With Entertainment
— C C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.U
For C-1 Zone,
see Section

9.16.020.050.X
Eating
Establishment/Restaurants
with Outdoor Seating
— P P P P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.V
Food Catering — I I P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AA
Ice Cream, Bakery (retail only) — P P P — — —
Liquor Store — C C — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AN
Meat Market — P P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AQ
Mini-Market with Gas — C C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AR
Supermarket — C P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BE
Vehicle Sales and Service
Auto Parts, Accessories
No Installations — P P P — — —
Installations — — P P — — —
Auto Lease/Rental — — P P — — —
Auto Repair (including paint or
body work)
— — C P P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.F
Automatic Car Wash — — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.G
Bicycle Repair — P P P — — —
Bicycle Sales/Rental — P P — — — —
Boat Repair — — — C C — —
161

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 29 ends

Boat Sales — — — C C — — See Section

9.16.020.050.J
Bus/Truck Repair — — — C P — —
General Auto Repair — — P P P — —
Minor Auto Maintenance — C P P P — —
Motorcycle Sales — — — — C* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AU
Motor Vehicle Sales (New) — — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AV
Motor Vehicle Sales (Used) — — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AV
Self-Service or Coin-Operated
Car Wash
— C C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BA
Service Stations (new and
conversion of existing)
— C C C C — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BB
Tire Sales and Service — C P P P — —
Truck, Trailer Rental — I I P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BF
Vehicle Storage Yard — — — C C — C See Section

9.16.020.050.BH
Other Services
Ambulance Service C — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
Blueprint/Photo Engraving,
Newspaper Printing
— — P P P — —
Cleaning/Dyeing Plant — — — — P — —
Commercial Laundry — — — P C — —
Crematoriums — — — C C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.N
Crematoriums with Incidental
Funeral Home/Mortuary
— — — C C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.O
Day Care Facility, Adult — C — — — — —
Equipment Rental — — P P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.Y
Funeral Home/Mortuary with
No Crematorium
— — P P — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AD
Glass Studio — — P P P — —
Graphic Arts/Photocopying P P P P P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.AG
Home Improvement Center — — P P P C — See Section

9.16.020.050.AH
Kennel — — — P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AM
162

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 30 ends

Neighborhood Recycling
Center
— I I I — — —
Parking Facilities (For Fee) C C C C C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.AW
Pet Grooming — P P — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AX
Public Scales — — — — P — —
Small Animal
Hospital/Veterinary
— C P P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BC
Smoking Lounge — — C C — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BD
Upholstery — — P P P — — See Section

9.16.020.050.BG

INDUSTRIAL
Manufacturing
Bottling Plant — — — — P — —
Food Products, Dairy
Products, and Bakery
Products
— — — — P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.AB
Manufacture, Assembly, and
Repair of Precision Optics,
Electronics, and Electrical
Instruments and Equipment
— — — — P P —
Manufacture, Assembly,
Compounding, or Treatment
of Materials and Products,
Except as Otherwise Listed
— — — — P P —
Laboratories, Chemical,
Dental, Electrical, Optical,
Mechanical, and Medical
— — — — — P —
Light Manufacture — — — — P P -
Storage
Contractors Storage Yards — — — C C C —
Frozen Food Lockers — — — P P — —
Lumber Yards and Material
Storage Yards
— — — C C C —
Parcel Delivery Service — — P P P P —
Regional Recycling Center — — — — C C —
Warehouses and Storage
Buildings, Regular
— — — — P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.BI
Warehouses and Storage
Buildings, Mini
— — — P P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.BJ
Transit/Transportation
Airport/Helistop — — — C C C C
163

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 31 ends

Automobile Fleet Storage — — — C P — —
Draying, Freight or Trucking
Yards
— — — — C C —
Tire Retreading or Recapping — — — — P — —
Trailer, Truck or Bus Terminal — — — — C — —

PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC
Cemetery — — — — — — C
Church and Other Religious
Centers
— C C — — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.K
Commercial Radio/TV Towers C C C C — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.L
Educational Institutions — — — — — — C See Section

9.16.020.050.S
Group Shelter — — — — — — C
Half-way House — — — — — — —
Hospital, Medical or
Psychiatric
C C C C — — —
Public Buildings (Civic Center,
Library, County, State or
Federal)

C C C C C C C
Public Recreational Facilities — — — — — — P
Public Safety Facilities (Fire,
Police)

C C C C C C C
Public Utility Stations and
Equipment Buildings

C C C C P C C
Religious School — — — — — — C
Trade, Business School — C C C — — —

SECTION 23. Subsection K (Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones) of Section 9.16.020.050 (Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) of Section 9.16.020 (Permitted Uses in Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space) of Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space D evelopment Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

K. Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.

21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main 164

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 32 ends

assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located.

a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., Sunday permitted schools buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.

b. The required front yard for any off -street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one -family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved.

65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off -street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used.

Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of 165

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 33 ends

not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to materials, design and construction. Where no specific plan for street alignment or wi dths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate proceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys th at will conform to prescribed minimums.

109. Parcels zoned and utilized for single -family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes.

1110. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).

SECTION 24. Subsection V (Eating Establishment/Restaurant with Outdoor Seating) of Section

9.16.020.050 (Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) of Section 9.16.020 (Permitted Uses in Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space) of Chapter

9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to revise Paragraph 2 and add a new Paragraph 7 as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

V. Eating Establishment/Restaurant with Outdoor Seating.

…

2. Design. Outdoor dining areas shall be open on at least three sides , and open to the sky. Non-fixed umbrellas and awnings and canopies that accent the building are permitted. Side panels or any other accessories that enclose the outdoor dining area are prohibited.

…

7. Parking. See Section 9.16.040.150 for parking requirements for outdoor dining areas.

SECTION 25. The table set forth in Paragraph 1 (Lot Dimensions and Setbacks) of Subsection A (Standard Regulations) of Section 9.16.040.010 (Commercial/Office – General Requirements) of Section 9.16.040 (Commercial/Office , Industrial Development Standards) of Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 166

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 34 ends

9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Standard Regulations.

1. Lot Dimensions and Setbacks.

O-P C-1 C-2 C-3
Lot Area 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft. 20,000 sq. ft.

Lot Width 75 ft. 75 ft. 75 ft. 75 ft.

Building
Height
2 stories or 35
ft. max.
2 stories or 35
ft. max.
3 stories or 35 ft.
max.
3 stories or 35 ft.
max.

Setbacks (Interior Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Side 10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Rear 5 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft.

Setbacks (Corner Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Setbacks (Reverse Corner)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Maximum
Floor Area
Ratio (F.A.R.)

See Land Use Element of the General Plan

SECTION 26. Section 9.16.040.030 (Industrial -General Requirements) of Section 9.16.040 (Commercial/Office, Industrial Development Standards) of Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Standard Regulations.

1. Lot Dimensions, Setbacks, and Building Height.

M-1 M-P
Lot Area 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft.

Building Height 35 ft. max. 35 ft. max.
167

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 35 ends

M-1 M-P
Setbacks (Interior Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.

Setbacks (Corner Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.

Setbacks (Reverse Corner)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.

Maximum Floor Area
Ratio (F.A.R.)
See Land Use Element of the General Plan

2. Setbacks Required When Industrial Lot Abuts a Residential Lot.

M-1 M-P
Interior Lot Abutting any "R" (Residential) zoned property or any PUD established exclusively for residential use
Side Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Corner and Reverse Lots Abutting any "R" (Residential) zoned property or any PUD established exclusively for residential use
Side Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

AB. Lot Area Regulations.

1. Minimum Lot Area. For any newly created or rezoned M -1 (limited industrial) and M-P (industrial park) lot, the minimum lot area shall be 15,000 square feet.

21. Lot Area Shall Not be Reduced. No lot area shall be reduced or diminished so that building setbacks shall be less than prescribed for the zone in which it is located.
168

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 36 ends

32. Substandard Lots. When a lot has less than the minimum required area or width as set forth in the development standards of the M-1 (limited industrial) and M- P (industrial park), or in a site plan of record on November 12, 1960, the lot shall be deemed to have complied with the minimum required lot area or width as set forth in the zone or site plan.

BC.Setbacks Regulations. Except as specified in Section 9.1 6.040.020, every required setback shall be open and unobstructed from the ground to the sky.

1. No setback provided around any building for the purpose of complying with the provisions of this section shall be considered as providing a setback for any other building.

2. All building setbacks shall be measured from ultimate street right-of-way.

CD.Building Height Provisions Height of Roof Structures, Towers, Spires, and Unique Structures.

1. Maximum Building Height.

No building in the M -1 (limited industrial) and M-P (industrial park) zone shall exceed a height of 35 feet.

21. Height of Roof Structures, Towers, Spires, and Unique Structures. a. Roof structures for the housing of elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the building are permitted to the extent necessary to ensure safe and proper operation of such equipment, but in no case shall they exceed 50 feet.

b2. Fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, flagpoles, chimneys, smokes tacks, radio masts and similar structures may be erected above the height limits prescribed.

c3. No roof structure or any space above the height limit prescribed for the zone and the area district in which the building is located shall be allowed for the purpose of providing additional usable floor space.

SECTION 27. Paragraph 10 of Subsection B of Section 9.16.040.120 (Walls, Fences and Hedges) of Section 9.16.040 (Commercial/Office, Industrial Development Standards) of Chapter

9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

169

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 37 ends

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eight feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right -of-way; provided that said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.:

a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity.

c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.

SECTION 28. Section 9.16.040.150 (Parking Spaces Required) of Section 9.16.040 (Commercial/Office, Industrial Development Standards) of Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.16.040.150 Parking Spaces Required.

The number of off-street parking spaces required shall be no less than as set forth in the following schedule. Parking shall be calculated by the maximum building occupancy and/or the gross floor area, as applicable. Where the application of these schedules results in a fractional space, then the resulting fraction shall be rounded up to the higher whole number.

USE REQUIRED MINIMUM PARKING SPACES
A. Residential Uses

1. Preschool/daycare, Child or
Adult
1 space per care provider and staff member
plus, 1 space for each 6 children/patrons

2. Emergency Shelter
(Homeless)
1 space per 4 beds and/or 0.5 per family
unit bedroom, plus 1 per staff member

3. Intermediate Care Facility

0.5 spaces per bed

4. Residential Care Facility for
the Elderly (7 persons or more)

0.5 spaces per bed

5. Skilled Nursing Facility 0.5 spaces per bed
B. Commercial Uses
… …

2. Eating/Drinking
Establishments—Restaurants,
Cafés, Cafeterias, Lounges,
Bars

170

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 38 ends

… …
e. Outdoor dining (See Section

9.16.020.050 for Special
Operating Conditions)
No additional parking required for the first
500 square feet of outdoor dining area. For
any area in excess of 500 square feet,
parking shall be provided as required above
for the applicable use1 parking space shall
be provided per 100 sq. ft. of gross floor
area. Where dining areas are enclosed on
at least three sides, all parking shall be
provided as required for the above
applicable use.
… …

8. Professional studio
… …
c. Karaoke studios 1 space per 200 sq. ft. of gross floor area … …
C. Office
… …

3. Veterinarian/Pet Hospital 1 space per 170 sq. ft. of gross floor area … …

SECTION 29. Section 9.16.040.170 (Location of Parking Spaces) of Section 9.16.040 (Commercial/Office, Industrial Development Standards) of Chapter 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.16.040.170 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development.

1. Off-site parking for new uses or new construction shall only be permitted with the approval of a parking management plan in accordance with Section

9.16.040.180 or the approval of a shared parking agreement pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses. The provisions set forth in Section 9.18.140.050.C shall apply to any proposed shared parking agreements submitted pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1.

2. If an irrevo cable access and/or parking easement is obtained on another site for use and benefit of the site in issue, and such access and/or parking agreement, when fully exercised, does not diminish the available parking capacity of the site subject to the easement to less than required by this section, 171

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 39 ends

and a parking management plan is approved, the parking may be on an adjacent site.

B. All off-street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.

1. Off-street parking spaces shall not be located in any required setback.

2. All motor vehicles, trailers, vessels, campers and camper shells must be parked or stored on a fully paved surface with approved entrances and exits to the street.

3. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.

SECTION 30. Table 9.18-1 (Use Regulations for the Mixed Use Zones) of Section 9.18.020.030 (Uses Restricted to Indoor) of Section 9.18.020 (Uses Permitted) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

Table 9.18-1
Use Regulations for the Mixed Use Zones
P = Permitted. Use permitted by right
C = Conditional Use. Use eligible for consideration under the conditional use procedures and permitted only if the conditional use permit is approved, subject to the specific conditions of such permit.

I = Incidental Use. Use permitted only if incidental to another primary use on the same site. If incidental to a use authorized by a conditional use permit, such incidental use is permitted only if included within the terms of the conditional use permit.
[-] = Not a permitted use.

Permitted
Uses
GGMU-
1, -2, -3
CC-
1 CC-
2 CC-
3 CC-
OS
NMU AR Additional
Regulations
and
Comments
…
Commercial/Office
Offices and Related Uses
… … … … … … … … …
Banks/ P P P P[-] [-] P P
172

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 40 ends

Financial
Institution

… … … … … … … … …
Personal/Service
… … … … … … … … …
Fortunetelling P [-] [-] [-] [-] CP - See Section

9.18.030.190
(Fortunetelling)
… … … … … … … … …
Tattoo,
General
C [-]

[-] [-] [-] C C In all GGMU
zones, no tattoo
parlor shall be
located closer
than 1,000 feet
from any other
tattoo parlor.

Also, the
entrance shall
be oriented only
toward a
principal, major,
or primary
arterial street,
as defined in
the General
Plan Circulation
Element.
… … … … … … … … …
Retail Trade See Section 9.18.060 (Alcohol Beverage Sales) regarding on-sale and off-sale of alcohol.
… … … … … … … … …
Stationery
and Office
Supplies - No
Furniture
P P P P [-] P [-]
Thrift Retail
Store
P P P P [-] P P
Toys P P P P [-] P [-]
… … … … … … … … …

SECTION 31. Subsection A of Section 9.18.030.040 (Arcades and Incidental Amusement Devices) Section 9.18.030 (Specific Uses – Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) o f Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 173

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 41 ends

(Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Arcades as the Principal Use.

1. Arcades shall not be permitted in any location that would tend to produce a hazard or nuisance to adjacent properties and/or permitted uses and activities.

2. With the exception of emergency access, all pedestrian and vehicular access to an arcade shall be oriented toward a principal, major, or primary arterial street, such as Garden Grove Boulevard, Magnolia Street, or Brookhurst Street.

Access via a secondary arterial or local residential street shall be prohibited.

Arterials and local residential streets are defined in the City's General Plan Circulation Element.

32. Arcades shall be located at least 600 feet from any school, adult entertainment business, or other arcade, and at least 200 feet from any property zoned for residential use or containing a residential use, or any bar or nightclub. Within a residential/commercial mixed use development, an applicant for an arcade may request a waiver of these distance requirements as part of the conditional use permit process, provided that the establishment complies with all other distance and pedestrian and vehicular access requirements of this code.

43. Doors of the establishment shall be kept closed at all times during operation of the establishment, except in the case of emergency or to permit deliveries.

54. The interior of arcades shall be arranged in a manner that all amusement devices and public spaces can be viewed from a single supervisory or cashier station.

65. A responsible adult employee shall be on duty throughout the hours that such establishment is open for business.

SECTION 32. Section 9.18.030.120 (Churches and Other Religious Centers) of Section

9.18.030 (Specific Uses – Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) of Chapter

9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline:

§ 9.18.030.120 Churches and Other Religious Centers , and Other Authorized Assembly Uses.

The following regulations shall apply:

174

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 42 ends

A .Minimum Site Area. In the CC -1 zone, the minimum site area for a new church or other religious center use shall be one acre.

BA. Front Yard Setback—Primary Use Buildings. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building. However, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located.

CB. Front Yard Setback—Accessory Use Buildings The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., permitted school buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.

DC. Front Yard Setback—Parking. The required front yard for any off-street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall o f 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

ED. Proximity to Property Lines. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first.

FE. Lighting. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

GF. Site Frontage. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

G. Waiver. Requirement(s) of this subsection may be waived by the Pl anning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).

SECTION 33. Section 9.18.030.300 (Outdoor Dining at Eating Establishment/Restaurant) o f Section 9.18.030 (Specific Uses – Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline).

§ 9.18.030.300 Outdoor Dining at Eating Establishment/Restaurant.

…

175

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 43 ends

B. Design. Outdoor dining areas shall be open on at least three sides and open to the sky, with the exception that non-fixed umbrellas and awnings and canopies that accent the building are permitted . Side panels or any other accessories that enclose the outdoor dining area are prohibited.
…

H. Parking. See Section 9.18.140 .030, Table 9.18 -11 (Required Spaces) for parking requirements for outdoor dining areas.

SECTION 34. Subsection F (Boulevard Garden Plaza Requirement) of Section 9.18.090.020 (Garden Grove Boulevard Mixed Use Zone (GGMU) Development Standards) of Section

9.18.090 (Development Standards Specific to Individual Mixed Use Zones) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and add itions shown in double underline):
…

F. Boulevard Garden Plaza Requirement. For projects having a property line that abuts the Garden Grove Boulevard right-of-way and where the buildings are clearly oriented immediately toward Garden Grove Boulevard, a boulevard garden plaza shall be provided. N ew stand -alone multiple -family residential development with no commercial component, in the Garden Grove Boulevard Mixed Use (GGMU) zone, is only permitted on sites that do not have access to a principal, major, primary, or secondary arterial street, and are not required to include a pedestrian plaza area. The purpose of this boulevard garden plaza is to provide a place adjacent to the public right-of-way that expands the area for use by pedestrians for passive recreation and public gathering, and that provides area for landscape amenities, display of public art, and similar uses that enhance the appearance and function of development. This boulevard garden plaza shall be provided at grade and shall comply with the following design standards.
…

SECTION 35. Subsection H (Additional Residential Unit Requirements) of Section 9.18.110.030 (Development Standards for Multifamily Residential Uses within All Mixed Use Zones) of Section

9.18.110 (Development Standards for Specific Uses in Mixed Use Zones) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

H. Additional Residential Unit Requirements. Each residential unit in a multiple family development shall comply with the following requirements.

176

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 44 ends

1. Laundry Facilities. Each unit shall be provided with washer and dryer hookups and laundry space within the unit or garage. For apartment units, common laundry facilities may be provided in lieu of private facilities.

2. Storage Facilities. Each unit shall be provided with a separate storage area having a minimum of 150120 cubic feet of private and secure storage space.

This storage may be provided within the parking garage provided it does not interfere with garage use for automobile parking. Closet and cupboard space within the dwelling unit shall not count towards meeting this requirement.

SECTION 36. Section 9.18.110.050, entitled “Duplex and Triplex All Mixed Use Zones” is hereby added to Section 9.18.110 (Development Standards for Specific Uses in Mixed Use Zones) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code to read in its entirety as follows:

§ 9.18.110.050 Duplex and Triplex in Mixed Use Zones.

Two- or three-unit residential projects located in a mixed use zones shall comply with the development standards set forth in Section 9.12.040.040 (Special Requirements – Duplex and Triplex in the R-2 and R-3 Zones), provided, however, that such projects shall comply with the applicable setback standards for the zone in which they are located.

SECTION 37. Subsection G ( Freeway Right -of-Way Adjacent ) of Section 9.18.130.010 (Location and Height) of Section 9.18.130 (Walls, Fences, and Hedges) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of t he Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

G. Freeway Right-of-Way Adjacent. A wall or fence not exceeding eight feet in height may be constructed along that porti on of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right -of-way, provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

1. The wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

2 .A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the review and approval of the hearing body, which shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity.

3. Walls used for sound attenuation purposes along arterial roadways shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.

SECTION 38. Table 9.18 -11 (Required Parking Spaces) of Section 9.18.140.030 (Parking Spaces Required) of Section 9.18.140 (Parking) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline.):
177

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 45 ends

Table 9.18-11
Required Parking Spaces
Use Required Minimum Parking Spaces
…
Other Residential Uses and Uses Incidental to Residential Community care facility, residential
care facility (6 persons or fewer and 7
persons or more)

0.5 spaces per bed
Senior Citizen Housing
Apartment
Congregate general care
Congregate general care with on-site
transportation provided

1 space per unit

0.5 spaces per bed or unit

0.3 spaces per bed or unit
Day Care, Child or Adult 1 space per care provider and staff member, plus 1 space for each 6
children/patrons
Work-live 2 spaces per unit plus one additional
space per unit
Intermediate care facility 0.5 spaces per bed
Skilled nursing facility 0.5 spaces per bed
Commercial Uses
…
Restaurants, Eating, Drinking
Establishments, Cafes, Coffeehouses,
Bars

Attached 0-16 seats with less than
300 square feet of customer/dining
area

Attached 16+ seats

Freestanding

With entertainment

Outdoor Dining (See Section

9.18.030.300 for Special Operating

1 space per 200 square feet of gross floor
area

1 space per 100 square feet of gross floor
area, with a minimum of 10 spaces

1 space per 100 square feet of gross floor
area, with a minimum of 10 spaces

1 space per 100 square feet of gross floor
area (seating and service), plus 1 space
per 35 square feet of entertainment area,
plus 1 space per 7 square feet of dance
floor

No additional parking required for the first
500 square feet of outdoor dining area.
178

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 46 ends

Conditions) For any area in excess of 500 square
feet, parking shall be provided as
required above for the applicable use 1
parking space shall be provided per 100
sq. ft. of gross floor area. Where outdoor
dining areas are enclosed on at least
three sides, all parking shall be provided
as required for the above applicable use.

…
Office Uses
General business offices General business offices
1 space per 250 square feet of gross
floor area
1 space per 250 square feet of gross
floor area
Small Animal Hospital/Veterinary/Dog
Day Care
1 space per 170 square feet of gross floor
area
…

SECTION 39. Paragraph 1 of Subsection B of S ection 9.18.140.040 (Location of Parking Spaces) of Section 9.18.140 (Parking) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

B. Compact Car Parking Spaces.

1. Up to 20% of the required commercial parking stalls may be compact parking spaces. The determination of the percentage to be allowed will be made through the site plan review or applicable discretionary permit review process. …

SECTION 40. Section 9.18.140.050 (Location of Parking Spaces) of Section 9.18.140 (Parking) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Located On-Site. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development, except where allowed by Subsection 9.18.140.050.B (Off-Site Parking) or Subsection 9.18.140.050.C (Shared Parking Agreements for Underutilized Parking), below.

B. Off-Site Parking. Off-site parking for new uses or new construction may be permitted on either a privately owned property or public property through the site plan review 179

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 47 ends

process or other applicable discretionary review permit process for an individual use or development project.

1. Joint Use Off-Site Parking. Where more than one use is involved, joint use or shared parking shall require prepar ation of a parking management plan in accordance with Section 9.18.140.060 (Joint Use and Parking Management).

2. Location of Off -Site Parking. In no event shall any off -site parking facility be located more than 1,500 feet from the use it is intended to serve.

3. Deed Restriction Required. Where off -site parking for an individual use or development project is approved, a deed restriction, subject to the review and approval of the City Attorney, shall be recorded against all affected properties.

Such deed restriction shall indicate the restrictions on the properties relative to future use and development due to the off-site parking arrangement.

4. Irrevocable Access and/or Parking Easement. If parking is provided on a site other than the subject site, an irrevocable access and/or parking easement shall be obtained on the other site for use and benefit of the site in issue. Such access and/or parking agreement, when fully exercised, shall not diminish the available parking capacity of the site subject to the easement to less than required by this section.

C. Shared Parking Agreements for Underutilized Parking. Notwithstanding subsection B, two or more legal entities may submit a shared parking agreement to the City pursuant to California Government Code S ection 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses pursuant to this subsection

9.18.140.050.C.

1. For purposes of this subsection, “underutilized parking” means parking where 20 percent or more of a development’s parking spaces are not occupied during the period that the parking is proposed to be shared by another user, group, development, or the public. The amount of underutilized parking on a site shall be determined through a parking study pr epared by a qualified transportation engineer in accordance with applicable City standards and requirements and which is based on a survey of actual parking space occupancy rates on the subject site at different periods throughout the twelve -month period preceding submittal of the proposed shared parking agreement.

2. Parking spaces identified in an approved shared parking agreement may count toward meeting the applicable on-site parking requirement for a new or existing development or use, including, but not limited to, shared parking in underutilized spaces and in parking lots and garages that will be constructed as part of the development or developments under any of the following conditions:

180

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 48 ends

a. The entities that will share the parking are located on the same, or contiguous, parcels.

b. The sites of the entities that will share parking are separated by no more than 2,000 feet of travel by the shortest walking route.

c. The sites of the entities that will share parking are separated by more than 2,000 feet of travel by the shortest walking route, but the shared parking agreement incorporates a plan for shuttles or other accommodations to move between the parking and site and an enforceable commitment to sustain such transportation
accommodations for the duration of the shared parking arrangement.

3. Entities proposing to share underutilized parking shall submit the following to the City:

a. A parking analysis using peer -reviewed methodologies developed by a professional planning association, such as the methodology established by the Urban Land Institute, National Parking Association, and the International Council of Shopping Centers, sufficient to determine the number of underutilized parking spaces can be reasonably shared between uses to fulfill parking requirements. The parking analysis shall be prepared by a qualified transportation engineer in accordance with applicable City standards and requirements.

b. A proposed shared parking agreement. The shared parking agreement shall be in a form approved by the City Attorney and shall (i) incorporate the submitted parking analysis and any recommendations contained therein; (ii) either require that all shared parking spaces proposed to be used by a development or use to meet applicable parking requirem ents be provided for the life of such development or use, or afford the City an unconditional right to review and approve the shared parking arrangement annually, or such longer period approved by the review authority; (iii) provide that the agreement may not be terminated or amended without the written approval of the City; (iv) provide that the City is a third party beneficiary of the agreement and shall have the power to enforce the terms of the agreement against each entity that is a party; and (v) be an enforceable covenant running with the land.

c. Information identifying the benefits of the proposed shared parking agreement.

4. For development projects involving new construction, a shared parking agreement for underutilized spaces shall be considere d by the appropriate review authority at the same time the project is considered. Where a shared 181

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 49 ends

parking agreement is proposed for the use of underutilized spaces by a new or existing use within an existing development, the shared parking agreement shall be subject to review by the Department Director. The review authority shall approve a shared parking agreement if (a) all of the requirements set forth in subsection C.3 are satisfied and (b) the required number of parking spaces (i) that are accessible t o persons with disabilities and (ii) the required percentage of parking spaces that are designated for electric vehicles that would have otherwise applied in the absence of the shared parking agreement will continue to be provided on all parcels subject to the shared parking agreement. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1, the review authority may neither (a) condition approval of a shared parking agreement on the curing of a preexisting deficit in the number of parking spaces or (b) withhold approval of a shared parking agreement solely on the basis that it will temporarily reduce or eliminate the availability of parking spaces for the original proposed uses.

5. A shared parking agreement approved by the City shall be recorded against each parcel on which parking spaces being shared with another use or site are located and each parcel on which a development or use that has the right to use the shared parking spaces from another use or site pursuant to the agreement. Proof of recordation of an approved shared parking agreement shall be provided to Department Director prior to implementation of the shared parking arrangement.

CD. Accessibility. All off -street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.

1. All motor vehicles must be parked or stored on a fully paved surface with approved entrances and exits to the street.

2. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.

SECTION 41. Section 9.18.140.060 (Joint Use and Parking Management) of Section 9.18.140 (Parking) of Chapter 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.18.140.060 Joint Use and Parking Management.
…

G. Requirements for Approval. Where a shared parking facility serving more than one use will be provided, the total number of required parking spaces may be reduced only if the hearing body review authority finds that all of the following are met:
182

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 50 ends

1. The peak hours of use will not overlap or coincide to the degree that peak demand for parking spaces from all uses will be greater than the total supply of spaces;

2. The adequacy of the quantity and efficie ncy of parking provided will equal or exceed the level that can be expected if parking for each use were provided separately;

3. A parking demand study prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional approved by the City supports the proposed reduction; and

4. The applicant has submitted, or is required as a condition of approval to submit, a signed contract between the applicant and the other property owner(s) providing the off -street parking spaces subject to the shared parking arrangement. The contract shall be subject to the approval of the hearing body review authority and shall also be subject to review by the City Attorney as to form and content.

H. Shared Parking Agreements for Underutilized Parking. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1, two or more separate legal entities may submit a shared parking agreement to the City to share underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses. The provision s set forth in Section

9.18.140.050.C shall apply to any such shared parking agreements.

SECTION 42. Paragraph 11 (City Manager or Designee Review – Minor Deviations) of Subsection D (Land Use Action Procedures) of Section 9.32.030 (Land Use Actions) of Chapter

9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

11. City Manager or Designee Review—Minor Deviations.

a. Applicability. The City Manager or designee is vested with the following minor deviation land use permit and related authority:
…

xii. To make a determination as to which side of a corner lot in any zone is the front for purposes of applying requirements for setbacks; wall, fence and hedge heights; parking; and
landscaping.

…

d. Notice and Review.
183

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 51 ends

…

ii. Upon receipt of an application for a minor deviation, a notice shall be sent to the adjoining property owners describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments should be submitted no later than 10 calendar days from the date the notice was sent out. A public hearing shall not be required. If the request is approved by the City Manager or designee, the planning staff shall transmit the City Manager or designee's notice of the decision, with any appropriate conditions of approval, to the applicant and to each Planning Commissioner. The decision of the City Manager or designee shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within seven calendar days from the date of the decision, or unless the application is called up for review by any member of the Planning Commission within seven calendar days from the date of the decision. The planning staff, upon receipt of a timely request for Planning Commission review, shall schedule the matter for Planning Commission review at its next available meeting.

…

SECTION 43. Paragraph 13 (Director’s Review – Duplex and Triplex) of Subsection D (Land Use Action Procedures) of Section 9.32.030 (Land Use Actions) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

13. Director's Review—Duplex and Triplex to read as follows:

…

e. Notice and Review

i. Upon receipt of an application for a duplex or triplex, a notice shall be sent to the adjoining property owners describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments should be submitted no later than 10 calendar days from the date the notice was sent out. A public hearing shall not be required.

…

v. The decision of the Department Director shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within 10 calendar days from the date of the decision or unless the application is called up to the Planning 184

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 52 ends

Commission for review by any member of the Planning
Commission or City Council within 10 calendar days from the date of the decision.

SECTION 44. Paragraph 14 (Main Street Outdoor Dining Permit for Outdoor Dining Areas in the Public Right-of-Way on Historic Main Street ) of Subsection D (Land Use Action Procedures) of Section 9.32.030 (Land Use Actions) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Gr ove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

14. Main Street Outdoor Dining Permit for Outdoor Dining Areas in the Public Right- of-Way on Historic Main Street.

…

d. Notice and Review.

i. Upon receipt of an application for a Main Street outdoor dining permit that is subject to review by the Department Director, a notice shall be sent to all owners of property with frontage on Historic Main Street between Acacia Parkway and Garden Grove Boulevard describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments sh ould be submitted no later than 10 calendar days from the date of the notice. If one or more property owners object to the application, the Director may refer review of the request to the Zoning Administrator or Planning Commission, where a public hearing will be noticed and held in accordance with the public hearing provisions of Chapter 9.32.

ii. The Planning staff shall transmit the Department Director's notice of the decision, with any appropriate conditions of approval, to the applicant. The decision of the Department Director shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within 10 calendar days from the date of the decision.
…

SECTION 45. Paragraph 15 (Requests for Reasonable Accommodation) of Subsection D (Land Use Action Procedures) of Section 9.32.030 (Land Use Actions) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

15. Requests for Reasonable Accommodation.

...

185

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 53 ends

e. Decision.

…

iii. The decision of the City Manager or designee shall be final unless appealed by the applicant to the City Council within 10 calendar days.

The procedures set forth in Section 2.60.060 of this Code shall apply to such appeals.
…

g. Effect of Approval; Revocation; Discontinuance.

…

ii. Revocation. After notice and an opportunity for hearing, the City Manager or designee may revoke any previously granted reasonable accommodation approval due to violations of any conditions of approval or laws in connection with use of the reasonable accommodation. The decision of the City Manager or designee to revoke a reasonable accommodation shall be final unless appealed by the applicant to the City Council within 10 calendar days. The procedures set forth in Section

2.60.060 of this code shall apply to such appeals.

iii. Discontinuance. A previously approved reasonable accommodation shall lapse and be deemed null and void if the exercise of rights granted by the reasonable accommodation is discontinued for 180 consecutive calendar days and/or if the individual or individuals with a disability on whose behalf an approved reasonable accommodation was requested vacate the premises, unless, following consideration of a new application in accordance with this section, the City Manager or designee determines that: (1) the modification is physically integrated into the residential structure such that it would be impractical to require the property to be ret urned to its previous condition; or (2) the accommodation is necessary to give another disabled individual an equal opportunity for use and enjoyment of the dwelling. The City Manager or designee may, at any time, request in writing the applicant or any successor- in-interest to the property subject to a previously approved reasonable accommodation to provide documentation demonstrating that the accommodation remains necessary to ensure the equal use and enjoyment of the property by an individual or individuals with a disability and/or continued compliance with the applicable conditions of approval. Failure to provide such documentation with 15 calendar days of the date of such request shall constitute evidence of discontinuance of the exercise of rights granted by the reasonable accommodation.
186

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 54 ends

SECTION 46. Section 9.32.060 (Notice of a Public Hearing) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Notice of any public hearing upon a proposed amendment to this title shall be given by at least one publication in a newspaper of general circulation, in the City not less than 10 dayscalendar days before the date of said public hearing s., pursuant to California Government Code Section 65090. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, notice of any public hearing upon a proposed amendment to this title which affects the uses of real property shal l be given pursuant to both California Government Code Section 65090 and California Government Code Section 65091, in the same manner as notice for public hearings of application for other land use actions as provided in subsection (B), except that the not ice shall be published, posted, mailed, and delivered, or advertised, as applicable, at least 20 calendar days before the hearing.

187

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 55 ends

B. Any All applications for other land use actions application not provided for this title and requiring a public hearing shall be noticed in the following way s, pursuant to Government Code Section 65091:

1. A written notice shall be either (a) published in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City not less than 10 calendar days before the date of such hearing or (b) posted at least 10 calendar days before the date of such hearing in at least three places within the boundaries of the City, including one place in the area directly affected by the proceeding.

12. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of such hearing to the applicant, the owner or owners of the real property that is the subject of the hearing, and the last known address of all the owner or owners of the property located within not less than a 300-foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property, as indicated on the latest available assessment roll , or in the records of the county assessor or tax collector which contain more recent information than the assessment roll. s in the City Hall; or If the number of owners to whom notice would be mailed or delivered is greater than 1,000, in lieu of mailed or delivered notice, notice may be provided by placing a display advertisement of at least one -eighth page in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City at least 10 calendar days prior to the hearing. If a written notice is mailed or delivered to property owners pursuant to this subsection, said notice shall also be mailed to all residential tenants of property located within not less than a 300 -foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property.

2. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered to the owner or owners of subject property and to the applicant if he or she be a person other than the owner of this property not less than 10 days days prior to the date of hearing on any type of publication;

3. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the hearing to each local agency expected to provide water, sewage, streets, roads, schools or other essential facilities or services to the project, whose ability to provide those facilities and services may be significantly affected.

4. If notice is required to be given by the Subdivision Map Act, a written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the hearing to any owner of a m ineral right pertaining to the real property subject to the hearing who has recorded a notice of intent to preserve the mineral right under California Civil Code Section 883.230.

5. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the hearing to any person who has filed or renewed a written request for 188

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 56 ends

notice with the city clerk within the same calendar year pursuant to Government Code Section 65092 and has paid the required fee.

C. Time of a Public Hearing. The secretary of the Planning Commission shall set land use hearings before the Planning Commission or the Zoning Administrator as provided by this chapter. The date of the public hearings shall be not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days from the date of the filing of the verified application or the adoption of the resolutions or the making of the motion.

D. Required Wording Content of Notices. In addition to any other information required by law, Public public notice of hearings on land use actions shall include, but not be limited to, the name of the hearing body, consist of the words "Notice of Proposed Change of Zone Boundaries or Classification" or "Notice of Proposed Site Plan " or "Notice of Proposed Conditional Use Permit" or other similar wording as the case may be, setting forth the address and description of the property under consideration, the nature of the proposed change, or requested permit or use, and the date, time, and place and date, at which of the public hearing or hearings on the matter will be held., a general explanation of the matter to be considered, and a general description, in text or by diagram, of the location of the real property, if any, that is the su bject of the hearing. If the hearing body will consider a determination or an approval or certification of a document pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act, the hearing notice shall also include a statement that the hearing body will also consider said determination or approval or certification.

SECTION 47.Section 9.32.100 (Decisions of the Hearing Bodies) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Decisions of Planning Commission.

…

4. Not more than 30 calendar days following the termination of proceedings of the public hearing on an application for a land use action, the Planning Commission shall announce findings, and issue an order, in writing. A copy of this order shall be mailed to the applicant at the address s hown on the application and shall, within 15 calendar days of the adoption of the resolution, be transmitted to the City Council.

B. Zoning Administrator.
…

3. Notice of Order of the Zoning Administrator. Not later than 15 calendar days following the rendering of an order directing that a land use action be granted or denied, a copy of the decision shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown on the application.
189

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 57 ends

C. Effective Date of Order Granting or Denying Land Use Actions. The order granting or denying a land use action shall become final 2110 calendar days after the order, unless within such 2110-day period an appeal in writing is filed with the City Clerk by either an applicant or opponent. The filing of the appeal within such time limit sha ll stay the effective date of the order until such time as the City Council has acted upon the appeal, as hereafter set forth in this chapter.
…

H. City Council to Hold Public Hearings. Within 60 calendar days following the advisement by the recording sec retary of the Planning Commission that a public hearing before the City Council is required, the City Council shall conduct a public hearing in accordance with this chapter.

I. Order of the City Council Shall Be Final. Any action by the City Council that either approves or disapproves an action of the hearing body, as the case may be, shall be by the affirmative vote of at least three four members of the City Council, and shall be final and conclusive. The hearing by the City Council shall be de novo and the City Council may approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the matter in accordance with this Code or remand the matter to the Planning Commission pursuant to subdivision (J) below.

J. Adverse Decision of Council to Be Referred to the Planning Commission. …

4. Failure to report within 60 calendar days after reference may be deemed by the City Council to be approval of any proposed change.

K. City Council to Announce Findings and Orders by Resolution. The City Council shall announce its findings and orders by formal resolution, not more than 30 calendar days following the termination of proceedings of the hearing or upon receipt of a report from the hearing body when a matter has been referred back pursuant to Chapter 9.32this chapter. Such resolution shall recite, among other things, the facts and reasons that, in the opinion of the City Council, made the granting or denial of the discretionary use provision necessary to carry out the general purpose of this chapter, and shall order that the matter be granted, denied or modified, subject to such conditions or limitations that it may impose.

L. Approval by City Council and Adoption of Resolutio n. If the resolution is not adopted by City Council due to a deadlock or the vote, the appellate decision after a period of 60 calendar days shall be superseded by the decision of the previous hearing body.

M. Notice of Decision of City Council. Not later than 15 calendar days following the adoption by the City Council of a resolution approving or denying amendment an action or entitlement pursuant to this chapter, or an appeal, one copy of such resolution shall 190

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 58 ends

be forwarded to the applicant at the address shown upon the application and one copy shall be attached to the file in the case and the complete file returned to the Planning Commission for permanent filing.

SECTION 48. Section 9.32.110 (Appeals - Purpose) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.32.110 Appeals – Purpose.

The purpose of an appeal of a hearing body decision is to allow an applicant or an interested party of a land use action who feels aggrieved by the decision to seek review of the case by another imported hearing body. Timely filing of a written appeal shall automatically stay all actions and put in abeyance all approvals or permits which may have been granted; and neither the applicant nor any enforcing agency may rely upon the decision, approval, or denial or other action appealed from, until the appeal has been resolved.

SECTION 49. Section 9.32.120 (Time of Appeal) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.32.120 Time for Appeal.

A decision of a hearing body on a land use action may be appealed by the applicant, any resident of the City, any owner of real property in the City, a tenant or leaseholder of property which is located adjacent to or within 300 feet of the p roperty boundaries of the application being appealed, or an individual that may be affected by the decision on the application, within 21 10 calendar days of the date on which the decision is rendered, unless otherwise specified in this chapter.

SECTION 50. Section 9.32.130 (Filing of an Appeal) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline)”

§ 9.32.130 Filing of an Appeal.

All appeals shall be submitted in writing to the City Clerk on a City application form along with all applicable fees, and shall specifically state the basis for the appeal.

SECTION 51. Section 9.32.150 (Appeal Hearing - Decision) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

191

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 59 ends

§ 9.32.130 Appeal Hearing – Decision.

A. The hearing and decision procedures of an appeal shall be in accordance with Sections 9.32.040 through 9.32.100 of this chapter.

B .Any modification of a land use action that was appealed by City Council shall be returned to the City Council for review.

SECTION 52.Section 9.32.170 (Abandoned, Wrecked, Dismantled or Inoperative Vehicles) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to clarify the use of calendar days when measuring specified deadlines, as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

§ 9.32.170 Abandoned, Wrecked, Dismantled or Inoperative Vehicles .

…

B. Penalty for Violation. It is unlawful and a misdemeanor for any person to abandon, park, store, or leave or permit the abandonment, parking, storing or leaving of any licensed or unlicensed vehicle or part thereof that is in an abandoned, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative condition upon any private property or public property, not including highways, within the City, for a period in excess of seven calendar days, unless that vehicle or part thereof is completely enclosed within a building in a lawful manner where it is not plainly visible from the street or other public or private property, or unless the vehicle is stored or parked in a lawful manner on private property in connection with the business of a licensed dismantler, licensed vehicle dealer or a junkyard.
…

J. Notice to California Highway Patrol. Notice of hearing shall also be given to the California Highway Patrol identifying the vehicle or part thereof proposed for removal, such notice to be mailed at least 10 calendar days prior to the public hearing. …

L. Appeals, City Council Hearing. Any interested party may appeal the decision of the Zoning Administrator by filing a written notice of appeal with the City Clerk within five calendar days after the decision of the Zoning Administrator. Such appeal shall be heard by the City Council, which may affirm, amend or reverse the order or take other action deemed appropriate. The City Clerk shall give written notice of the time and place of the hearing to the appellant and those pe rsons specified in this section. In conducting the hearing, the City Council shall not be limited by the technical rules of evidence.

M. Removal of Vehicle. Five calendar days after adoption of the order declaring, the vehicle or parts thereof to be a pub lic nuisance, five calendar days from the date of 192

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 60 ends

mailing of notice of the decision, if a notice is required by this section, or 15 calendar days after action of the City Council authorizing removal following appeal, the vehicles or parts thereof may be di sposed of by removal to a scrapyard or automobile dismantler's yard. After a vehicle has been removed, it shall not thereafter be reconstructed or made operable.

N. Notice to Department of Motor Vehicles on Removal. Within five calendar days after the dat e of removal of the vehicle or part thereof, notice shall be given to the Department of Motor Vehicles identifying the vehicles or part thereof removed. At the same time there shall be transmitted to the Department of Motor Vehicles any evidence of registration available, including registration certificates, certificates of title and license plates.

O. Payment of Assessment—Nonpayment a Lien. If the administrative costs and the cost of removal that are charged against the owner of a parcel of land pursuant to this section are not paid within 30 calendar days of the date of the order or the final disposition of an appeal therefor, such costs shall be assessed against the parcel of land pursuant to Section 38773.5 of the Government Code, and shall be transmit ted to the tax collector for collection. Said assessment shall have the same priority as other City taxes.

SECTION 53. Section 9.32.180 (Public Nuisance) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

…

G. Hearing to Abate Nuisance. In the event said owner of record shall fail, neglect, or refuse to comply with the notice to correct violations provided for in this section above, a public hearing before the Neighborhood Improvement and Conservation Commission shall be held for the purposes stated in conduct of hearing, findings, orders and determinations, in this section below. Notice of said hearing shall be personally served upon or mailed to the property owner of record at least 10 calendar days before the hearing by certified mail, with a five -day return requested. If the foregoing notice is returned undelivered by the United States Post Office, the hearing shall be continued to a date not less than 10 calendar days from the date of such return.
…

L Cost Accounting—Notification. The City Manager or his or her designee shall keep an account of the cost, including incidental expenses, of abating such nuisance on each separate lot or parcel of land where the work is done, and shall render a sworn itemized report in writing to the City Council showing the cost of abatement and the rehabilitating, demolishing or repairing of said premises, buildings, or structures, 193

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 61 ends

including any salvage value relating thereto; provided that at least five calendar days before said report is submitted to said City Council, a copy of same shall be personally served or mailed by certified mail to the property owner of record, together with a notice of the time when said report shall be heard by the City Council for confirmation. Proof of said service or mailing shall be made by affidavit filed with the City Clerk. The term "incidental expenses" shall include, but not be limited to, the actual expenses and cost of the City in the preparation of notices, specifications and contracts, and inspecting the work and the cost of printing and mailing required hereunder, and any other legal and administrative enforcement costs.
…

SECTION 54. Subsection B.2. of Section 9.32.200 (Property Maintenance) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to clarify the use of calendar days when measuring the specified deadline, as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

…

B. It is unlawful for any pers on owning, leasing, occupying or having charge or possession of any property in the City to maintain such property in such manner that any of the following conditions are found to exist thereon:

…

2. Buildings or structures with broken windows for longer than 21 calendar days;

…

SECTION 55. Subsections C.7 and D.1 Section 9.32.210 (Property Maintenance - Vacant, Unoccupied or Abandoned Buildings) of Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code are hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

…

C. Property Maintenance Standards for Vacant, Unoccupied or Abandoned Buildings. It is unlawful and a public nuisance for any person, corporation or other legal entity to own, lease, occupy, control or manage any vacant, unoccupied or abandoned structures and buildings in conflict with the following standards:

…

7. Security, Lighting and Fencing. Buildings and structures shall be secured, locked and made inaccessible to persons not authorized to use same. Unless perimeter or security fencing was installed as part of an approved site plan, 194

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 62 ends

perimeter or security fencing may be installed only with the approval of the City Manager or designee.

a. Exterior lighting shall be provided and maintained operational during all hours of darkness to illuminate the building perimeter and yard areas.

Lighting shall be of sufficient power to illuminate and make easily discernible the appearance and conduct of all persons on the property.

b. Fencing (including, but not limited to, chain link) shall not be permitted to secure the property; existing fencing installed o n the property shall be removed within 60 calendar days from enactment of this section. This prohibition is based on the finding that the mere appearance of these fences contributes to further decay, dilapidation and unsightly appearance of the property as fences, intended to secure a vacant property, provides the owner a false sense of security and makes it easier to forsake property maintenance.

D. Enforcement of Violations.

1. Notice of Violation/Remedial Plan. Any person, corporation or other legal entity who owns, leases, occupies, controls or manages the subject property receiving a notice of violation of this section shall provide to the City, within 10 calendar days, a remedial plan containing specific items of corrective work to address the noted violations, which plan shall first be approved by the City Manager or designee, before corrective work is undertaken. The corrective work shall be completed within the time prescribed by the City Manager or designee. In the event that the responsible party proposes demolition as the remedial plan, the demolition plan shall provide for removal of unsightly cement foundations or other structures remaining after the demolition work.
…

SECTION 56. Section 9.60.020 (Review of Housing Development Projects) of Chapter 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

A. Compliance with State Law.

1. Generally. Notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 9.32, all proposed housing development projects shall be reviewed in accordance with requirements and limitations imposed by state law, including, but not limited to, Government Code Sections 65589.5, 65 915-65918, 65583, 65584, 65863, 65905.5, 65912.100-65912.105, 65852.24, 65852.28, 65913-65913.116, 65914.7, 65940-65945.3, 66300, 65650 -65656, and 65660-65688, and 66499.41. Except to the extent otherwise provided by state law, such review 195

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 63 ends

shall ensure tha t proposed housing development projects comply with all applicable, objective standards, provisions, conditions and requirements of the general plan, this chapter, and other applicable ordinances and policies of the City.
…

C. Discretionary Review of Hous ing Development Projects. Notwithstanding Section

9.32.030 or any other provision of this title, the following provisions shall apply to the consideration of applications for site plans, conditional use permits, or other quasi - judicial land use permits req uired for the construction or operation of a housing development project, as defined in subdivision (h)(2) of Government Code Section 65589.5, which is not subject to ministerial review by the Department Director pursuant to subsection 9.60.020.D:

1. Public Notice and Hearings.

a. Except as modified by this section, land use permits for housing development projects shall be subject to the notice, hearing, and appeal procedures set forth in Chapter 9.32.

b. For so long as Government Code Section 965905.5 so provides and remains in effect, no more than five hearings or continued hearings shall be conducted in connection with consideration of an application for a housing development project, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicant or the applicant 's designated representative. Said limit does not apply to any hearing to review a legislative approval required for a housing development project. The opening of a public hearing solely for the purpose of continuing the hearing to a future date shall not count as one of the five allowed hearings, provided no substantial discussion by the hearing body occurs and no testimony is taken. The final review authority shall consider and either approve, conditionally approve, or disapprove the application at one of the five hearings allowed pursuant to Government Code Section 965905.5; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided by law, the application shall not automatically be deemed approved if the final review authority does not act on the application at one of the five allowed hearings.
…

SECTION 57. Subsections C and F of Section 9.60.040 (Residential Density Bonus) of Chapter

9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

…
196

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 64 ends

C. Documentation. The applicant shall submit reasonable documentation to establish eligibility for a requested density bonus , incentives or concessions, waivers or reductions of development standards, and reduced parking ratios. …

F. Calculation. “Density bonus” means a density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable gross residential density as of the date of application, or, if elected by the applicant, a lesser percentage of densit y increase, including, but not limited to, no increase in density. For the purpose of calculating the density bonus, subject to subdivision (o) of Government code Section 65915, the “maximum allowable residential density” or “base density” shall be the gre atest number of units allowed to be developed on the parcel(s) under this title, an applicable specific plan, or the Land Use Element of the General Plan. For the purpose of calculating the density bonus, the "maximum allowable residential density" shall b e the maximum allowable gross residential density established under the applicable development standards for the parcel(s), subject to subdivision (o) of Government Code Section 65915. …

SECTION 58. Section 9.60.050 (Affordable Housing Regulatory Agreements) of Chapter 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended as follows (deletions in strikethrough text and additions shown in double underline):

…

D. Required Provisions of Regulatory Agreements. Unless otherwise provided by law or authorized by the City Manager, each regulatory agreement shall include provisions addressing or requiring the following:

1. Identification of Affordable Units. The number, affordability level, unit size mix, and l ocation requirements for the affordable units shall be set forth in the regulatory agreement.

a. Unit Size Mix. To the extent practicable, the size and bedroom count of the affordable units reserved and allocated for each income category shall at all times be proportional to the size and bedroom count mix of all units in the project, provided, however, that the property owner may substitute a larger unit for a smaller unit.

b. Location Requirements. For mixed income projects, the regulatory agreement shall require that affordable units shall be integrated with the market rate units so that there is a mix of affordable and market rate units in each building, and shall contain provisions to ensure that the project 197

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 65 ends

shall complyies with the requirements set forth in Health and Safety Code Section 17929. For affordable units that will be offered for sale, the regulatory agreement shall specifically identify each affordable unit. For affordable units that will be rented, Tthe regula tory agreement may allowshall require the affordable units in a rental project to be "floating" units that are not permanently designated, provided that at no time shall a majority of the affordable units be congregated to a specific section of the project.

4. Annual Tenant Income Verification , Compliance Reporting, and Certification.

For projects containing rental affordable units that will be rented, the regulatory agreement shall include uniform provisions requiring the owner to annually obtain written certifications from, and to verify and certify, prior to the initial occupancy, and annually thereafter, that, each tenant household occupying an affordable unit meets the applicable income and eligibility requirements established for the affordable unit, and to annually prepare a compliance report and certify that the affordable units are in compliance with the regulatory agreement.

5. Eligibility of Initial Buyers of For-Sale Affordable Units. For projects containing for-sale affordable units that will be offered for sale , the regulatory agreement shall include uniform provisions requiring the owner to verify that the initial buyer(s) of each affordable unit be of meet the applicable income level and eligibility requirements established for the affordable unit shall require the initial buyer(s) of each affordable unit to and occupy the affordable unit at all times until resale of the affordable unit to another qualified buyer. Where applicable, the regulatory agreement shall contain provisions satisfying the criteria set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision (c) of Government Code Section 65915. The regulatory agreement shall also require the initial purchaser and, if applicable, each subsequent purchaser, of an affordable unit, to execute and/or record one or more agreements and/or restrictive covenants benefiting and enforceable by the City, which address, among other things, the purchaser's obligations pertaining to certification of income, financing or refinancing of the unit, occupancy of the unit, prope rty maintenance, insurance, periodic certification of compliance with applicable agreement terms, and re -sale of the unit (collectively, “Homebuyer Documents”). Homebuyer Documents may include, without limitation promissory notes, deeds of trust, reimbursement agreements, option agreements, equity sharing agreements, and/or other covenants and regulatory documents necessary to ensure continued compliance with pertinent provisions of applicable law, conditions of approval, and the regulatory agreement for the required affordability period.

6. Equity Sharing Provisions. For projects containing for-sale affordable units, the regulatory agreement shall contain provisions establishing an equity sharing arrangement consistent with the provisions set forth in paragraph (2) of 198

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 66 ends

subdivision (c) of Government Code Section 65915. Upon resale, the seller of the unit shall retain the value of any improvements, the down payment, and the seller's proportionate share of appreciation. The City shall recapture any initial subsidy and its proportionate share of appreciation.

76. Annual Compliance Report. Each regulatory agreement shall contain provisions requiring the owner to submit an annual compliance report containing specified information to the City in a form reasonably satisfactory to City Manager and to annually certify that the affordable units are in compliance with the requirements of the regulatory agreement.

87. Maintenance Standards. The regulatory agreement shall contain uniform provisions governing the owner's maintenance obligations and the City's rights in the event the owner fails to adhere to its maintenance obligations.

98. Recordkeeping Requirements. The regulatory agreement shall contain uniform provisions requiring the owner to maintain affordable unit sales documents, tenant leases, income certifications, and other books, documents, and records related to the sale or rental of the affordable units and operation of the project for a period of not less than five years after creation of each such record; to allow the City to inspect any such books, documents, or records and to conduct an independent audit or inspection o f such records at a location that is reasonably acceptable to the City Manager upon prior written notice; and to permit the City and its authorized agents and representatives to access the property and examine the housing units and to interview tenants and employees for the purpose of verifying compliance with the regulatory agreement.

109. Marketing Programand Sale of For -Sale Affordable Units . For projects containing affordable units that will be offered for sale, Tthe regulatory agreement shall contain provisions requiring the owner: (a) to prepare and obtain the City's approval of a marketing program for the leasing or sale of the affordable units to qualified purchasers prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of the project; (b) to thereafter market the leasing or sale of the affordable units in accordance with the marketing program; and (c) to provide the City with periodic reports with respect to the leasing or sale of the affordable unit s. Except as otherwise approved by the City, the marketing program shall include, without limitation, (i) a plan for and detailed description of how the owner will solicit and identify potential qualified purchasers for the affordable units; (ii) a descri ption of the process the owner will implement to evaluate and select qualified purchasers for the affordable units; (iii) the form of the purchase and sale agreement the owner proposes to enter into with qualified purchasers; (iv) copies of forms, disclosu res, and other documents owner intends to provide to qualified purchasers; and (v) such other information reasonable requested or required by the City.

199

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 67 ends

1110. Marketing and Management Plan for Rental Affordable Units . For projects containing affordable units that will be rented, Tthe regulatory agreement shall contain uniform provisions regarding property management and management responsibilities and shall require the owner to prepare and obtain the City's approval of a management plan for the project pri or to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any portion of the project ., which sets forth The marketing and management plan shall address in detail, without limitation, the following matters: (a) how the owner plans to market the affordable units to prospective tenant households; the owner's property management duties, including, but not limited to, a plan to manage and maintain the site and the affordable units; (b) procedures for the selection of tenants of rental affordable units, including a des cription of how the owner plans to certify the eligibility of tenant households; (c) procedures for annually verifying income and recertifying the eligibility of tenants of rental affordable units; (d) the standard form(s) of rental agreement(s) the owner proposes to enter into with tenants of affordable units; (e) procedures for the collection of rent; (f) procedures for eviction of tenants; (g) procedures for ensuring that the required number and unit size mix of rental affordable units is maintained and that "floating" affordable units do not become congregated to a certain area of the building or project; (h) the owner's procedures for complying with its monitoring and recordkeeping obligations; (i) the owner’s property management duties; (j) the owner's plan to manage and maintain the project and the affordable units; (k) the rules and regulations of the property and manner of enforcement; and (l) a program addressing security system and crime prevention programat the project.

1211. Provisions Regarding Section 8 Certificates. For projects containing rental affordable units, the regulatory agreement shall include uniform provisions regarding the acceptance of federal certificates for rent subsidies p ursuant to the existing program under Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, or its successor (i.e., "Section 8 certificates"), which shall include the following requirements and limitations:

a. The owner shall accept as tenants persons who are recipients of Section 8 certificates on the same basis as all other prospective tenants; provided, the owner shall not rent one of the affordable units to a tenant household holding a Section 8 certificate unless none of the housing units not restricted to occupancy by the affordability covenants are available. If the only available housing unit is an affordable unit, the owner shall no longer designate the housing unit rented to a tenant household holding a Section 8 certificate as an affordable unit, shall designate the next-available housing unit as an affordable unit, and shall make available, re-strict occupancy to, and rent such newly designated affordable unit to a qualified tenant at the applicable af fordable rent pursuant to the affordability covenants, such that at all times reasonably possible all of the required affordable units shall not be occupied by 200

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 68 ends

tenants holding Section 8 certificates

b. Furthermore, in the event the owner rents an affordab le unit to a household holding a federal certificate, the rental agreement (or lease agreement, as applicable) between the owner, as landlord, and the tenant shall expressly provide that monthly rent charged shall be the affordable rent required for the affordable unit (not fair market rent) and that the rent collected directly from such tenant holding a federal certificate shall be not more than the specified percentage of the tenant's actual gross income pursuant to the applicable federal certificate program regulations; i.e., the rent charged to such tenant under the rental agreement shall be the affordable rent chargeable under the affordability covenant and not fair market rent for the area, as would otherwise be permitted under the applicable federal certificate program.

c. The owner shall not apply selection criteria to Section 8 certificate holders which are more burdensome than criteria applied to any other prospective tenants.

d. If and to the extent these restrictions conflict with the provisions of Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, the provisions of Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 and all implementing rules and regulations thereto shall control.

12. Annual Monitoring and Administration Fees.

a. Rental Projects. For projects containing affordable units that will be rented, to the extent permitted by state and federal law, Eeach regulatory agreement shall contain a provision requiring the owner to pay an annual fee to reimburse the City for the estimated reasonable costs incurred by the City in monitoring the owner's compliance with, and otherwise administering, the regulatory agreement, including, but not limited to, the City's review of annual compliance rep orts and conduct of inspections and/or audits.

b. For-Sale Projects. For projects containing affordable units that will be offered for sale, each regulatory agreement shall contain a provision requiring the owner to reimburse the City for the estimated reasonable costs incurred by the City (i) to monitor the owner’s compliance with, and to otherwise administer, the Regulatory Agreement, prior to the initial sale of each affordable unit, and (ii) to monitor each subsequent purchaser’s compliance with, and to administer, the Homebuyer Documents following the initial sale of each affordable unit.

201

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 69 ends

…

H. Reimbursement of Professional Fees and Costs. To the extent not factored into the fee or fees established pursuant to subsections D and G, in addition to such fees, the applicant and/or owner shall reimburse the City for the actual fees and costs charged for the services of attorneys and/or other professional third-party consultants engaged by the City to provide consultation, advice, analysis, and/or review or preparation of documents in connection with the following:

1. Preparation of the regulatory agreement, agreements with initial purchasers of for-sale affordable units, and other ancillary documents.

2. Establishing the affordable sales price, and verifying the incomes and eligibility of prospective buyers, of for-sale affordable units;

23. Review of the initial marketing plan for projects containing for -sale affordable units or the marketing and management plan for projects containing rental affordable units required as part of the regulatory agreement entered into pursuant to this section and any amendments thereto.

34. Review of annual compliance reports submitted by an owner pursuant to a regulatory agreement.

45. Inspections and audits.

I. Preparation of Regulatory Agreement; Reimbursement Agreement. Unless otherwise approved by the City Manager, each regulatory agreement shall be prepared by the City at the cost of the applicant and/or owner. Prior to the City commencing preparation of a regulatory agreement, the applicant and/or owner shall execute a reimbursement agreement with the City in a form approved by the City Attorney and provide a deposit to the City in an amount sufficient to cover the estim ated total professional fees and costs to be incurred by the City for preparation of the regulatory agreement, as determined by the City Manager in his or her reasonable discretion. The City Manager is authorized to execute said reimbursement agreement on behalf of the City.

SECTION 59. Section 9.60.060 (Dwelling Unit Protection Regulations) of Chapter 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. Purpose. The pur pose of this section is to implement the provisions of the Housing Crisis Act, which requires development project proponents to replace demolished residential dwelling units and protected units and to provide relocation assistance and other benefits to existing occupants of demolished protected units.

202

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 70 ends

B. Effective Period. This section shall remain in effect for the period during which the provisions of Chapter 12 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code pertaining to replacement housing and relocation benefits remain in effect. If said provisions ar e repealed, this section shall be deemed repealed as of the same date and shall no longer be applied, unless otherwise provided by a later enacted ordinance.

C. Applicability. This section applies to all development projects subject to Article 2 of Chapter 12 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code , whether involving discretionary or nondiscretionary approvals, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. A proposal to construct one or more single-family dwellings;

2. A proposal to construct an accessory dwelling unit;

3. A proposal to construct an SB 9 two-unit residential development;

4. A proposal to construct a duplex or triplex;

5. A proposal to construct a multiple-family dwelling; and

6. A proposal to construct a mixed -use developm ent project consisting of residential and nonresidential uses

D. Definitions. As used in this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1. "Affordable housing cost" has the same meaning as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5.

2. "Affordable rent" has the same meaning as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50053.

3. “Comparable unit” shall have the same meaning as the term "comparable replacement dwelling" as defined in Government Code Section 7260; provided, however, that with respect to an occupied protected unit that is a single -family home that will be demolished in conjunction with a proposed development project that consists of two or more dwelling units, a "comparable unit" need not contain more than three bedrooms or have the same or similar square footage or the same number of total rooms.

4. “Development project” means a project for “development,” as defined in Section

9.04.060, which requires a permit or other approval issued by the City.

5. "Equivalent size" means that the replacement protected units contain at least the same total number of bedrooms as the units being replaced. 203

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 71 ends

6. “Extremely low income households” has the same meaning as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50106.

7. "Lower income households" has the same meaning as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5. Lower income households includes very low income households and extremely low income households.

8. "Protected unit" shall have the same meaning as defined in the Housing Crisis Act and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Existing or previously demolished residential dwelling units that are or were subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to person s and families of lower or very low income within the five -year period preceding the application submittal date; and

b. Existing or previously demolished residential dwelling units that are or were rented by lower or very low income households within the five-year period preceding the application submittal date.

9. "Relocation Assistance Law" shall mean Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 7260) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code and its related implementing regulations.

10. “Replace” has the same meaning as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (c) of Government Code Section 65915; provided, however, that for purposes of a development project that that consists of a single residential unit on a site with a single protected unit, "replace" shall mean that the protected unit is replaced with a unit of any size at any income level.

11. “Replacement protected units” means and refers to affordable residential units proposed to be developed to replace one or more protected units.

12. "Very low income households" has the same meaning as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50105. Very low income households includes extremely low income households.

E. Replacement of Dwelling Units. If a housing development projec t will require the demolition of one or more residential dwelling units, the project shall create at least as many residential dwelling units as will be demolished.

F. Replacement of Protected Units. If a development project is located on a parcel or parcels on which protected units are or were located, the project shall comply with the following:
204

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 72 ends

1. Number of Total Units Required. If the project is a housing development project, the project shall include at least as many total dwelling units as the greatest number of permitted dwelling units that existed on the project site within the five-year period preceding the application submittal date.

2. Number of Replacement Protected Units Required. Unless otherwise provided in the Housing Crisis Act, the development project shall replace all protected units that were previously located on the project site and demolished on or after January 1, 2020 and all existing occupied or vacant protected units that will be demolished as part of the project in accordan ce with this section. All replacement protected unit calculations resulting in factional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number. Any replacement protected units provided will be considered in determining whether a housing development project sa tisfies the requirements of Government Code Section 65915 and Section 9.60.040.

3. Projects Involving Demolition of Occupied Protected Units. If any existing protected units to be demolished are occupied on the date of application submittal, the developme nt project shall provide at least the same number of replacement dwelling units of equivalent size to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those households in occupancy. If a project site containing occupied protected units to be demolished also contains unoccupied protected units that will be demolished as part of the project, or previously contained protected units that were demolished within the f ive-year period preceding the application submittal date, the housing development project shall also provide at least the same number of dwelling units of equivalent size to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied b y, persons and families in the same or lower income category as the last household in occupancy. If the income of the existing or last household in occupancy of any protected units is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that lower income renter hous eholds occupied these protected units in the same proportion of lower income renter households to all renter households within the City of Garden Grove, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database, and replacement protected dwelling units shall be provided in that same percentage.

4. Projects Only Involving Vacated or Demolished Protected Units. If all protected units on the site of a development project are vacant or have been demolished within the five -year period preceding the application submittal date, the development project shall provide at least the same number of dwelling units of equivalent size as existed at the highpoint of those units in the five-year period 205

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 73 ends

preceding the application submittal date to be made available at affordable rent or affordabl e housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those persons and families in occupancy at that time, if known. If the incomes of the persons and families in occupancy at the highpoint is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that low-income and very low income renter households occupied these protected units in the same proportion of low -income and very low income renter households to all renter households within the City of Garden Grove, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database, and replacement protected dwelling units shall be provided in that same percentage.

5. Replacement Protected Unit Size. A replacement protected unit must include at least the same number of bedrooms as the protected unit being replaced; provided, however, that if and to the extent permitted pursuant to the Housing Crisis Act, a protected unit may b e replaced with two or more replacement protected units of the same or a lower income category as the protected unit, provided the cumulative number of bedrooms in the replacement protected units equals or exceeds the number of bedrooms in the protected un it being replaced.

6. Single-Family Projects Involving a Single Protected Unit. Notwithstanding subsections 3, and 4, and 5, above, if a housing development project consists of a single residential unit on a site with a single protected unit, that protect ed unit may be replaced with a unit of any size at any income level.

7. Location of Protected Units. If the development project is a housing development project, dwelling units required to replace protected units shall be located on the same parcel or par cels as other units in the proposed new housing development project, if feasible . Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to approval of the Department Director, an applicant may locate a replacement protected unit on a different parcel in the City zoned for residential use, provided that: (a) the development of units on different parcels is proposed as part of, and in the same, application as the remainder of the housing development project; (b) the other parcel is zoned for residential use and all objective general plan, zoning, and other standards and requirements are met; and (c) the applicant demonstrates that no residential tenants on the other parcel have been or will be displaced as a result of development of the replacement protected unit.

8. Timing of Construction of Replacement Units. All replacement units shall be constructed concurrently with or prior to other components of the development project.

206

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 74 ends

9. Affordability Period. All rental replacement units shall be made available to lower or very low income households, as applicable, at an affordable rent for at least 55 years. For-sale replacement protected units shall be subject to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c) of Government Code Section 65915.

10. Regulatory Agreement Required. The rec ord owner(s) of the property shall enter into a regulatory agreement with the City pursuant to Section 9.60.050.

G. Benefits to Be Provided to All Occupants of Protected Units.

1. Right to Remain in Occupancy Pending Demolition. The record owner of an occupied protected unit that will be demolished as part of a development project shall allow the existing occupants of the protected unit to occupy the unit until six months before the start of construction activities. The record owner of the occupied protected unit shall provide the existing occupants with written notice of the planned demolition, the date the occupants must vacate the unit, and their rights under the Housing Crisis Act. Said notice shall be provided at least six months in advance of the d ate that the existing occupants must vacate the unit, and a copy shall be concurrently delivered to the Department Director.

2. Right to Return if Demolition Does Not Proceed. The record owner of an occupied protected unit that will be demolished as part of a development project shall allow any existing occupants of the protected unit that are required to leave the unit to return at their prior rental rate if the demolition does not proceed and the property is returned to the rental market. The notice required pursuant to subsection 1 shall include notice of this right. In addition, this right shall be memorialized in a written agreement, covenant, or other document that is enforceable by the occupant(s) of the protected unit, the form of which shall be subject to review and approval by the Department Director.

H. Benefits to Be Provided to Occupants of Protected Units that Are Lower Income Households.

1. Right of First Refusal for a Comparable Unit in New Housing Development Project.

a. Except as provided in subsection H.1.b., below, the record owner of a protected unit that will be demolished as part of a development project shall agree to provide existing occupants of the protected unit to be demolished as part of the a development project that a re lower income households with a right of first refusal to rent or purchase a comparable unit available in the new housing development project, or in any required replacement units associated with a new development that is not a housing development projec t, affordable to the household at an affordable rent or affordable housing cost. The right of first refusal shall 207

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 75 ends

be memorialized in a written agreement, covenant, or other document that is enforceable by the occupant(s) of the protected unit, the form of which shall be subject to review and approval by the Department Director.

b. Subsection H.1.a. shall not apply to: (i) a housing development project that consists of a single residential unit located on a site where a single protected unit is being demolished; (ii) units in a housing development in which 100% of the units, exclusive of a manager's unit or units, are reserved for lower income households, unless the occupant of the protected unit qualifies for residence in the new development and providing a comparable unit to the occupant would not be precluded due to unit size limitations or other requirements of one or more funding sources of the housing development project; or (iii) a development project that is an industrial use and to which the re quirement in the Housing Crisis Act to provide replacement units does not apply.

2. Relocation Benefits.

a. The applicant and/or the record owner of a protected unit that will be demolished as part of a development project shall provide existing occupants of the protected unit to be demolished as part of the development project that are lower income households with relocation benefits required to be paid by public entities pursuant to the Relocation Assistance Law. By way of example, said relocation benef its may include, without limitation, advisory assistance in finding comparable new housing, payment of moving expenses, and rental assistance payments.

b. The applicant shall engage a qualified third -party contractor or consultant (a "relocation consultant") approved by the Department Director to determine the eligibility of occupants for benefits pursuant to this section, prepare a relocation plan, and oversee the provision of the required relocation benefits.

c. The applicant's relocation consu ltant shall prepare a written relocation plan consistent with the provisions of the Relocation Assistance Law, which plan shall be subject to review and approval by the Department Director. The relocation plan shall include, without limitation, provisions addressing the following:

i. Determination of eligibility requirements;

ii. Identification of eligible occupants;

208

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 76 ends

iii. Occupant interviews and needs assessments;

iv. An evaluation of the availability of comparable replacement housing within the relevant geographic area;

v. Identification of specific replacement housing options;

vi. The provision for relocation advisory services to affected occupants;

vii. A description of the relocation benefits available to eligible occupants;

viii. A proces s for the provision of benefits and the submission of benefit claims by eligible occupants;

ix. A process for occupants to appeal benefit determinations; and

x. Procedures for providing the benefits required pursuant to subsections G and H, above, includ ing copies of the required notices, agreements, and other forms needed to implement the provision of said benefits.

d. Prior to the issuance of a grading or building permit for the development project, the relocation consultant shall provide a letter to the Department Director certifying that the relocation process has been completed and that all required relocation benefits have been provided.

I. Reimbursement of City's Fees and Costs to Implement This Section.

1. Reimbursement of Professional Fees and Costs. If benefits are required to be provided to the occupants of protected units pursuant to subsections G or H of this section, the applicant shall reimburse the City for the actual fees and costs charged for the s ervices of attorneys and/or other professional third -party consultants engaged by the City to provide consultation, advice, analysis, and/or review or preparation of documents in connection with the review of a relocation plan, notices, or other required f orms and documents and the monitoring and/or enforcement of compliance with requirements for provision of benefits. Concurrent with or prior to the applicant's submittal of any notice, agreement, plan, or other document requiring approval of the Department Director pursuant to subsections G or H, the applicant shall execute a reimbursement agreement with the City in a form approved by the City Attorney and provide a deposit to the City in an amount sufficient to cover the estimated total professional fees a nd costs to be incurred by the City, as determined by the Department Director in his or her reasonable discretion. The City Manager 209

Garden Grove City Council
Ordinance No. ___

Page 77 ends

is authorized to execute said reimbursement agreement on behalf of the City.

Upon certification that all required benefits have been provided, the Department Director shall provide the applicant with an invoice containing an accounting of the actual legal and third -party consulting costs incurred by the City and the amount(s) of all deposits provided by the applicant. If the actual legal and third- party consulting costs incurred by the City for such review are less than the amount of the deposit(s) made by the applicant, the City shall reimburse the applicant for the difference at the time it provides the invoice. If the actual legal and third-party consulting costs incurred by the City exceed the amount of the deposit(s) made by the applicant, the applicant shall pay City the difference within 30 days of receipt of the invoice from the City, and no grading or building permit for the housing development project shall be issued until said amount is paid in full.

2. In addition to the reimbursement of professional fees and costs pursuant to subsection I.1, above, the City may charge a fee or fees to recover the City's other reason able costs to implement the provisions of subsection (d) of Government Code Section 66300 and this section. Any such fees shall be adopted by resolution of the City Council.

SECTION 60. Severability. If any section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, word, or portion of this Ordinance is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance and each section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, word, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, words, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 61.The Mayor shall sign and the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause the same, or the summary thereof, to be published and posted pursuant to the provisions of law and this Ordinance shall take effect on the date that is thirty (30) days after adoption.

210

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT

PLANNING STAFF REPORT

AGENDA ITEM NO.: C.2. SITE LOCATION: Citywide
HEARING DATE: June 5, 2025 GENERAL PLAN: N/A
CASE NO.: Amendment No. A-042-2025 ZONE: N/A
APPLICANT: City of Garden Grove APN: N/A
OWNER: N/A CEQA DETERMINATION: Exempt

REQUEST:

A City-initiated zoning text Amendment to various provisions of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code. The proposed Amendment would update portions of Chapters 9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards), 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), 9.54 (Accessor y Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units), and 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) to conform to changes in State law and City policies, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections.

In conjunction with the re quest, the Planning Commission will also consider a recommendation that the City Council de termine that the proposed Amendment is categorically and statutorily exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

BACKGROUND:

A-042-2025(A) – ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY

DWELLING UNITS

The State defines an Accessory Dwelling Un it (ADU) as an attached or detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, and is located on a lo t with a proposed or existing primary residence. An ADU shall include permanen t provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parc el as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is, or will be, situated. The Stat e defines a Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit (JADU) as a unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure.

The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state. Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. Over the years, the City has periodically adopted 211
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 2 CASE NO. A-042-2025
updates to its ADU Ordinance. To ensure consistency with the most recent State ADU laws, the State requires cities to update their ADU ordinances.

The proposed Amendment would bring the City’s ADU Ordinance into compliance with the latest State laws, including specifically Senate Bill (SB) 897, Assembly Bill (AB) 2221, SB 477, AB 434, AB 1332, AB 1033, AB 976, SB 1077, SB 1211, and AB 2533.

The recent State law changes significantly restrict and preempt a local jurisdiction’s authority to regulate many development aspects of ADUs and JADUs. Pursuant to State law, local jurisdictions that do not adopt a new ordinance consistent with State law may be: prohibited from imposing any zoning regulations on ADUs and JADUs beyond what is specified in State law and are subject to enforcement action by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and the Attorney General.

Should the City Council adopt the amended ADU Ordinance, pursuant to Government Code Section 66326, within 60 days of adoption, City Staff would submit the amended ADU Ordinance to HCD for its review and approval, formally ensuring compliance with State ADU laws.

A-042-2025(B) - CODE CLEANUP ZONING AMENDMENT

Over the years, Staff has found various in consistencies, typos, and generally minor verbiage issues within Title 9 of the Municipal Code. The intent of this proposed text Amendment would make the Municipal Code easier for property owners and Staff to understand and implement, and easier for Code Enforcement to regulate.

The text Amendment would target seven (7) chapters of Title 9 of the Municipal Code:

9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards),

9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations). Within these chapters, the proposed Amendment would: enhance enforceability, simplify appl ication, remove typos, clarify existing standards, update out-of-date language, create consistency across Code chapters, reword subjective standards to become objective, and amend existing provisions in a manner consistent with recently-enacted State laws.

The proposed Amendments generally draw language and standards from existing Staff policies, and other existing sections of the Code. By codifying existing language, the proposed Amendment would not be crafting new standards. In other areas, language would be modified to clarify regulations. This would help Code Enforcement Staff inspect properties, implement and regulate said regulations, and also assist home owners’ understanding of the Code. All of which would streamline reviews, inspections, and enforcement of development throughout the City. In addition, new developments would be compatible across different zones, and certain procedural language would be crafted to be consistent with surrounding cities.

Amendment No. A-042-2025 was originally scheduled for the May 15, 2025, Planning Commission meeting. Due to a lack of a quorum, the item was continued to the 212
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 3 CASE NO. A-042-2025
June 5, 2025, Planning Commission meeting. The Planning Commission opened the public hearing with no members of the pu blic speaking on the item, and per Staff’s recommendation, the Planning Commission left the public hearing open.

DISCUSSION:

A-042-2025(A) - ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY

DWELLING UNITS

The proposed code Amendments to the City’s ADU Ordinance fall into two (2) main categories: (1) mandatory updates that the City is required to adopt to comply with State ADU laws and per the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) Accessory Dwelling Unit Handbook (see Attachment 1); and (2) additional updates aimed at clarifying and improving upon existing ADU code provisions. The State-mandated updates would include (GGMC sections and subsections are provided as parentheticals):

x Updating references to Government Code Sections in the Ordinance. As the State continues to pass new ADU laws, the Legislature re-chapters ADU laws into new Government Code Sections. (GGMC § 9.54.010.C)

x For lots with an existing or proposed primary dwelling unit, the City’s ADU Ordinance currently allows a maximum of one (1) ADU and one (1) JADU per lot. Pursuant to Government Code Section 66323, the State now requires the City to allow an additional third type of ADU, in the form of an ADU conversion.

An ADU conversion is typically a conversion of existing space within an existing single-family dwelling or within an existing accessory structure. (GGMC §

9.54.030.A)

x For lots with an existing or proposed multiple-family development, the City’s ADU Ordinance currently allows up to two (2) detached ADUs, or ADU conversions of non-habitable space(s) attached to an existing multiple-family development, up to 25% of the number of existing multiple-family units.

Pursuant to Government Code Section 66323, the State now requires the City to allow up to eight (8) detached AD Us (however, the number of detached ADUs allowable shall not exceed the number of existing units on the lot), plus ADU conversions of non-habitable space(s) attached to an existing multiple- family development, up to 25% of the number of existing multiple-family units. (GGMC § 9.54.030.B)

x ADU laws have clarified that when the application of a development standard would prohibit the construction of a new ADU of at least 800 square feet, the City shall waive such standards to the extent necessary, to allow the construction of an ADU that is at least 800 square feet in size. (GGMC §

9.54.040.A)

x Replacing existing subjective language requiring architectural compatibility between an ADU and the primary dwelli ng with objective design standards. (GGMC § 9.54.040.F)
213
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 4 CASE NO. A-042-2025
x Increasing maximum height limits for ADUs to align with State law. Detached ADUs may be up to eighteen feet (18’-0”) if located within a half-mile walking distance of a major transit stop or high-quality transit corridor. An additional two feet (2’-0”) is allowed to match the roof pitch of the primary dwelling. For attached ADUs, the maximum height is twenty-five feet (25’-0”), or the height of the existing primary dwelling, if it is lower than twenty-five feet (25’-0”).

Additionally, cities must allow attached ADUs to be up to two (2) stories. (GGMC § 9.54.040.E)

x When off-street parking spaces are demo lished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU, the City cann ot require those parking spaces, which includes uncovered parking spaces, to be replaced. (GGMC § 9.54.040.G)

x Precluding the construction of an ADU from triggering a requirement that fire sprinklers be installed in the existing primary dwelling. (GGMC § 9.54.070.A)

x Adopting procedures to facilitate the review and approval of pre-approved ADU plans. (GGMC § 9.54.070.C)

x The City is prohibited from denying an ADU permit due to “nonconforming zoning conditions, building code violations, or unpermitted structures…” unless they present a threat to public health and safety. (GGMC § 9.54.070.D)

The following proposed updates to the City’s ADU Ordinance would clarify and improve upon existing ADU code provisions:

x Updating the definition of “attached ADU” to clarify that an attached ADU may be attached to a primary dwelling or at tached to an accessory structure that is attached to the primary dwelling. (GGMC § 9.54.010.C)

x Updating the definition of “Director” by removing references to “Economic Development” in relation to the “Community Development Department.” In 2023, the City split the Economic Development and Community Development Departments. (GGMC § 9.54.010.C)

x Clarifying that the 150 square foot addition that is allowed for ADU conversions applies to both attached and deta ched accessory structures. (GGMC §

9.54.040.B.2.c)

x Clarifying that ADU conversions are allowed to add porches and/or patios, up eighty (80) square feet in size. (GGMC § 9.54.040.B.3.a)

x Establishing minimum interior dimensions for an ADU one-car garage. (GGMC § 9.54.040.B.3.b)

x Clarifying setbacks of four feet (4’-0”) to ADU expansions, porches, patios, and garages that may be attached to an ADU. (GGMC § 9.54.040.C.2)

214
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 5 CASE NO. A-042-2025
x Exempting projects that use a pre-appr oved ADU plan from architectural compatibility requirements. (GGMC § 9.54.040.F.2)

x Establishing requirements for laundry facilities and water heaters in ADUs. (GGMC § 9.54.040.J)

x Specifying visual screening requirements for mechanical equipment. (GGMC §

9.54.040.K, GGMC § 9.54.040.L)

x Establishing requirements that ensu re the appropriate number of trash containers, including adequate spacing and access, is provided. (GGMC §

9.54.040.M)

The exact proposed changes to the Municipal Code are shown in Exhibit “A” (Proposed Code Amendment Redlines) of Attachment 2 (Resolution No. 6113-25 for Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)).

A-042-2025(B) - CODE CLEANUP ZONING AMENDMENT

The cleanup Amendment would target seven (7) chapters of Title 9 of the Municipal Code: 9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards), 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and

9.60 (Special Housing Regulations). Within these chapters, the proposed Amendment would align with the following four (4 ) categories: Cleanup and Formatting, Clarification and Consistency, Enforceability, and State Law Compliance.

Cleanup and Formatting:

The proposed Amendment would generally fix typos and formatting within existing Garden Grove Municipal Code (GGMC) sections. There would be a variety of proposed changes, including adding data tables, adding columns to existing data tables, adding cross-references to existing subsections, adding language back to the GGMC that was mistakenly removed in previous Amendments, and fixing typos. These changes are non-substantive, as they either fix language errors, improve formatting, and/or revert the language back to the way it was intended to read. Changes would include (GGMC sections and subsections are provided as parentheticals):

x Allowing shared laundry rooms as an option in multiple-family developments.

As currently written, it is implied that common laundry facilities are not allowed.

Common laundry facilities/rooms were previously allowed in multiple-family zones. This option was erroneously deleted in a previous Amendment. Adding the suggested text would also create consistency with the standards for the mixed use zones, which allow for laundry rooms. (GGMC § 9.12.040.050.D)

x Clarifying Garden Grove Boulevard Plaz as are not required for stand-alone multi-family uses that are not along major streets. In a previous Amendment, the standard was modified, but the language was unclear. The suggested text 215
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 6 CASE NO. A-042-2025
clarifies the intent of the standard, which would be consistent with Staff’s interpretation and application. (GGMC § 9.18.090.020.F)

x Revising parking standards for Single Room Occupancy uses that misspelled “0.8” as “one-eighth.” In the original Ordinance that adopted the standard in question, the parking values were “0.5” for single-occupancy, and “0.8” for double-occupancy. Later, the parking value for double-occupancy units was mistakenly changed to “one-eighth.” This Amendment would restore the parking back to the approved ordinance. (GGMC § 9.12.050.010.C.2.c)

x Allowing bank uses in the CC-3 (Civic Center Core) zone. When the mixed use zones were adopted, banks/financial institutions were not permitted in the CC-3 zone. In doing so, the creation of the CC-3 zone made two (2) existing banks legal nonconforming in the CC-3 zone. This may have been done in error; banks are allowed in every mixed use zone, except the CC-3 and CC-OS (Civic Center Open Space). The proposed Amendment would make the existing banks conforming to the Code, and make the CC-3 zone consistent with the other mixed use zones. (GGMC § 9.18.020.030 – Table 9.18-1)

x Removing references to “Economic Development” in relation to the “Community Development Department.” In 2023, the City split the Economic Development and Community Development Department. The Amendment would only leave reference to the Community Development Director under the definition for “Department Director”. (GGMC § 9.04.060.C)

x Removing an outdated cross-reference in the R-1 (Single-Family Residential) zone that does not lead to current Code subsection. The R-1 zone currently makes cross-reference to another Code subsection that no longer exists. This may be left-over language from a previous Code Amendment. The proposed Amendment would make the GGMC internally consistent. (GGMC §

9.080.040.020.A.6)

x Hyperlinking the “Additional Regulations” column with special operating conditions and development standards in the commercial zone Land Use Matrix.

This would format the Land Use Matrix for commercial zones in the same way as the Land Use Matrix for mixed use zones. This would make the GGMC easier to navigate, and make the formatting consistent across different chapters. (GGMC § 9.16.020.030 – Table 1)

x Consolidating development standards fo r M-1 (Limited Industrial) and M-P (Industrial Park) zones into a data table. The M-1 and M-P zones currently do not have a consolidated data table. The Amendment would provide a table with lot area, setback regulations, building height provisions, and references to the General Plan for F.A.R. (Floor Area Ratio) requirements for the M-1 and M-P zones. All of the standards provided within the table are found elsewhere in the GGMC, or have otherwise been Staff policy. The Amendment would also remove provisions elsewhere that would be represented in the table to avoid redundancy. (GGMC § 9.16.040.030)

216
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 7 CASE NO. A-042-2025
x Adding references to the General Plan F.A.R. (Floor Area Ratio) in the commercial and industrial zones development standards tables. Maximum allowable F.A.R.’s are listed in the General Plan, but not the GGMC. The Amendment would add a cross-reference to the General Plan, making the application of the standards easier. (GGMC § 9.16.040.010.A.1)

Clarification and Consistency:

The proposed Amendment would also update the Code in several places for clarity and consistency. The intent of these changes is to make the Code easier to understand and more consistent in its application throughout different zones across the City. These proposed revisions that would codify Staff interpretations, add clarity to otherwise confusing Code provisions, and/or make similar standards consistent across different Code chapters. These changes would include:

x Clarifying parking requirements for outdoor dining and updating special operating conditions of outdoor dining areas to allow them to be covered.

Specifically, the GGMC is unclear as to the parking requirement for outdoor dining areas in excess of 500 squa re feet. The Amendment would require parking at a ratio of 1 space per 100 square feet of outdoor dining, for any area in excess of 500 square feet. The parking ratio would be consistent with Staff interpretation, and the parking ratio for restaurants. These provisions would also be added to the special operating conditions for outdoor dining areas. This Amendment would affect both commercial and mixed use zones. (GGMC §§

9.16.040.150, 9.16.020.050.V, 9.18.140.030, & 9.18.030.300)

x Revising definitions for “Floor Area Ratio” and “Structure.” The definitions of Floor Area Ratio and Structure would be revised for clarity to add specificity, consistent with the intent of each definition. The revised language would be consistent with Staff’s interpretation and application. (GGMC § 9.04.060.C)

x Simplifying multiple-family open space and amenity standards to make the GGMC easier to apply, and to allow greater flexibility in recreation space designs.

The Amendment would create consistent terminology throughout the open space requirements for both sites under and over 14,400 square feet. The applicable subsections would also be reorganized, making the provisions therein easier to understand. The clarity in the revised language would allow for a greater flexibility in open space design. The resulting provisions under the proposed Amendment would include size requirements, setbacks, amenities, and approved locations. Projects can provide either private, common, or both.

Of the common spaces, it may be active or passive. Of the active common spaces, it may be indoors or outdoors. All common open spaces would require amenities. (GGMC §§ 9.12.040.050.I & 9.12.040.050.J)

x Specifying that fire or parapet walls, skylights, flagpoles, chimneys, wireless masts and similar structures in the R-1 zone may exceed the height of the structure to which they are attached to by a maximum of fifteen feet (15’-0”).

The height exceedance would be consistent with allowable height exceedances in other zones. (GGMC § 9.08.040.030.F)
217
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 8 CASE NO. A-042-2025
x Specifying duplex/triplex standards in the mixed use zones, which do not currently contemplate duplex/triplex developments, to match multiple-family residential zones. With exception to the required minimum setbacks of the zone, Staff has historically applied the Duplex/Triplex standards of the multiple-family residential zones to properties in the mixed use zones. The proposed Amendment would formalize the applicability of the duplex/triplex standards to the mixed use zones. This would also create consistency between any duplexes/triplexes developed in multiple-family residential versus mixed use zones. (GGMC § 9.18.110.050.D)

x Matching the 120 cubic-foot private storage requirements between multiple-family residential and mixed use zones. Residential uses in the mixed use zones currently require 150 cubic f eet of secured storage space. The Amendment would reduce the storage requirement to 120 cubic feet to match the standards of the multiple-family residential zones. (GGMC §

9.18.110.030.H.2)

x Creating consistent standards for 10% of guest parking to be provided outside of security gates in all zones. In various zones, 70% of guest parking is required outside of vehicular security gates. In other zones, 10% of such parking is required outside of vehicular security gates. The Amendment would require a consistent 10% of guest parking is required outside of vehicular security gates in all zones. (GGMC §§ 9.08.040.170.B.3, 9.16.040.170.B.3, &

9.18.140.050.D.2)

x Adding graffiti deterrence requirements, such as clinging vines and landscaping, for exposed walls and fences in multip le-family zones. Graffiti deterrence language is currently only required in duplex/triplex standards, and in mixed use zones. The Amendment would add the same language to all developments in the multiple-family zones. (GGMC § 9.12.040.140.B.13)

x Updating entitlement appeal provisions to clarify the intent and make appeal periods more consistent with neighboring cities. The Amendment would add specific procedural language for both the appealing party, and for City Staff. In addition, in surveying adjacent municipalities, Staff has found that seven (7) nearby cities limit appeal periods to ten (10) days. (GGMC §§ 9.32.110,

9.32.120, 9.32.130, & 9.32.150)

x Removing discretionary requirements to allow compact parking in mixed use zones. All other zones automatically allow a maximum percentage of compact spaces without the need for discretionary decisions. The Amendment would make the mixed use zones consistent with all other zones. (GGMC §

9.18.140.040.B.1)

x Removing outdated waiver provisions in the R-1 zone that no longer apply or have historically not been applied, and which do not have established procedures. The R-1 zone has remnant language that has not historically been applied, or is otherwise no longer applicable. The Amendment would remove provisions that are not applicable, irrelevant, or redundant. (GGMC §§ 218
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 9 CASE NO. A-042-2025

9.08.040.030.F.2, 9.08.040.100.I, 9.08.040.110.B.4 and B.10,

9.08.040.180.B.1, & 9.08.040.190)

x Clarifying that new construction for R-1 zoned properties authorized to have a fifteen-foot (15’-0”) front setback shall measure the setback from the ultimate right-of-way. The Amendment would be consistent with other Code provisions that specify setbacks are measured from ultimate rights-of-way. (GGMC §

9.08.040.100.D)

x Requiring public hearing notices to be sent to residential tenants, in addition to property owners. In surveying adjacent cities, Staff has found that six (6) adjacent cities notice both owners and tenants. The Amendment would make the GGMC similar to, and more consiste nt with other Orange County cities. (GGMC § 9.32.060)

Enforceability:

The proposed Amendment is also intended to make existing Code provisions more enforceable. These revisions would add specificity to otherwise vague or subjective Code standards, and codify certain Staff procedures. Some of these changes reflect common issues that the Code does not currently explicitly address. Specific examples include:

x Clarifying interior design standards applicable to attached and detached accessory structures, such as not allowing wall or ceiling insulation. The R-1 zone currently establishes that deta ched accessory structures, such as workshop spaces, detached garages, or other similar spaces may not have wall insulation or heating/cooling equipment, may only have one (1) wall outlet per every ten (10) feet, and may only have non-egress windows. As part of the Amendment, these provisions would be extended to attached accessory structures. The Amendment would also clarify that insulation is not permitted in any portion of an accessory structure, as opposed to only prohibiting insulation in walls. The suggested text would be consistent with Staff’s historical interpretation and application. (GGMC § 9.08.040.030.D.9)

x Adding parking ratios for adult daycares, veterinarian uses, emergency shelters, and residential care facilities that have previously been applied solely by Staff interpretation. The Amendment would add parking calculations for common uses listed in permitted use tables that do not have dedicated parking standards. Historically, parking standards for these uses have been established by comparing to other similar uses, or are consistent with parking standards listed in other Code sections. (GGMC §§ 9.16.040.150 &

9.18.140.030.B)

x Establishing formal setback and height standards for swimming pools, spas, and other yard accessories. The Code does not currently provide setback or height requirements for swimming pools, spas, and other yard accessories, such as statues, fountains, planters, barbecues, counters, diving boards, slides, play and sports equipment, rock walls, and fireplaces or fire pits. Historically, the 219
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 10 CASE NO. A-042-2025
City has applied twenty-foot (20’-0”) front setbacks and five-foot (5’-0”) side setbacks for pools, and twenty-foot (20’-0”) front setbacks, five-foot (5’-0”) side setbacks, and ten-foot (10’-0”) street side setbacks for other yard accessories taller than thirty-six inches (36”). The City has also limited the height to seventeen feet (17’-0”) for yard accessories, similar to accessory structures. The Amended Code would codify Staff’s past interpretations. (GGMC § 9.08.040.030.I & J)

x Removing outdated orientation and access requirements for tattoo shops and arcade uses in mixed use zones, which require the entrance to face a principle, major, or primary street. The City originally established orientation and access requirements for tattoo shops and arcade uses in response to concerns related to these uses by the Police Department. Overtime, the concerns have lessened since these types of uses no longer tend to be problematic. The sentiment from the Police Department is that these standards have become outdated.

Therefore, the proposed Amendment would remove these standards. (GGMC §§ 9.18.020.030 Table 9.18-1 & 9.18.030.040.A.2)

x Establishing Front Yard Determination procedures for the application of development standards on corner lots. The Code does not currently have procedures for Front Yard Determinations, although Chapter 9.08 (Single-Family Development Standards) indicates that a hearing body may determine which side of a corner lot in any zone is the front for the purposes of applying requirements for setbacks, wall, fence and hedge heights, parking, and landscaping. Historically, the City has approved Front Yard Determinations for other zones. Ther efore, the amended text would remove the language from Chapter 9.08 and include procedures for Front Yard Determinations in Chapter 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings) for all zones subject to Director’s Review as a minor deviation. The Amendment would be consistent with the City’s past practice. (GGMC §§ 9.08.040.100.J & 9.32.030.D.11.a)

x Removing the outdated one-acre minimum lot size requirement for religious uses. The minimum acreage requirement would be removed by the Amendment for religious uses in single-family, multiple-family, commercial, and mixed use zones since it is considered outdated has been challenged as being inconsistent with the Religious Land Use and Institutionalized Persons Act (RLUIPA). (GGMC §§ 9.08.020.050.A, 9.12.020.050.A, 9.16.020.050.K, & 9.18.030.120)

x Updating required provisions for Affordable Housing Regulatory Agreements to ensure transparency and enforceability. The suggested text would address unit size mix to ensure proportional affordable unit types, location requirements for affordable units in mixed income projects, and requirements pertaining to annual tenant income verification, fo r-sale affordable units, marketing programs, marketing and management plans, monitoring and administration fees, and reimbursement of professional fees and costs. (GGMC § 9.60.050)

220
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 11 CASE NO. A-042-2025
State Law Compliance:

Lastly, some provisions of the proposed Amendment are required due to State law.

These updates are intended to comply with applicable State and Case law, which in part necessitate the removal of subjectivity, and establishing objective standards and requirements. These changes would include:

x Replacing subjective language and establishing objective standards for architectural compatibility and second floor privacy provisions. To comply with California’s Housing Accountability Ac t, the amended Code would provide specific objective standards for architectural compatibility for new structures, attached additions, and detached structures pertaining to design features, such as roof type and pitch, eave details, colors, materials, and textures for single-family dwellings in the R-1 zone. The Amendment would also remove subjective standards for second floor privacy provisions to mitigate views from second story windows and balconies into adjacent recreation areas. The proposed objective language would improve applicability of these standards, as required by the Housing Accountabilit y Act. (GGMC §§ 9.08.040.030.A &

9.08.040.030.C)

x Removing subjective and inapplicable hearing body review standards for wall, fence, and hedge standards to allow extended fence heights along freeway rights-of-way. The Code currently provides for “the hearing body” to review and approve fences exceeding six feet (6’-0”) in height when abutting a freeway right-of-way. Such a requirement has been inconsistently applied and is impractical for existing development and for residential projects to which only objective development standards may be applied. Therefore, the revised text would remove approval of a hearing body to automatically allow the extended height. Subjective language, such as requiring that fences be “attractive” would also be removed to ensure compliance with State laws that require development standards applied to residential projects to be objective. (GGMC §§

9.08.040.110.B.10, 9.12.040.140.B.10, 9.16.040.120.B.10, &

9.18.130.010.G)

x Updating parking space and parking lot standards for residential and non-residential uses in the R-1 zo ne, such as parking space minimum dimensions and compact space allowances. The Code does not currently provide specific dimensions for enclosed parking spaces, dimensions for standard, compact and parallel open parking spaces, and does not provide allowances for compact parking spaces for non-residential uses. To comply with California’s housing laws, the Amendment would provide specific dimensions and compact space allowances up to 20%. The amended text would be consistent with standards in the multiple-family and mixed use zones and would establish objective development standards related to parking. (GGMC §§ 9.08.040.150,

9.08.040.160, 9.08.040.170, & 9.08.040.180)

x Removing the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) requirement for fortunetelling uses in the C-2 (Community Commercial), C-3 (Heavy Commercial), and NMU (Neighborhood Mixed Use) zones. Fort unetelling implicates free speech and 221
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 12 CASE NO. A-042-2025
free exercise of religion rights, thus creating a higher burden for cities to impose special land use limitations on such uses. Fortunetelling is listed as a permitted use in the GGMU (Garden Grove Mixed Use) zones, but is still listed as subject to a CUP in the C-2, C-3, and NMU zones. The proposed Amendment would eliminate the CUP requirement in these zones and designate fortunetelling as a permitted use in th e C-2, C-3, and NMU zones, consistent with treatment of the use in the GGMU zones. (GGMC §§ 9.16.020.030.A Table 1 & 9.18.020.030 Table 9.18-1)

x Adding “thrift retail stores” as a defined use and allowing them as by-right uses in commercial and mixed use zones. Assembly Bill 2632 (2024) prohibits local agencies from treating thrift retail stores differently from non-thrift retail stores for zoning, development, or permitting purposes. To implement this new law, the Amendment would add a definition for “thrift retail stores” and allow them by-right in the C-1 (Neighborhood Commercial), C-2 (Community Commercial), C-3 (Heavy Commercial), GGMU-1, 2, 3 (Garden Grove Boulevard Mixed Use 1, 2, and 3), CC-1 (Civic Center East), CC-2 (Civic Center Main Street), CC-3 (Civic Center Core), NMU (Neighborhood Mixed Use), and AR (Adaptive Reuse) zones, to align with the zones that currently allow other types of retail uses. The added use would allow for the retail sale of secondhand clothing, shoes, apparel, toys, and standard household goods, including furniture, fixtures, and small household appliances, excluding large household appliances and cars (GGMC §§ 9.04.060.C, 9.16.020.030.A Table 1 &

9.18.020.030 Table 9.18-1)

x Establishing shared parking agreement procedures and standards for the sharing of underutilized parking spaces by different sites. Assembly Bill 894 (2023) allows separate sites to share parking if one site has excess parking capacity. This law, codified in Government Code 65863.1, requires both the provider and receiving sites to meet specific criteria, and requires the parties to enter into a shared parking agre ement approved by the City. The Amendment would add shared parking procedures and standards for multiple- family, commercial/industrial, office professional, and mixed use zones, consistent with AB 894’s provisions. (GGMC §§ 9.12.040.200.A,

9.16.040.170.A.1, 9.18.140.050.C, & 9.18.140.060.H)

x Updating public noticing procedures for entitlement projects, including to address state law changes for noticing for Amendments. The Code currently requires a ten (10) day noticing period for public hearings upon a proposed Amendment to Title 9. Assembly Bill 2904 (2024) increased the required minimum noticing period for a public hearing to consider a zoning ordinance or Amendment from 10 days to 20 days. The proposed Amendment would update the provisions pertaining to public no tices for zoning Amendments and other land use actions to be consistent with current State law, including the recent changes made by AB 2904. The revised text would require a twenty (20) day noticing period for Amendments affecting the uses of real property, would add additional clarifying noticing procedures for other land use actions, and would clarify the required content for notices. (GGMC § 9.32.060)

222
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 13 CASE NO. A-042-2025
x Updating definitions and provisions of the Special Housing Regulations in Chapter 9.60 pertaining to Review of Housing Development Projects, Residential Density Bonus, Dwelling Unit Protection Regulations, and Supportive Housing Projects to reflect recent changes in State law. The suggested text would include updated Government Code sections applicable to housing development, clarification on how to calculate a density bonus, requirements for regulatory agreements and replacement of protected units, and updated definitions. (GGMC §§ 9.60.020, 9.60.040, 9.60.050, & 9.60.060)

The exact proposed changes to the Municipal Code are shown in Exhibit “A” (Proposed Code Amendment Redlines) of Attachment 3 (Resolution No. 6114-25 for Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)).

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA):

A-042-2025(A) - ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY

DWELLING UNITS

The proposed Amendments to the City’s ADU and JADU Code provisions are statutorily exempt and not subject to California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15282(h).

A-042-2025(B) - FOCUSED CLEANUP ZONING AMENDMENT

Pursuant to Section 15378(b)(5) of the State CEQA Guidelines, organizational and administrative actions of government that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment are not considered a Project under CEQA. Many of the proposed Code Amendments fall into this category, including those that correct typographical errors, delete obsolete provis ions, add or correct cross-references to other Land Use Code sections or state sta tutes, clarify ambiguities in existing definitions or regulations, implement or repeat existing state law requirements, or relate only to review procedures or requirements.

Many of the proposed clean-up Code Amendments are also categorically exempt from review under CEQA because they are or relate to activities that fall within CEQA’s Class 1 and/or Class 3 exemptions. The operation, repair, maintenance, permitting, leasing, licensing, or minor alteration of existing public or private structures, facilities, mechanical equipment, or topographical features, involving negligible or no expansion of existing or former use, are categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA’s Class 1 Categorical exemption (CEQA Guidelines Section 15301). In addition, the construction and location of limited numbers of new, small facilities or structures, installation of small new equipment and facilities in small structures, and the conversion of existing small structures fr om one use to another where only minor modifications are made in the exterior of the structure, are categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA’s Class 3 Ca tegorical exemption (CEQA Guidelines Section15303.) To the extent they are subject to review under CEQA, both the Class 1 and Class 3 exemptions would apply to the Amendments adding graffiti deterrence requirements for exposed walls and fences in multiple-family zones and allowing bank uses in the CC-3 (Civic Center Core) zone, and the Class 3 exemption would apply to 223
STAFF REPORT FOR PUBLIC HEARING PAGE 14 CASE NO. A-042-2025
the Amendments clarifying interior design standards applicable to attached and detached accessory structures on single-family lots, establishing formal setback and height standards for swimming pools, spas, and other yard accessories on single- family lots, clarifying parking requirements for outdoor dining, updating special operating conditions or outdoor dining areas to allow them to be covered, clarifying standards for unique structu res in the R-1 zone, and specifying duplex/triplex standards in mixed use zones.

To the extent not otherwise exempt from review for other reasons, the proposed Code Amendments are also exempt from CEQA pursuant to the “common sense” exemption because it can be seen with certainty there is no possibility they may have a significant impact on the environment (CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3)). The proposed Amendment would largely make minor and clarifying changes to existing zoning provisions, implement State law requirements, and/or codify existing interpretation and practice; none of th e changes will result in significant environmental impacts.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the Planning Commission:

1. Adopt Resolution No. 6113-25 recommending that the Garden Grove City Council approve Amendment No. A-042-2025(A).

2. Adopt Resolution No. 6114-25 recommending that the Garden Grove City Council approve Amendment No. A-042-2025(B).

MARIA PARRA
Planning Services Manager
By: Mary Martinez
Urban Planner
By: Priit Kaskla, AICP
Associate Planner
Attachment 1: California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) – Accessory Dwelling Unit Handbook
Attachment 2: Resolution No. 6113-25 for Amendment No. A-042-2025(A) with Exhibit “A” (Proposed Code Redlines)
Attachment 3: Resolution No. 6114-25 for Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) with Exhibit “A” (Proposed Code Redlines)
By: MaMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM ry Martinez Urban
Planner
Council approve A
224

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT

ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT

HANDBOOK
January 2025
ATTACHMENT 1 - HCD ADU Handbook
225
2 Table of Contents
ADUs in California ............................................................................................................ ................. 4 The California Department of Housing and Community Development .......................................... 6 Glossary ...................................................................................................................... ....................... 8 Summary of Recent Changes to ADU Law ..................................................................................... 13 Frequently Asked Questions ........................................................................................................... 18 66323 Units ................................................................................................................... ............... 18 ADUs .......................................................................................................................... ................. 21 Bedrooms ............................................................................................................................... ...... 21 Building Code Violations ...................................................................................................... ........ 21 Coastal Commission ............................................................................................................ ........ 21 Deed Restrictions ............................................................................................................. ............ 22 Fees .......................................................................................................................... ................... 22 Fire Protection and Fire Sprinkler Requirements ............................................................................ 23 Funding ....................................................................................................................... ................. 24 Height Requirements ........................................................................................................... ......... 25 Homeowners Associations (HOAs) .............................................................................................. 2 6 Housing Elements and Prohousing Designation ........................................................................... 27 JADUs ......................................................................................................................... ................. 28 Local ADU Ordinances and Local Agencies ................................................................................. 30 Manufactured Homes ............................................................................................................ ....... 31 Mobilehome Parks .............................................................................................................. ......... 32 Multifamily ADUs .............................................................................................................. ............ 32 Nonconforming Zoning .......................................................................................................... ....... 33 Owner-Occupancy ............................................................................................................... ........ 34 Parking Requirements .......................................................................................................... ........ 34 Permit Applications and Permitting Agencies ............................................................................... 35 Rental Terms .................................................................................................................. ............. 37 Sales and Separate Conveyance ................................................................................................. 37 Senate Bill 9 (SB 9) (Chapter 162, Statutes of 2021).................................................................... 37 Setbacks ...................................................................................................................... ................ 38 Size Requirements and Restrictions ............................................................................................. 39 Solar Requirements ............................................................................................................ ......... 40 Tiny Homes .................................................................................................................... .............. 40 Types of ADUs ................................................................................................................. ............ 41 226
3 Unpermitted Structures and ADUs ............................................................................................... 42 Utilities ............................................................................................................................... .......... 43 Zoning, Development, and Other Standards ................................................................................ 43 Resources ..................................................................................................................... ................... 46 Changes to State ADU Laws ..................................................................................................... ... 46 AB 2533 ....................................................................................................................... .......... 46 SB 1211 ....................................................................................................................... .......... 47 SB 477 ........................................................................................................................ ........... 47 AB 976 and AB 1033 ............................................................................................................ .. 48 AB 1332 ....................................................................................................................... .......... 49 AB 434 ........................................................................................................................ ........... 49 AB 345 ........................................................................................................................ ........... 49 AB 3182 ....................................................................................................................... .......... 50 AB 68, AB 881, and SB 13 ..................................................................................................... 50 AB 587, AB 670, and AB 671 ................................................................................................. 51 Summary Table of Statutory Changes .......................................................................................... 5 3

227
4 ADUs in California

Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (JADUs) are innovative and effective options for adding much needed housing in California. Since 2016, State ADU Laws have continued to evolve to further lower barriers to the development of more affordable housing as the Legislature works to address the housing crisis across the state. As these laws change, HCD’s goal is to ensure consistency and clarity in the application of these laws through education, technical assistance, and enforcement. 1 Benefits of ADUs
ADUs provide a wide range of benefits, including:

x $'8VDUHDQௗaffordableௗtype of home to construct in California because they do not require paying for land, major new infrastructure, structured parking, or elevators. x $'8VFDQSURYLGHDௗsource of incomeௗfor homeowners.
x ADUs are often EXLOWZLWKௗcost-effective wood frame construction, which is significantly less costly than homes in new multifamily infill buildings. x $'8VDOORZௗextended familiesௗto be near one another while maintaining privacy. x ADUs can provide as much living space as many newly built apartments and condominiums, and they’re suited well for individuals, couples, small families, friends, young people, and older adults.
x ADUs give homeowners the flexibility to share independent living areas with family members and others, allowing older adults to age in place.

Indeed, Californians are increasingly recognizing the benefits of ADUs, and ADUs are making a difference. Between 2016-2023, the number of ADUs permitted annually in the state grew from 1,336 to 26,924, a 20-fold increase. In 2023, ADUs comprised more than 21 percent of all homes permitted statewide.

ADUs as an Infill Development Strategy
ADUs are, by definition, created in areas that are already developed but where land may be underutilized. Moreover, restrictions on parking requirements for ADUs that are located near transit create further incentives to build ADUs, particularly in places that provide easy access to jobs and other amenities, further reducing reliance on vehicles.

As a result, ADU construction is a key infill development strategy that contributes to, among other things, reducing greenhouse gas emissions and improving air quality by reducing the distance people need to travel; reducing conversion of agricultural land, sensitive habitat, and open space for new development; reducing costs to build and maintain expensive infrastructure; and facilitating healthy and environmentally friendly active transportation.

1 This updated ADU Handbook references the law as amended by recent legislation that goes into effect on January 1, 2025.
228
5 In light of changing laws around ADUs and the growing importance of this housing type, HCD has updated this ADU Handbook and continues to be committed to facilitating housing production at all income levels.

229
6 The California Department of Housing and
Community Development

With the vision that one day, every California resident can live, work, and play in healthy communities of opportunity, it is the mission of HCD to provide safe, affordable homes and vibrant, inclusive, sustainable communities for all Californians. HCD accomplishes this by increasing and preserving the supply of affordable places to live in California and by creating effective solutions to the housing crisis through policy and research.

Housing Accountability Unit
California’s housing crisis has reached historic proportions despite the passage of numerous laws intended to increase the supply of housing affordable to Californians at all income levels.

As part of the 2021-2022 state budget, HCD received additional staff to grow its accountability efforts and formed the Housing Accountability Unit (HAU). While education and technical assistance are always the first step in HCD’s accountability efforts, the HAU holds jurisdictions accountable for meeting their housing element commitments and complying with state housing laws. Violations of state housing laws, including State ADU Law, may lead to consequences, including revocation of housing element certification and referral to the California Office of the Attorney General.

Technical Assistance
There may be uncertainty, or a need for education at the local level about how to comply with state law, especially as state laws evolve. HCD provides technical assistance to property owners and developers who are seeking to create ADUs, as well as to advocates, local agencies, and other interested parties.

Any questions regarding the application of State ADU Law may be submitted to HCD via the online ADU Portal. Please provide as much detail as possible in the online form. HCD may request additional information, including, but not limited to denials and communications from the local agency.

Local agencies seeking assistance or submitting an ADU ordinance to HCD, must also use the online portal.

For those experiencing technical issues with the ADU Portal, please email:

[email protected].

Questions beyond what this Handbook provides are encouraged to contact their local permitting agency (e.g., city or county) or private attorney.

Enforcement of State ADU Law
Since 2016, HCD has had statutory authority to review local agencies’ ADU ordinances, and as of January 1, 2024, HCD also has the authority to enforce all State ADU Laws.

HCD’s ADU team reviews local ordinances for compliance with State ADU Law and sends 230
7 findings letters and, when necessary, may escalate its enforcement. To ensure consistency, the HAU works closely with other HCD divisions.

The ADU team is committed to supporting the public, local agencies, and partner agencies with understanding and complying with State ADU Law.

231
8 Glossary

66323 Units
One of the four delineated types of ADUs (and JADUs) that must be permitted pursuant to Government Code section 66323. Source: Government Code section 66323

Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)
An attached or a detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residence. It shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is, or will be, situated.

An ADU also includes the following:

(A) An efficiency unit.
(B) A manufactured home, as defined in Section 18007 of the Health and Safety Code.

Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (a)

Accessory Structure
A structure that is accessory and incidental to a dwelling located on the same lot. Source:

Government Code section 66313, subdivision (b)

Applicant
The person or party responsible for the submittal of an application seeking a permit.

Application
A formal request to perform work, which includes all information as required.

Certificate of Occupancy
A document issued by local California Building and Safety departments which certifies that a commercial space or newly constructed residential building has been inspected for compliance with the California Building Standards Code and local ordinances which govern construction and occupancy. Source: 2022 California Residential Code section R110

Common Interest Development
Any of the following:
(a) A community apartment project.
(b) A condominium project.
(c) A planned development.
(d) A stock cooperative.

Source: Civil Code section 4100

Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs)
A set of rules governing the use of a certain piece of real estate in each community. “Governing documents” includes declarations, bylaws, operating rules, articles of incorporation, or articles of association, which govern the operation of the common interest 232
9 development or association. Source: Civil Code section 4150

Efficiency Dwelling Unit
A dwelling unit which contains a minimum of 150 square feet in living space, a separate closet, kitchen sink, cooking appliance, refrigerator, and a separate bathroom containing a water closet, lavatory, bathtub, or shower. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (a)(1); California Building Code section 1208.4

Habitable Space

A space in a building for living, sleeping, eating, or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces. Source: 2022 California Building Code section 202

High Quality Transit Corridor
A corridor with fixed route bus service with service intervals no longer than 15 minutes during peak commute hours. Source: Public Resources Code section 21155, subdivision (b)

Impact Fee
“Impact fee” has the same meaning as the term “fee” as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 66000, and includes the fees specified in Section 66477. “Impact fee” does not include any connection fee or capacity charge charged by a local agency, special district, or water corporation. Source: Government Code section 66324, subdivision (c)(2)

Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit (JADU)
A unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within a single- family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (d)

Livable Space
A space in a dwelling intended for human habitation, including living, sleeping, eating, cooking, or sanitation. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (e)

Living Area
The interior habitable area of a dwelling unit, including basements and attics, but does not include a garage or any accessory structure. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (f)

Local Agency
A city, county, or city and county, whether general law or chartered. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (g)

Major Transit Stop
A site containing any of the following:
(a) An existing rail or bus rapid transit station.
233
10 (b) A ferry terminal served by either a bus or rail transit service. (c) The intersection of two or more major bus routes with a frequency of service interval of 15 minutes or less during the morning and afternoon peak commute periods.

Source: Public Resources Code section 21064.3

Manufactured Home
A structure that was constructed on or after June 15, 1976, is transportable in one or more sections, is eight body feet or more in width, or 40 body feet or more in length, in the traveling mode, or, when erected on site, is 320 or more square feet, is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a single-family dwelling with or without a foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical systems contained therein. Source: Health and Safety Code section 18007, subdivision (a)

Ministerial Approval
Considered and approved without discretionary review or a hearing. Source: Government Code section 66317, subdivision (a)

Multifamily Dwelling
For the purposes of State ADU Law, a structure with two or more attached dwellings on a single lot is considered a multifamily dwelling. Multiple detached single-family dwellings on the same lot are not considered multifamily dwellings for the purposes of State ADU Law.

Nonconforming Zoning Condition
A physical improvement on a property that does not conform with current zoning standards.

Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (h)

Objective Standards
Standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal.

Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (i)

Passageway
A pathway that is unobstructed, clear to the sky, and extends from a street to one entrance of the ADU. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (j)

Permitting Agency
Any entity that is involved in the review of a permit for an ADU or JADU, and for which there is no substitute, including, but not limited to, applicable planning departments, building departments, utilities, and special districts. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (k)

Planned Development
A real property development other than a community apartment project, a condominium project, or a stock cooperative, having either or both of the following features:
234
11 (a) Common area that is owned either by an association or in common by the owners of the separate interests who possess appurtenant rights to the beneficial use and enjoyment of the common area.
(b) Common area and an association that maintains the common area with the power to levy assessments that may become a lien upon the separate interests in accordance with Article 2 (commencing with Section 5650) of Chapter 8.

Source: Civil Code section 4175

Proposed Dwelling
A dwelling that is the subject of a permit application and meets the requirements for permitting. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (l)

Public Transit
A location, including, but not limited to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses, trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (m)

Qualified Buyer
Persons and families of low or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code. Source: Government Code section 66340, subdivision (a); Health and Safety Code section 50093

Qualified Nonprofit Corporation
A nonprofit corporation organized pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code that has received a welfare exemption under Section 214.15 of the Revenue and Taxation Code for properties intended to be sold to low-income families who participate in a special no-interest loan program. Source: Government Code section 66340, subdivision (b)

Reasonable Restrictions
Restrictions that do not unreasonably increase the cost to construct, effectively prohibit the construction of, or extinguish the ability to otherwise construct, an ADU or JADU. Source:

Civil Code section 4751, subdivision (b), and Civil Code section 714.3, subdivision (b)

Single-Family Dwelling
For the purposes of State ADU Law, a single-family dwelling is a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one family, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation, and existing as a separate interest of real property, such as a detached single-family dwelling or a townhouse.

Substandard Building
Any building or portion thereof, or premises on which the building is located, in which there exists any of a long list of conditions that endanger the life, limb, health, property, safety, or welfare of the public or occupants thereof. Source: Health and Safety Code section 17920.3

235
12 Tandem Parking
Two or more automobiles that are parked on a driveway or in any other location on a lot, lined up behind one another. Source: Government Code section 66313, subdivision (n) 236
13 Summary of Recent Changes to ADU Law

In Government Code section 66310,
subdivision (d), the California Legislature
declared that allowing ADUs in zones
that allow single-family and multifamily
uses provides additional rental housing
and is an essential component in
addressing California’s housing needs.

Over the years, State ADU Law has been
revised to improve its effectiveness in
creating more housing units. Major
changes to State ADU Law, effective
January 1, 2023, January 1, 2024, and
January 1, 2025, further reduced barriers
to the development of ADUs and JADUs.

Within this context, HCD developed –
and continues to update – this Handbook to assist local governments, homeowners, attorneys, architects, and the public in understanding and applying the requirements of state law. Below is a summary of recent legislation that amended State ADU Law.

Please visit https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov for the complete statutory changes.

All local permitting agencies and interested parties should review the amendments to California law, effective January 1, 2023, 2024, and 2025, regarding the creation of ADUs and JADUs.

2022 legislation includes the following changes to State ADU Law (effective January 1, 2023):

Assembly Bill (AB) 2221 (Chapter 650, Statutes of 2022, Section 1) and Senate Bill (SB) 897 (Chapter 664, Statutes of 2022, Sections 2.5, 4, 5, and 6) built upon recent changes to State ADU and JADU Law and further addressed barriers to the development of ADUs and JADUs.

Due to SB 897 being chaptered after AB 2221, section 2.5 of SB 897 incorporated amendments to ADU Law proposed by both SB 897 and AB 2221.

x Objective Standards. Requires local agencies to only impose objective standards on ADUs, which “involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal” of an ADU permit application. (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (i). See also Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (b)(1); 66323, subd. (g).) x Detached Garages. Allows ADUs detached from the proposed or existing primary dwelling, including in detached garages (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(3)). x Occupancy Change. Provides that the construction of an ADU does not constitute a 237
14 Group R occupancy change under the local building code, unless the local agency makes a written finding based on substantial evidence in the record that the construction of the ADU could have a specific, adverse impact on public health and safety (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(8)).
x Fire Sprinklers. Precludes ADU construction from triggering a requirement that fire sprinklers be installed in the existing primary dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(12)). x Permitting Process. Requires a permitting agency to either approve or deny (replacing the former language “act on”) an application to create or serve an ADU or JADU within 60 days from when a completed application is received, if there is an existing single-family or multifamily dwelling on the lot (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, subd. (a); 66320, subd. (a); 66335, subd. (a)(2)).
x Concurrent Permitting. Clarifies that permitting agencies may concurrently approve or deny a proposed ADU and new single-family or multifamily dwelling when submitted simultaneously for permitting. The application for the ADU shall be considered without discretionary review or hearing. Clarifies that permitting agencies may concurrently approve or deny a proposed JADU and new single-family dwelling when submitted simultaneously for permitting. (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, subd. (a); 66320, subd. (a); 66335, subd. (a)(3).) x Permitting Agency Denials. Obligates a permitting agency, when it denies an ADU or JADU application, to “return in writing a full set of comments to the applicant with a list of items that are defective or deficient and a description of how the application can be remedied by the applicant” within 60 days from when a completed application is received. (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, subd. (b); 66320, subd. (b); 66335, subd. (b).) x Demolition Permits. Adds a requirement for a local agency to review and issue a demolition permit for “a detached garage that is to be replaced with an ADU” at the same time it reviews, and issues permits for, the ADU construction. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (e).) Also prohibits permitting agencies requiring applicants to “provide written notice or post a placard for the demolition of a detached garage ... unless the property is located within an architecturally and historically significant district.” (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (f).) x Zoning & Setbacks. Prohibits a local agency from requiring “a zoning clearance or separate zoning review or any other minimum or maximum size for an accessory dwelling unit, size based upon a percentage of the proposed or existing primary dwelling, or limits on lot coverage, floor area ratio, open space, front setbacks, and minimum lot size, for either attached or detached dwellings that does not permit at least an 800 square foot accessory dwelling unit with four-foot side and rear yard setbacks to be constructed in compliance with all other local development standards.” (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(3).) x Detached ADU Height Limitations. Establishes a base height limitation of 16 feet for detached ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(A)). Increases the maximum height limitation on a detached ADU to 18 feet if the ADU is “either within a half-mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor” and provides for an 238
15 additional two feet for roof pitch to align with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.” (Gov. Code, §§ 66321, subd. (b)(4)(B); 66323, subd. (a)(2)(B).) Increases the height to 18 feet for a detached ADU that is “on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily, multistory dwelling.” (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(B).)
x Attached ADU Height Limitations. Establishes the maximum height limitation that may be imposed by a local agency on an attached ADU to 25 feet, or the existing primary dwelling height limit if lower than 25 feet. Does not require a local agency to allow an ADU to exceed two stories (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(D)).
x Parking Standards. Prohibits local agencies from imposing parking in a number of specific circumstances (Gov. Code, § 66322, subd. (a)).
x Zoning Nonconformance & Building Code Violations. Prohibits local agencies from denying an ADU permit due to the correction of “nonconforming zoning conditions, building code violations, or unpermitted structures that do not present a threat to public health and safety and are not affected by the construction of the accessory dwelling unit.” (Gov. Code, § 66322, subd. (b).) The prohibition was also added to Government Code section 66336 to apply to JADUs.
x Multifamily Dwellings. Prohibits a permitting agency from requiring “any modification of the existing multifamily dwelling as a condition of approving the application to construct an accessory dwelling unit” if the existing multifamily dwelling has “a rear or side setback of less than four feet...” (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(B)). x Permitting Agency Definition. Adds definition of a permitting agency as “any entity that is involved in the review of a permit for an accessory dwelling unit or junior accessory dwelling unit and for which there is no substitute, including, but not limited to, applicable planning departments, building departments, utilities, and special districts.” (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (k).)
x Unpermitted ADUs. Precludes a local agency from denying a permit for an unpermitted ADU that was constructed before January 1, 2018, because the ADU violates building standards or because the ADU does not comply with State ADU Law or a local ordinance. (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (a).) This prohibition does not apply if the local agency makes a finding that “correcting the violation is necessary to protect the health and safety of the public or occupants of the structure” (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (b)) or to a building that is deemed substandard pursuant to Health and Safety Code section 17920.3 (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (c)).
x Enclosed Uses. Considers enclosed uses within the residence, such as attached garages, to be “a part of the proposed or existing single-family residence” for the purposes of JADUs (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (d)).
239
16 x JADU Separate Entrance. Requires a JADU without a separate bathroom to “include a separate entrance from the main entrance to the proposed JADU, with an interior entry to the main living area.” (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (e)(2).) 2023 legislation includes the following changes to State ADU Law (effective January 1, 2024):

AB 976 (Chapter 751, Statutes of 2023) and AB 1033 (Chapter 752, Statutes of 2023) made changes to State ADU Law. AB 1332 (Chapter 759, Statutes of 2023) added Government Code section 65852.27 to expedite the approval of ADUs. AB 434 (Chapter 740, Statutes of 2023) modified Government Code section 65585 to require enforcement of State ADU Law, ADU amnesty laws, and lot split / duplex laws, among others.

x Owner Occupancy. Removes the existing 2025 sunset of the prohibition on owner- occupancy requirements and instead mandates no owner-occupancy requirement for ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66315). Authorizes a local agency to adopt a local ordinance to allow the separate conveyance of the primary dwelling unit and ADU(s) as condominiums (Gov.

Code, § 66342).

x Pre-Approved ADU Plans. Requires the local agency to develop a program for the preapproval of ADU plans by January 1, 2025. The local agency shall accept ADU plan submissions for preapproval from any party and shall approve or deny applications pursuant to standards established in Government Code sections 66314-66332. The local agency shall post preapproved ADU plans and the contact information of the applicant on the local agency’s website. The local agency may also post plans pre-approved by other local or state agencies. (Gov. Code, § 65852.27.)

x Enforcement Authority. Amends Government Code section 65585, subdivision (j), by adding to the list of laws about which HCD is authorized to notify a local jurisdiction or the Attorney General when the local jurisdiction fails to comply with those laws, including Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 66310) and Government Code sections 65852.21, 65852.24, 65852.28, 65913.4.5, and 66411.7, among others.

2024 legislation includes the following changes to State ADU Law (effective March 27, 2024, and January 1, 2025):

SB 477 (Chapter 7, Statutes of 2024) made changes to the numbering of the government code sections related to ADU and JADU Law. AB 2533 (Chapter 834, Statutes of 2024) and SB 1211 (Chapter 296, Statutes of 2024) made changes to State ADU Law.

x Updated Government Code Sections. Government Code sections related to ADU and JADU law were updated from 65852.2, 65852.22, 65852.23, and 65852.26 to Government Code sections 66310-66342.

x Unpermitted ADUs and JADUs. Changes the date from January 1, 2018, to January 1, 2020, such that a local agency is precluded from denying a permit for an unpermitted ADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, because the ADU violates building standards 240
17 or because the ADU does not comply with State ADU Law or a local ordinance. (Gov.

Code, § 66332, subd. (a).) A local agency shall inform the public about the provisions of this section through public information resources, including permit checklists and the local agency’s internet website, which shall include both of the following: (1) a checklist of the conditions specified in Section 17920.3 of the Health and Safety Code that would deem a building substandard, and (2) information that, before applying for a permit, the homeowner may obtain a confidential third-party code inspection from a licensed contractor to determine the unit’s existing condition or potential scope of building improvements before applying for a permit. (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (d)(1), (d)(2).)

x Objective Standards. Prohibits a local agency from imposing any objective development standards on 66323 Units that are not authorized by the provisions of Government Code section 66323, subdivision (a).

x Livable Space. Defines “livable space” as a space in a dwelling intended for human habitation, as the term appears in Government Code sections 66313, subdivision (e), and 66323, subdivision (a)(3)(A).

x Uncovered Parking. Specifies that uncovered, off-street parking spaces demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU do not need to be replaced.

x Detached ADUs. Authorizes up to eight detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, provided that the number of ADUs does not exceed the number of existing units on the lot.

For additional summaries of ADU legislation, please see the Resources section.

241
18 Frequently Asked Questions

66323 Units

What are “66323 Units”?
HCD uses the term “66323 Units” to refer to ADUs and JADUs that are created pursuant to Government Code section 66323. They have also been referred to as “State mandated” or “State exempt” ADUs. Government Code section 66323 creates four categories of ADUs (and JADUs) that must be approved ministerially and are not subject to standards set forth in Government Code sections 66314-66322. For example, 66323 Units do not have to comply with lot coverage, front setbacks, and design standards. However, these ADUs must comply with building code and health and safety requirements for dwellings. The four categories are:

1. Single-Family Converted ADUs and JADUs
One ADU per lot is permitted within the converted space of a proposed or existing single-family dwelling or accessory structure. This type of ADU must have exterior access and setbacks for fire and safety but is not subject to a four-foot side and rear yard setback. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1).)

ADUs converted from accessory structures are eligible for a 150 square-foot expansion to accommodate ingress and egress. For example, if a second story from a single- family dwelling is converted into an ADU, a stairwell of not more than 150 square feet could be added, among other types of ingress and egress configurations that comply with the local building code. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1)(A).)

In addition, one JADU per lot is permitted within the proposed or existing space of a single-family dwelling or accessory structure and must have exterior access, side and rear setbacks for fire and safety. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1).) JADUs must also comply with the provisions of JADU Law found in Government Code sections 66333- 66339. For the purposes of constructing a JADU, attached garages are part of a single- family dwelling. (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (d).)

For more information, please see the Handbook section on JADUs.

2. Single-Family Detached ADUs
One detached new construction ADU that does not exceed four-foot side and rear yard setbacks is permitted on lots with an existing or proposed single-family dwelling (Gov.

Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(2)). The maximum unit size is 800 square feet with a height limitation of 16, 18, or 20 feet depending on conditions specified in Government Code section 66321, subdivision (b)(4). (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(2)(B).)

3. Multifamily Converted ADUs
ADUs may be created within the portions of existing multifamily structures that are not used as livable space (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(3)(A)). Local agencies shall allow 242
19 at least one ADU within an existing multifamily dwelling and up to 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(3)(B)). Examples of structures that are not used as livable space include, but are not limited to: storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(3)(A)).

4. Multifamily Detached ADUs
Up to two detached ADUs are allowed on a lot that has a proposed multifamily dwelling, or up to eight detached ADUs are allowed on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, not to exceed the number of existing units on the lot. These ADUs are subject to four- foot rear and side yard setbacks and height limits of 16, 18, or 20 feet depending on conditions specified in Government Code section 66321, subdivision (b)(4). (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(A).) A local agency may not require that a setback be modified for an existing multifamily dwelling with setbacks less than four feet as a condition of ADU application approval (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(B)).

The local agency must allow the four categories of ADUs listed above to be combined as allowed by the site and lot conditions. For example, pursuant to Government Code 66323, subdivision (a), local governments must allow units created pursuant to subparagraphs (1) and (2) together or (3) and (4) together. This means that on single-family lots, local agencies must allow at least one ADU constructed from existing space, one JADU, and one newly constructed detached ADU. For multifamily lots, local agencies must permit at least one ADU constructed from existing non-livable space (or up to 25 percent of the number of multifamily units), and two detached ADUs.

Allowable 66323 ADU Combinations
All formats listed below may be combined as explained in the preceding section

Single-Family
Primary Dwelling
Multifamily
Primary Dwelling
Gov. Code, §
66323, subd.
(a)(1)
ADU
constructed
from
proposed or
existing space
x Sometimes referred to as
“Conversions,” “Interior,”
“Created within.”
x May expand 150 square feet
from the existing accessory
structure for ingress and egress.
x Must have exterior access.

Does not apply
Gov. Code, §§
66323, subd.
(a)(1);
66333-66339
JADUs
x C reated within existing or
proposed dwelling.
x 500 square-foot maximum.
x May be created from within
attached garage.

Does not apply
243
20 Gov. Code, §
66323, subd.
(a)(2)
New
construction
detached
x May be in front setback.
x 800 square-foot maximum. Does not apply
Gov. Code, §
66323, subd.
(a)(3)(A)
Constructed
in existing
space not
used as
livable
Does not apply
x E xisting non-livable space (e.g., gyms,
enclosed parking, etc.) within the
multifamily structure.
x Allows at least one ADU or up to 25% of
existing primary units.

Gov. Code, §
66323, subd.
(a)(4)
Detached
from primary
dwelling
Does not apply
x U p to two units detached from proposed
primary dwelling, or
x Up to eight units detached from existing
primary dwelling, not to exceed the number
of existing units on the lot.
x Four-foot side and rear setbacks.

What design, zoning, or other local standards can be imposed on 66323 Units? A local agency may not impose development or design standards, including both local standards and standards found in State ADU Law, on 66323 Units that are not specifically listed in Government Code section 66323. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subds. (a), (b).) This includes, but is not limited to, parking, height, setbacks, or other zoning provisions (e.g., lot size, open space, floor area ratio, etc.).

Additionally, rentals of 66323 ADUs must be for terms longer than 30 days. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (e).) Fire sprinklers are not required for the ADU if not required for the primary residence, and the construction of an ADU may not trigger the requirement for fire sprinklers in an existing multifamily dwelling. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (d).)

Can a 66323 ADU created by converting an existing accessory structure be expanded? Yes. An ADU created within the existing space of an accessory structure can be expanded beyond the physical dimensions of the structure up to 150 square feet solely for the purpose of accommodating ingress and egress. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1)(A).) An example is the construction of a staircase to reach a second story ADU. The ADUs shall conform to setbacks sufficient for fire and safety. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1)(C).)

NOTE: A JADU may be created within the walls of a single-family residence and not within an accessory structure. JADUs may not be expanded beyond the existing dimensions of the single-family dwelling.

For more information regarding 66323 multifamily accessory units, please see Multifamily ADUs.

244
21 ADUs

What is an ADU?
An ADU is accessory to a primary residence and has complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. ADUs are either “detached from,” “attached to,” or located within the proposed or existing primary dwelling. This includes attached garages, storage areas or similar spaces, and accessory structures. The ADU can also be detached from the proposed or existing primary dwelling, including detached garages, provided it is located on the same lot. (Gov. Code. §§ 66313, subd. (a); 66314, subd. (d)(3).)
2 Bedrooms

Can a limit on the number of bedrooms in an ADU be imposed? A limit on the number of bedrooms could be construed as a discriminatory practice towards protected classes, such as familial status, and would be considered a constraint on the development of ADUs (Gov. Code, § 65008). Building code standards for minimum bedroom size still apply.

Can an ADU have no bedrooms?
A limit on the number of bedrooms could be construed as a discriminatory practice towards protected classes, such as familial status, (Gov. Code, § 65008) and could also unreasonably restrict the ability of homeowners to create ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66311). Building code standards for minimum bedroom size still apply.

Building Code Violations

Can an ADU application be denied due to building code violations? An ADU application pursuant to Government Code section 66314 may be denied due to building code violations on the primary unit only if the violations present a threat to public health and safety and are affected by the construction of the ADU (Gov. Code, § 66322, subd. (b)). However, all ADUs must comply with building code and health and safety requirements for dwellings.

Coastal Commission

Do state ADU laws apply to jurisdictions located in the California Coastal Zone? Yes. ADU laws apply to jurisdictions in the California Coastal Zone, but do not alter or lessen the effect or application of Coastal Act resource protection policies (Gov. Code, § 66329).

Coastal localities should seek to harmonize the goals of protecting coastal resources and addressing housing needs of Californians. For example, where appropriate, localities should amend Local Coastal Programs for California Coastal Commission review to comply with the California Coastal Act and new State ADU Laws. For more information, see the California

2 Note that certain federal financing programs mentioned in the section on “Funding,” below, may have different definitions of an ADU.
245
22 Coastal Commission 2020 Memo and reach out to the local Coastal Commission district office.

Deed Restrictions

Can an affordable housing deed restriction be imposed on an ADU? No. A local agency cannot impose a deed restriction on an ADU. Government Code section 66315 states, “Section 66314 establishes the maximum standards that a local agency shall use to evaluate a proposed accessory dwelling unit on a lot that includes a proposed or existing single-family dwelling. No additional standards, other than those provided in Section 66314, shall be used or imposed, including an owner-occupant requirement, except that a local agency may require that the property may be used for rentals of terms 30 days or longer.” Section 66314, subdivision (b)(1) allows for local objective standards, but the examples provided all relate to design and development standards (e.g., parking, height, setback, landscape, maximum size of a unit). A deed restriction is not such a standard and thus cannot be imposed.

Can a deed restriction be imposed on a JADU?
Yes. A local agency may adopt an ordinance for the creation of JADUs (Gov. Code, § 66333).

That ordinance must “[r]equire the recordation of a deed restriction” that includes only a prohibition on the sale of the JADU separate from the sale of the single-family residence and a restriction on the size and attributes of the JADU that conforms with state law (Gov. Code, § 66333, subds. (c)(1), (c)(2)).

Fees

What types of fees are considered impact fees?
Impact fees charged for the construction of ADUs must be determined in accordance with the Mitigation Fee Act and include any monetary exaction other than a tax or special assessment that is charged by a local agency in connection with the approval of an ADU for the purpose of defraying all or a portion of the cost of public facilities relating to the ADU. (Gov. Code, §§ 66324, subd. (a); 66000.) A local agency, special district, or water corporation shall not consider ADUs as a new residential use for the purposes of calculating connection fees or capacity charges for utilities, including water and sewer services. However, these provisions do not apply to ADUs that are constructed concurrently with a new single-family home. (Gov.

Code, § 66324, subds. (b), (d).)

Can impact fees be charged for an ADU less than 750 square feet? No. An ADU is exempt from incurring impact fees from local agencies, special districts, and water corporations if it is less than 750 square feet. If an ADU is 750 square feet or larger, impact fees shall be charged proportionately in relation to the square footage of the ADU to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit. (Gov. Code, § 66324 subd. (c)(1).) In this specific instance, impact fees also include Quimby fees specified in Government Code section 66477 (Gov. Code, § 66324 subd. (c)(2)).

For ADUs that include a 150 square-foot exterior expansion, the 150 square feet count towards the 750 square-foot limit. For example, a 700 square-foot interior conversion ADU with 246
23 a 150 square-foot exterior expansion for ingress and egress would count as an 850 square- foot ADU for the purposes of calculating fees, thus triggering the proportionate fee requirement of Government Code section 66324, subdivision (c).

Can school districts charge impact fees?
Yes. School districts are authorized to, but do not have to, levy impact fees for ADUs larger than 500 square feet pursuant to Section 17620 of the Education Code and the Mitigation Fee Act (Gov. Code, § 66000). ADUs less than 500 square feet are not subject to school impact fees. Local agencies are encouraged to coordinate with school districts to carefully weigh the importance of promoting ADUs and to ensure appropriate nexus studies are conducted on fees to facilitate construction or reconstruction of adequate school facilities, as required by the Mitigation Fee Act. Local agencies should not withhold the issuance of a permit to create an ADU or JADU due to the imposition of school fees.

Can I still be charged water and sewer connection fees? ADUs constructed from existing space and JADUs shall not be considered by a local agency, special district, or water corporation to be a new residential use for purposes of calculating connection fees or capacity charges for utilities, unless constructed concurrently with a new single-family dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66324, subd. (b)). The connection fee or capacity charge shall be proportionate to the burden of the proposed ADU, based on its square footage or plumbing fixtures as compared to the primary dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66324, subd. (e)).

Fire Protection and Fire Sprinkler Requirements

Can fire sprinklers be required for ADUs?
Only when sprinklers are required for the existing primary residence. Installation of fire sprinklers shall not be required in attached, detached, or converted ADUs if sprinklers are not required by building codes for the existing primary residence. For example, a detached single- family home designed and constructed decades ago would not have been required to have fire sprinklers installed under the applicable building code at the time. However, if the same primary dwelling recently underwent significant alteration and is now required to have fire sprinklers, any ADU created after that alteration must be provided with fire sprinklers.

Additionally, the construction of an ADU under this code section shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers for the primary residence. Finally, if a primary dwelling currently does not have fire sprinklers, and an attached ADU is proposed which would trigger fire sprinkler requirements due to the increase in livable space, that requirement shall not be imposed upon the primary dwelling unit. (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (d)(12); 66323, subd. (d).)

What is “Proportionality”?
“Proportionality” is some amount in relation to a total amount, in this case, an impact fee for a single-family dwelling. For example, a 2,000 square-foot primary dwelling with a proposed 1,000 square-foot ADU could result in 50 percent of the impact fee that would be charged for a new primary dwelling on the same site. (Gov. Code, § 66324, subd. (c)(1).)
247
24 Funding

Is there financial assistance or funding available for ADUs? Possibly. While at the time of this writing the funds have been exhausted, the California Housing Finance Agency’s (CalHFA) ADU Grant Program provided up to $40,000 in assistance to reimburse qualifying homeowners for predevelopment costs necessary to build an ADU or JADU on a lot with an owner-occupied single-family dwelling unit. The ADU Grant Program was intended to create more housing units in California by providing a grant to reimburse qualifying homeowners for predevelopment costs. Predevelopment costs include, but are not limited to, architectural designs, permits, soil tests, impact fees, property surveys, and energy reports.

Some local agencies are creating funding opportunities for ADU/JADU predevelopment and construction costs, or they are waiving fees.

For local agencies wanting to apply for funding for ADUs and JADUs, some of HCD’s funding programs, such as the CalHome Program, the Permanent Local Housing Allocation program, the Prohousing Incentive Program, and the Local Housing Trust Fund Program, do include funding for these housing types as eligible activities.

For more information on local and state funding opportunities for ADU/JADU predevelopment or construction, or funding options for local agencies, please see the Grants and Funding section of our ADU webpage: https://www.hcd.ca.gov/policy-and-research/accessory-dwelling- units.

The Federal Housing Administration (FHA), Freddie Mac, and Fannie Mae also provide loans to support ADUs. The links below include information on these finance programs, including relevant definitions and criteria.

FHA
The FHA recently expanded access to mortgage financing for homes that have or will include ADUs. Specifically, the updated loan policies allow for the inclusion of rental income from the ADU in the borrower’s qualifying income and would allow more borrowers to qualify for FHA financing for properties with ADUs. This includes the 203(k) Rehabilitation loan. Note that the 203(k) Rehabilitation loan may only be used to construct an attached ADU.

For more information on the updated policies, please reference the FHA Single Family Housing Policy Handbook at https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/OCHCO/documents/40001-hsgh- update15-052024.pdf, or the 2023 Mortgagee Letter that includes specific ADU finance changes in the handbook https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/OCHCO/documents/2023- 17hsgml.pdf. Interested parties should look to HUD’s website for any updates.

Freddie Mac
Freddie Mac now offers several options for adding an ADU to an existing home and financing a purchase with the intention to rent or build an ADU. This includes allowing rental income from ADUs to be included in qualified income for a loan.
248
25 For more information, please visit https://sf.freddiemac.com/docs/pdf/fact-sheet/adu-fact- sheet.pdf.

Fannie Mae
Fannie Mae now offers financing options for adding an ADU to an existing property, building a home with an ADU using Construction-to-Permanent Financing, and buying a home with an existing ADU.

For more information, please visit https://singlefamily.fanniemae.com/originating- underwriting/mortgage-products/accessory-dwelling-units.

Height Requirements

Is there a limit on the height of an ADU?
There is no height limit contained in State ADU Law, but local agencies may impose height limits pursuant to Government Code section 66321, subdivision (b)(4). A local agency may impose a height limit by adopting a compliant ADU ordinance.

A local agency may not impose a height limit that is less than the following:

Detached ADUs

16 feet on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family or multifamily dwelling unit (Gov.

Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(A)).

18 feet on a lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multifamily dwelling, including an additional 2 feet to accommodate roof pitch that aligns with the primary dwelling, when the lot is a half-mile from a major transit stop or high-quality transit corridor (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(B)). Please see the ADU Glossary for definitions of these terms.

18 feet height on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily, multistory dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(C)).

If a detached two-story ADU can be built according to the height allowances required under State ADU Law while remaining compliant with the building code, a local agency cannot deny an ADU application to create a two-story ADU, irrespective of the underlying zoning that might restrict a primary dwelling to one story. (Gov. Code, §§ 66321, subd. (b)(4)(D); 66314, subd. (d)(8).)

Attached ADUs

25 feet or the height limitation that applies to the primary dwelling in the local zoning ordinance, whichever is lower (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(D)).

249
26 Is there a limit on the number of stories of an ADU? There is no limit on the number of stories contained in State ADU Law. A local agency must allow at least two stories, and an attached ADU may be built to the height of the zoning for the primary dwelling or up to 25 feet, whichever is lower. (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(4)(D).)

Are there tools available to determine if a project qualifies for 18 feet in height?

The California State Geoportal features an interactive map and searchable database to assess whether any California address is within a High-Quality Transit Corridor (HQTC) (as described in Public Resources Code sections 21155, 21064.3, and 21060.2). This can assist with determining if your projects are eligible for an extra two feet in height. However, the State ADU Law does not designate a definitive resource for making HQTC proximity determinations.

Applicants should go to their Metropolitan Planning Organizations first to find out if they are in a HQTC. If there is not one in their area, then they should go to their local agency.

Homeowners Associations (HOAs)

Can CC&Rs prohibit the construction or use of an ADU or JADU? No. Sections 714.3 and 4751 of the Civil Code nullify covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) that either effectively prohibit or unreasonably restrict the construction or use of an ADU or JADU on lots zoned to permit single-family residential uses. Such CC&Rs, including operating rules, are void and unenforceable. Applicants who encounter prohibitions of ADUs and JADUs within CC&Rs, whether implicit or explicit, are encouraged to reach out to their local agency.

What restrictions can be placed on an ADU or JADU?
HOAs may impose some limited objective standards on an ADU or JADU, such as requiring, within reason, specific materials, architectural styles, or other design and aesthetic restrictions.

However, these standards may not be more stringent than State ADU Law and thereby unreasonably increase the cost to construct or effectively prohibit or extinguish the ability to create or serve an ADU or JADU. (Civ. Code, § 714.3, subd. (b).)

Examples of effective prohibitions, unreasonable costs, and extinguishments of the ability to construct an ADU or JADU may include, but would not be limited to:
x Any delay in reviewing an ADU or JADU for compliance with reasonable restrictions beyond the timeframes required of local agencies (60 days) or that significantly delay the construction or use of an ADU or JADU.
x Requiring alteration to an ADU or JADU application that would cause the property owner to incur substantial costs or forgo the development. x Imposing a condition that would necessitate re-applying or amending a building permit application that substantially complies with State ADU and JADU Laws. x Mandating neighboring property owners’ approval or agreement for an ADU or JADU application or considering any disapproval or disagreement to the construction or use of an ADU or JADU by the neighbors as part of the local agency’s ministerial process to approve or deny the application.
x Restricting the placement or location of an ADU or JADU such that it would be rendered infeasible or unusable by the property owner.
250
27 x Requiring major structural elements or design changes beyond the requirements set forth in State ADU and JADU Law that would extinguish the ability to construct or use the ADU or JADU.
x Imposing restrictions that are not objective or not knowable or available to the property owners in advance of submitting the application.
x Levying excessive application fees, conditions, or other financial requirements that would cause the property owner to incur substantial costs or forgo the development, such as requiring owner-occupancy of an ADU or charging excessive maintenance fees that would be unreasonable considering the size of the ADU proportionally to the primary dwelling.

Property owners whose construction or use of an ADU or JADU is impeded by an HOA (or their representatives or agents) are encouraged to reach out to their local agency and to seek legal counsel.

Can an HOA review or influence a local agency’s ministerial approval to create or serve an ADU or JADU?

No. An HOA may not influence a local agency’s ministerial approval of an ADU or JADU. Local agencies must provide an approval process that only includes ministerial provisions for the approval of ADU permit applications. This approval process shall not include discretionary processes, provisions, or requirements except as provided in Government Code section 66315. Thus, third party reviews by an HOA or their representatives or agents would violate State ADU Law. (Gov. Code, § 66315.) No other local ordinances, policies, or regulations may be applied in the approval or denial of an ADU or JADU permit application (Gov. Code, § 66317, subd. (c)). If a local agency allows an HOA to be involved in any part of an ADU or JADU application process, the local agency is in violation of State ADU Law.

Housing Elements and Prohousing Designation

Do ADUs and JADUs count toward a local agency’s RHNA?
Yes. Pursuant to Government Code sections 66330, and 65583.1, ADUs and JADUs may be utilized towards the RHNA and the Housing Element Annual Progress Report (APR) required by Government Code section 65400. To credit a unit toward the RHNA, HCD and the Department of Finance (DOF) utilize the U.S. Census definition of a housing unit. Generally, an ADU, and a JADU with shared sanitation facilities, and any other unit that meets the U.S.

Census definition and is reported to DOF as part of the DOF annual City and County Housing Unit Change Survey can be credited toward the RHNA based on the appropriate income level.

The housing element or APR must include a reasonable methodology to demonstrate the level of affordability. Local governments can track actual or anticipated affordability to assure ADUs and JADUs are counted towards the appropriate income category. For example, some local governments request and track information such as anticipated affordability as part of the building permit or other local applications.

For more information, please refer to the Housing Element Building Blocks or contact [email protected].

251
28 What analysis is required to count ADUs toward the RHNA in the housing element? To count ADUs towards the RHNA in the housing element, local agencies must generally use a three-part approach: (1) development trends, (2) anticipated affordability, and (3) resources and incentives. Development trends must consider ADUs permitted in the prior planning period and may also consider more recent trends. Anticipated affordability can use a variety of methods to estimate the affordability by income group. Common approaches include rent surveys of ADUs, using rent surveys and square footage assumptions and data available through the APR required by Government Code section 65400. Resources and incentives include policies and programs to encourage ADUs, such as prototype plans, fee waivers, expedited procedures, and affordability monitoring programs.

Are ADUs required to be addressed in the housing element? Yes. The housing element must include a description of zoning available to permit ADUs, including development standards and analysis of potential constraints on the development of ADUs. The element must include programs to address identified constraints. In addition, housing elements must include a plan that incentivizes and promotes the creation of ADUs that can offer affordable rents for very low-, low-, or moderate-income households and requires HCD to develop a list of state grants and financial incentives in connection with the planning, construction, and operation of affordable ADUs. (Gov. Code, § 65583; HSC, § 50504.5.)

Can ADUs and JADUs impact a local agency’s Prohousing Designation status? Yes. To qualify for a Prohousing Designation, a local agency must be in compliance with all applicable state housing laws, such as those mentioned in Government Codes section 65585, subdivision (j), which includes State ADU Law. An approved housing element and any associated programs which promote ADU development will also need to be enacted and in compliance to meet the minimum threshold requirements for a Prohousing Designation.

Additionally, ADUs and JADUs are specifically identified within the Prohousing Designation Program as designation criteria under California Code of Regulations, Title 25, section 6606, meaning that an ADU ordinance or program which promotes ADU development beyond the minimum requirements of State ADU Law may score additional points towards their Prohousing Designation. In other words, local agencies that are in violation of State ADU Law will be ineligible for a Prohousing Designation, while local agencies that promote additional ADU development can score additional points towards their Prohousing Designation, and all the benefits that designation provides. (CCR Title 25, §§ 6600-6608).

JADUs

What is a JADU?
A “junior accessory dwelling unit” or JADU is a unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure. (Gov. Code, § 66333.)

Are two JADUs allowed on a lot?
No. Only one JADU may be created per lot zoned for single-family residences with an existing or proposed single-family residence (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (a)). The JADU may be created within the walls of the proposed or existing single-family residence, including attached 252
29 garages (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (d)). If there are multiple detached single-family residential units on one lot, there can only be one JADU.

Can a JADU be created within a “half-plex”?
Yes, a JADU is permitted in a half-plex. A half-plex consists of two primary dwelling units on separate lots that share a dividing wall. One JADU is permitted in each half-plex in areas zoned for single-family use. (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (a).) If two units are attached on a single lot (i.e., a duplex), the primary dwelling is considered multifamily and would not qualify for a JADU.

Are JADUs required to have an interior connection to the primary dwelling? JADUs are required to be within the walls of the primary dwelling but are not required to have an interior connection to the primary dwelling. However, if the JADU does not include a separate bathroom, the JADU must include an interior entrance to the main living area. (Gov.

Code, § 66333, subd. (e)(2).)

Are JADUs allowed in detached accessory structures?
No, JADUs are not allowed in accessory structures. The creation of a JADU must be within the single-family residence. As noted above, “enclosed uses” within the residence, such as attached garages, are eligible for JADU creation. (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (d).)

Are JADUs allowed to be increased by up to 150 square feet when created within an existing structure?
No. Only ADUs that are created from existing accessory structures are allowed to add up to 150 square feet “beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory structure” to provide for ingress or egress (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1)(A)).

Are there any owner-occupancy requirements for JADUs?
Yes. The owner must reside in either the remaining portion of the primary residence or in the newly created JADU. Owner-occupancy is not required when the owner is another governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization. (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (b).)

What can local agencies require as part of an “efficiency kitchen”? An efficiency kitchen is a cooking facility with appliances, a food preparation counter, and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU (Gov. Code, § 66333, subds. (f)(1), (f)(2)). A local agency cannot be more restrictive than this definition. Thus, requirements such as counter or cabinet sizes, specified electrical or gas connections, or appliance types are not authorized by State JADU Law.

Are JADUs required to provide parking?
No. Local agencies may not require parking as a condition to permitting a JADU, even when the JADU is converted from an attached garage (Gov. Code, § 66334, subd. (a)).

253
30 Local ADU Ordinances and Local Agencies

Should a local ordinance encourage the development of ADUs? Yes. Pursuant to Government Code section 66310, the California Legislature found and declared that, among other things, California is facing a severe housing crisis and ADUs are a valuable form of housing that meets the needs of family members, students, the elderly, in- home health care providers, people with disabilities, and others. Therefore, ADUs are an essential component of California’s housing supply.

Recent changes to State ADU Law intend to address barriers, streamline approval, and expand potential capacity for ADUs, recognizing their unique importance in addressing California’s housing needs. The preparation, adoption, amendment, and implementation of local ADU ordinances must be carried out consistently with Government Code section 66310 and must not unduly restrict the creation of ADUs. Local governments adopting ADU ordinances should carefully weigh the adoption of zoning, development standards, and other provisions for impacts on the development of ADUs.

State ADU Law provides the statutory minimum requirements for ADUs and JADUs. Local governments may elect to go beyond this statutory minimum to further the creation of ADUs. (Gov. Code, § 66325, subd. (b).) Many local governments have embraced the importance of ADUs as an important part of their overall housing policies and have pursued innovative strategies.

Can a local agency adopt an ADU “bonus program?”
Yes. One common strategy used by local agencies to promote ADU development is to adopt ADU bonus programs. HCD supports this approach to go above and beyond State ADU Law’s requirements to address California’s ongoing housing crisis. A successful ADU bonus program should meet the following criteria:

1. The ADU bonus program is completely optional – There is no requirement, and no consequence for not taking part in a local bonus program.

2. The ADU bonus program only offers benefits in addition to the provisions of State ADU Law, not in lieu of them – All state-mandated requirements are granted unconditionally.

3. The ADU bonus program removes one or more physical constraints, such as a limitation on the number of allowable units on a lot, ADU size, height, setback requirements, or a waiver of design and development criteria.

Does HCD have enforcement authority over ADU ordinances? Yes. Pursuant to Government Code section 66326, subdivision (a), local agencies are required to submit a copy of newly adopted ADU ordinances to HCD within 60 days of adoption. HCD may thereafter provide written findings to the local agency as to whether the ordinance complies with State ADU Law. If HCD finds that the ADU ordinance does not comply with State ADU Law, the local agency must respond to HCD’s written findings within 30 days. The local agency shall either amend its ordinance in accordance with HCD’s findings, or adopt the ordinance without changes, but include findings in its resolution explaining why the ordinance complies with State ADU Law despite HCD’s findings. (Gov. Code, § 66326, subd. (b).) 254
31 Although not required by State ADU Law, HCD may continue to offer further technical assistance to the local agency. However, if the local agency does not amend its ordinance in accordance with HCD’s findings or adopt a resolution explaining why the ordinance is compliant, HCD shall notify the local agency and may notify the Attorney General that the local agency is in violation of State ADU Law. (Gov. Code, § 66326, subd. (c)(1).) While an ordinance is non-compliant, the local agency shall apply state standards for the approval of ADUs, until the local agency adopts a compliant ordinance. (Gov. Code, § 66316.)

In addition, HCD may review, adopt, amend, or repeal guidelines to implement uniform standards or criteria that supplement or clarify State ADU Law (Gov. Code, § 66327).

Do local agencies have to adopt an ADU ordinance?

No. Local agencies may choose not to adopt an ADU ordinance. Should a local government choose not to adopt an ADU ordinance, any proposed ADU development would be subject only to the standards set forth in State ADU Law. (Gov. Code, §§ 66315, 66316.) A local agency that adopts an ADU ordinance may impose objective development and design standards in compliance with Government Code section 66314.

Is a local agency required to send an ADU ordinance to HCD? Yes. A local government, upon adoption of an ADU ordinance, must submit a copy of the adopted ordinance to HCD within 60 days after adoption. After the adoption of an ordinance, HCD may review and submit written findings to the local agency as to whether the ordinance complies with the State ADU Law. (Gov. Code, § 66326, subd. (a).)

Are charter cities and counties subject to the new ADU laws? Yes. State ADU Law applies to a local agency, which is defined as a city, county, or city and county, whether general law or chartered (Gov. Code, §§ 66312; 66313, subd. (g)).

Do ADU laws apply to areas governed by the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA)? Possibly. The TRPA was formed through a bistate compact between California and Nevada, which elevates its authority above state laws. Under this authority, TRPA has adopted certain restrictions that effectively limit lot coverage on developed land. State ADU Law may conflict to a degree with the TRPA standards, and to the extent that it does, the TRPA law preempts or overrides State ADU Law. For more information, please see: https://www.trpa.gov/adus/.

Manufactured Homes

Can a manufactured home be used as an ADU?
Yes. By definition, an ADU includes manufactured homes (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (a)(2); HSC, §§ 18007, 18008).

255
32 For more information on Manufactured Homes please contact the Division of Codes and Standards at [email protected].

Mobilehome Parks

Are ADUs permitted on lots within mobilehome parks or special occupancy parks? No. A lot, as defined in Health and Safety Code sections 18210 and 18862.23, allows for only one manufactured home, mobilehome, or recreational vehicle. Health and Safety Code section 18862.23 also allows one tent, camp car, camping cabin, or camping party on a lot within a special occupancy park.

For more information, please contact the Division of Codes and Standards at:

[email protected] for Northern CA or [email protected] for Southern CA.

Multifamily ADUs

What is considered a multifamily dwelling under State ADU Law? For the purposes of creating an ADU, a structure with two or more attached dwellings on a single lot is considered a multifamily dwelling structure. Multiple detached single-unit dwellings on the same lot are not considered multifamily dwellings for the purposes of State ADU Law.

Does a local agency have to permit ADUs on lots zoned for multifamily use? Yes. A local agency must permit an attached, detached, or converted ADU on a lot that is zoned to allow single-family or multifamily residential use and includes an existing or proposed dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66314, subds. (d)(2), (d)(3)). An applicant may build a detached or a converted ADU on a site in a residential or mixed-use zone with a proposed or existing multifamily dwelling. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subds. (a)(3), (a)(4).) (See next question for more information.)

How many ADUs are allowed on a multifamily site under Government Code section 66323?
Under Government Code section 66323, an applicant may apply to build up to eight detached Health and Safety Code section 18007, subdivision (a): “Manufactured home,” for the purposes of this part, means a structure that was constructed on or after June 15, 1976, is transportable in one or more sections, is eight body feet or more in width, or 40 body feet or more in length, in the traveling mode, or, when erected on site, is 320 or more square feet, is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a single-family dwelling with or without a foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical systems contained therein. “Manufactured home” includes any structure that meets all the requirements of this paragraph except the size requirements and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification and complies with the standards established under the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C., Sec. 5401, and following).

256
33 ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(A)) and at least one conversion ADU within an existing multifamily dwelling and up to 25 percent of the number of units in the existing multifamily dwelling (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(3)(B)).

Can JADUs be created in multifamily dwelling structures? No. JADUs may only be constructed on a site with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling in an area zoned for single-family residences; a JADU cannot be constructed on a multifamily site (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (a)).

Can a permitting agency impose accessibility standards on ADUs converted from existing space?
Maybe. For more information on ADA standards as they apply to your specific dwelling, please contact the Division of Codes and Standards at [email protected].

Can a leasing office be converted into an ADU?
Yes. A leasing office within an existing multifamily dwelling structure can be converted to at least one ADU – and up to 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units – provided the ADUs comply with state building standards for dwellings. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(3)(A).)

In addition, a leasing office on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling may be converted into up to eight detached ADUs, not to exceed the number of existing units on the lot and subject to height limitations in section 66321, subdivision (b), and to rear yard and side setbacks of no more than four feet. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(A).)

Finally, an ADU can be created from an accessory space, including a leasing office, that is either attached to or located within the multifamily structure or an accessory structure, or is detached from the primary dwelling and located on the same lot as the primary dwelling, and complies with other applicable standards. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(3).)

Nonconforming Zoning

Can a local agency refuse to permit an ADU or JADU because of nonconforming zoning conditions?
No. State ADU Law limits a local agency’s ability to deny a permit application due to the correction of existing, nonconforming zoning conditions. Nonconforming zoning conditions are physical improvements on a property that do not conform to current zoning standards. (Gov.

Code, § 66313, subd. (h)). For 66323 Units, a local agency cannot condition approval on the correction of nonconforming zoning conditions (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (c)). For all other ADUs, a local agency may only deny a permit to create an ADU due to zoning non- conformance when the non-conformance creates a threat to public health and safety and is affected by the construction of the ADU (Gov. Code, §§ 66322, subd. (b)).

257
34 Owner-Occupancy

Can local agencies require owner-occupancy for an ADU?
No. A local agency cannot impose an owner-occupancy requirement on any ADU (Gov. Code, § 66315).

Parking Requirements

Can ADU parking requirements exceed one space per unit or bedroom? No. Parking requirements for ADUs shall not exceed one parking space per unit or bedroom, whichever is less (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(10)(A)). These spaces may be provided as tandem parking on a driveway (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(10)(B)). Guest parking spaces shall not be required for ADUs under any circumstances. In addition, a local agency may not require off-street parking spaces to be replaced when a garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted to an ADU (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(11)).

Local agencies may choose to eliminate or reduce parking requirements for ADUs, such as requiring zero or a fraction of a parking space per each ADU (such as a ½ space per unit), to further reduce barriers to ADU construction and to facilitate more development of mixed-modal transportation such as walking and public transit.

Are certain ADUs exempt from parking requirements?
Yes. A local agency shall not impose parking standards on any of the following ADUs, pursuant to Government Code section 66322, subdivision (a):
1) ADUs located within one-half mile walking distance of public transit. 2) ADUs located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district. 3) ADUs that are part of the proposed or existing primary residence or an accessory structure.
4) When on-street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the ADU. 5) When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the ADU. 6) When a permit application for an ADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family dwelling or a new multifamily dwelling on the same lot, provided that the ADU or the parcel satisfies any other criteria listed in Government Code section 66322, subdivision (a)(1)-(5).

Parking requirements for ADUs may not exceed one parking space per ADU or per bedroom, whichever is less (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(10)). ADUs which have no bedrooms because they are an “efficiency unit” or studio do not increase the bedroom count.

In addition, local agencies may not impose parking requirements on 66323 Units.

Is flexibility for siting ADU parking recommended?
Yes. Local agencies should be flexible when siting parking for ADUs. Off-street parking spaces for the ADU shall be permitted in setback areas in locations determined by the local agency or through tandem parking unless specific findings are made otherwise based on specific site or 258
35 regional topographical or fire and life safety conditions. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(10)(B).)

When a garage, carport, or covered parking structure is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU, or converted to an ADU, the local agency shall not require that those off-street parking spaces for the primary unit be replaced (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(11)).

Permit Applications and Permitting Agencies

What is an ADU permitting agency?
A permitting agency is “any entity that is involved in the review of a permit for an accessory dwelling unit or JADU and for which there is no substitute, including, but not limited to, applicable planning departments, building departments, utilities, and special districts.” (Gov.

Code, § 66313, subd. (k).) See also the Glossary section of this Handbook for this definition.

Are ADUs permitted ministerially?
Yes. ADUs subject to State ADU Law must be considered, approved or denied, and permitted ministerially, without discretionary review or a hearing (Gov. Code, § 66317, subd. (a)).

Development standards must be objective to allow for ministerial review (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (b)(1)). Objective standards require a uniform benchmark or reference that is knowable by both the permit applicant and the permitting agency prior to the submission of an application to create or serve an ADU (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (i)).

What are considered objective standards for ministerial approval? Examples include numeric and fixed standards such as heights or setbacks, or design standards such as specified colors or materials. See also the Glossary section of this Handbook for the definition of objective standards.

What would be considered subjective standards?
Subjective standards require independent judgement and are open to multiple interpretations.

Language such as “privacy,” “compatibility with neighboring properties,” “promoting design harmony and balance,” “must maintain similar architecture style,” or requiring “high quality materials” are subjective and may not be imposed on ADU development (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (i)).

What is the process and timeline for reviewing and approving ADU and JADU applications?
Under the Permit Streamlining Act, and whether or not a local agency has adopted an ordinance, a local agency has 30 calendar days to determine whether or not an ADU application is complete. If an application is deemed incomplete, the local agency must provide an exhaustive list of items that were not complete. That list shall be limited to those items actually required on the lead agency’s submittal requirement checklist. (Gov. Code, § 65943, subd. (a).)

If the application is complete, it must be approved or denied ministerially within 60 days from the date the permitting agency received the complete application (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, subd. (a); 66320, subd. (a)). Applicants are responsible for paying all applicable processing and 259
36 permitting fees that may be due at the time of application.

What kind of environmental review is required for ADUs and JADUs? ADUs and JADUs approved ministerially are statutorily exempt from CEQA pursuant to Section 15268 (Ministerial Projects) of the CEQA guidelines and Section 21080, subdivision (b)(1) of the Public Resources Code. In addition, ADUs can be categorically exempt from CEQA pursuant to Sections 15301 and 15303 of the CEQA guidelines, authority cited under Public Resources Code Sections 21083 and 21084. ADU and JADU ordinances are statutorily exempt from CEQA pursuant to Section 21080.17.

What does ministerial review of a permit application involve? A ministerial review ensures that the permit application meets all the applicable objective standards effective at the time of the review and uses no discretionary judgment, opinion, or subjective standards. Agency staff inspect the submitted application, site plan, and building plans for compliance with applicable standards. This often means that the permitting agency (i.e., planning, building, fire departments and utilities) reviews the application using only checklists. (Gov. Code, §§ 66316, 66317, 66320.)

Can an applicant delay the 60-day timeline?
Yes. If an applicant would like to request a delay on their application for any reason, they may do so. The 60-day period to approve or deny the permit shall be tolled for the period of the delay. (Gov. Code, § 66317, subd. (a).)

When is an ADU permit application “deemed approved” without formal review? An ADU permit application is “deemed approved” when the permitting agency fails to approve or deny a completed application within 60 days of receiving a completed application (Gov.

Code, §§ 66317, subd. (a); 66320, subd. (a)).

Do ADUs need a Certificate of Occupancy?
Yes, property owners must obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from the local agency prior to any residential occupancy of an ADU or JADU (Gov. Code, § 66328; 2022 CBC, § 111).

Can the local agency deny a permit application for an unpermitted ADU that was built before 2020?
A local agency shall not deny a permit for an unpermitted ADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, due to the ADU being in violation of building standards, non-compliance with State ADU Law, or any local ordinance regulating ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (a)).

However, the local agency may deny the permit if the local agency makes a finding that correcting the violation is necessary to protect the health and safety of the public or occupants of the structure, or if the building is deemed substandard pursuant to section 17920.3 of the Health and Safety Code (Gov. Code, § 66332, subds. (b), (c)).

What happens when an application for an ADU is denied?
The permitting agency denying the application must provide the applicant a full set of comments listing items that are defective or deficient and include a description of how the application may be remedied. A full set of comments includes all comments from all reviewers, 260
37 from every permitting agency. The 60-day countdown continues until the complete list is provided. (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, 66320.) A local agency which has provided a complete set of correction comments has fulfilled this requirement. Following a denial, a subsequent application resets the 60-day period.

The applicant may address the proposed remedy and resubmit the application to the permitting agency. A local agency may charge a fee to process a resubmitted application. (Gov. Code, § 66335 subd. (c).)

How can I request technical assistance from HCD about the denial of my ADU application?
Questions and requests for technical assistance should be submitted through HCD’s ADU Portal, which is available on HCD’s ADU webpage: https://www.hcd.ca.gov/policy-and- research/accessory-dwelling-units. To reach the portal, navigate to “Contact the ADU Team.” Applicants should first work to address the denial with the permitting agency via the agency’s process. HCD may provide technical assistance after an application has been submitted.

However, HCD may not respond or follow up with a permitting agency if there is no pending application.

Rental Terms

Are rental terms allowed?
Yes. Local agencies may require that ADUs be used for rentals of terms longer than 30 days (Gov. Code, § 66315). ADUs created pursuant to Government Code section 66323 must be rented for terms longer than 30 days (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (e)).

Sales and Separate Conveyance

Can ADUs be sold or separately conveyed?
A local agency may adopt a local ordinance to allow separate conveyance of the primary unit and the ADU as condominiums if the ordinance meets specific requirements laid out in Government Code section 66342. In addition, Government Code section 66341 creates a narrow exception to allow separate conveyance of an ADU to a qualified buyer if the property was built or developed by a qualified nonprofit corporation and meets other requirements specified in section 66341.

Senate Bill 9 (SB 9) (Chapter 162, Statutes of 2021)

How does SB 9 work with ADUs?
SB 9 (Gov. Codes, §§ 65852.21, 66411.7) and State ADU Law are complementary. Both laws can be implemented in ways that result in developments with both “SB 9 Units” and ADUs.

However, in no case does SB 9 require a local agency to allow more than four units on a single lot, in any combination of primary units and ADUs or JADUs. For example, when a lot split has not occurred, the lot is eligible to receive a second primary unit on the lot under SB 9 and to receive up to two ADUs under State ADU Law. When a lot split occurs under SB 9, each lot is 261
38 eligible for up to two units, including, for example, a primary unit and an ADU or JADU. In the case that a lot owner both splits a lot and builds two primary units on each resulting lot under SB 9, State ADU Law is superseded (i.e., neither lot is entitled to an ADU or JADU); in all other cases, State ADU Law applies, up to SB 9’s four-unit cap. (Gov. Code, § 66411.7, subd. (j).)

Members of the public with SB 9 complaints are encouraged to share them to the Housing Accountability Unit Portal. Please also see HCD’s SB 9 Fact Sheet.

Setbacks

Can setbacks be required for ADUs?
Yes. A local agency may impose objective development standards, such as setbacks, for the creation of ADUs. A setback of no more than four feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be required for an attached or detached ADU (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(7)). Additional setback requirements may be required in the Coastal Zone if required by a local Coastal Program (Gov. Code, § 66329).

Are setbacks required for ADUs/JADUs created within an existing structure or replacing an existing structure?
No setback shall be required for an ADU or JADU created within an existing living area or accessory structure or an ADU created in a new structure in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(7)).

Can a local agency impose front setbacks?
Yes. A local agency may apply front yard setbacks for ADUs, but front yard setbacks cannot preclude an ADU of at least 800 square feet from being built on the property, even if that ADU would exist partially or wholly within the front setback (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(3)).

Can a local agency require an ADU be built in an alternate location to comply with front setback requirements?
Maybe. Local agencies may set objective standards, including front setbacks. However, a permitting agency may not require that an ADU of up to 800 square feet be built in an alternative location based on discretionary, or non-objective, standards. Requiring an alternative site, using objective standards, to comply with front setback requirements must not be overly burdensome such that it unreasonably restricts the ability of homeowners to create ADUs in zones in which they are authorized by local ordinance. (Gov. Code, §§ 66321, subd. (b)(3); 66311.)

Is there a distance requirement between an ADU and other structures on the lot? State ADU Law does not address the distance between an ADU and other structures on a lot.

A local agency may impose objective development standards for the creation of some ADUs, and all ADUs must comply with local building codes. However, development standards should not unreasonably restrict the creation of ADUs. (Gov. Code, § 66311.) Minimum distance or other requirements may not be applied if they would unreasonably restrict the creation of ADUs, unless they are a requirement of a Building or Fire Code (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(8)).
262
39 Size Requirements and Restrictions

How is the square footage of an ADU or JADU calculated? The CBC provides the minimum standards to which all buildings in California must be built (California Building Code, Vol. 2, 1.1.3). The CBC also allows local agencies to adopt amendments, additions, or deletions to the provisions of the CBC which are reasonably necessary and are more restrictive than the CBC’s standards (California Building Code, Vol. 2,

1.1.8).

The CBC defines “Floor Area, Gross” as “[t]he floor area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, ramps, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.

The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.”

Government Code section 66314, subdivision (d)(8) states that a local ADU ordinance must require ADUs to comply with local building codes. Thus, when a local agency has not adopted specific changes to the CBC in its local building standards, then the CBC standards, and in this case the definition of floor area, shall apply. If the local agency has made specific amendments, additions, or deletions relating to the definition of “Floor Area” within its local building standards, then those altered definitions shall apply.

Can minimum lot size requirements be imposed on ADUs?
No. Local governments may not include minimum lot size requirements for ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (b)(1)).

Can lot coverage or floor area ratio preclude an ADU?
Limits on lot coverage or any floor area ratio requirements cannot preclude the creation of an ADU of at least 800 square feet that maintains four-foot rear and side setbacks. While floor area ratio and lot coverage requirements can be applied to other ADUs, such requirements must not unreasonably restrict the creation of ADUs. (Gov. Code, §§ 66321, subd. (b)(3); 66311.)

Can minimum and maximum unit sizes be established for ADUs? Yes. A local government may, by ordinance, establish minimum and maximum unit size requirements for both attached and detached ADUs; however, maximum unit size requirements must allow an ADU of at least 850 square feet, or 1,000 square feet for ADUs with more than one bedroom. (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(2).) For local agencies without a compliant ADU ordinance, maximum unit sizes are 1,200 square feet for a new detached ADU (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(4)) and up to 50 percent of the floor area of the existing primary dwelling for an attached ADU (at least 800 square feet) (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (d)(5); 66321, subd. (a)(3)). Finally, the local agency must not establish by ordinance a minimum square footage requirement that prohibits the development of an efficiency unit as defined in Health and Safety Code section 17958.1. An efficiency unit may be as small as 150 square feet in floor area (HSC, § 17958.1).
263
40 The conversion of an existing accessory structure or a portion of the existing primary residence to an ADU is not subject to unit size requirements. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1).)

Can open space or landscaping requirements be used to limit the size of or deny an ADU permit?
No. A local agency's open space zoning requirements may not deny an ADU of at least 800 square feet with four-foot rear and side setbacks (Gov. Code, § 66321, subd. (b)(3)). In addition, 66323 Units are not subject to local open space and landscaping requirements in an ADU ordinance (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (b)).

Can a percentage of the primary dwelling be used to limit the maximum size of an attached ADU?
Yes. Local agencies may utilize a percentage (e.g., not greater than 50 percent) of the existing primary dwelling as a maximum unit size for attached ADUs, but only if it does not restrict an ADU’s size to less than 850 square feet, or 1,000 square feet for ADUs with more than one bedroom (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (d)(4); 66321 (b)(2)).

Can maximum unit sizes exceed 1,200 square feet for ADUs? Yes. Maximum unit sizes can exceed 1,200 square feet for ADUs through the adoption of a less stringent local ADU ordinance. State ADU Law does not limit the authority of local agencies to adopt less restrictive requirements for the creation of ADUs. (Gov. Code, § 66325, subd. (b).)

Solar Requirements

Are solar systems required for newly constructed ADUs?
Yes, newly constructed ADUs are subject to the California Energy Code requirement (excluding manufactured homes) to provide solar systems if the unit(s) is a newly constructed, detached ADU (though some exceptions apply). Per the California Energy Commission (CEC), the solar systems can be installed on the ADU or on the primary dwelling unit. ADUs that are constructed within existing space, or as an addition to existing homes, including detached additions where an existing detached building is converted from non-residential to residential space, are not subject to the California Energy Code requirement to provide solar systems.

Please refer to the CEC on this matter. For more information, see the CEC’s website at www.energy.ca.gov. You may email your questions to [email protected], or contact the Energy Standards Hotline at 800-772-3300. CEC memos can also be found on HCD’s website at https://www.hcd.ca.gov/policy-and-research/accessory-dwelling-units.

Tiny Homes

Are “tiny homes” considered ADUs?
Possibly. While State ADU Law does not specifically reference “tiny homes,” “tiny home” is an industry term that can mean different structures or vehicles. If the unit meets the definition of an ADU in Government Code section 66313, subdivision (a), it is subject to ADU Law. For 264
41 more information on “tiny homes,” see Information Bulletin 2016-01 at https://www.hcd.ca.gov/policy-research/docs/hcd-bulletin-tiny-home-ib-2016-01.pdf. You may also contact HCD’s Division of Codes and Standards at [email protected].

Types of ADUs

What are attached ADUs?
An attached ADU is a newly created (constructed) dwelling structure that structurally abuts (and connects to) an existing or proposed primary dwelling or accessory structure (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(3)). This can be constructed on top of or below the primary dwelling. The attached ADU extends beyond the building plane of the existing or proposed primary dwelling unit. An attached ADU shall not exceed 50 percent of the existing primary dwelling’s floor area size. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(4).)

Examples of attached ADUs include, but are not limited to:

x An ADU addition to a duplex.
x An ADU built on top of an attached garage.
x An ADU built as a new second story of a single-family dwelling. x An ADU built in a newly constructed basement.

What are converted ADUs?
Converted ADUs are dwelling units that are created from existing space within proposed or existing primary dwelling units or existing accessory structures. For single family residences, the converted ADU is created from the proposed or existing space of the single-family residence or the existing space of an accessory structure. For multifamily dwelling structures, the converted ADUs are created from portions of the multifamily dwelling structures that are not used as livable space (i.e., storage rooms, passageways, etc.). (Gov. Code, § 66323, subds. (a)(1), (a)(3)(A).)

What standards apply to ADU conversions?
Objective standards related to height, lot coverage, landscape, design, development, and architectural standards in the local ADU ordinance do not apply to ADU conversions. However, since ADU conversions are created within an existing structure, the height of ADU conversions are limited to the dimension of the original structure. ADU conversions are not subject to setback requirements because they are created within an existing living area or are constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing structure. (Gov.

Code, § 66323, subds. (a)(1), (a)(3)(A).) ADU conversions are subject to all applicable building, health and safety, and fire standards for dwellings.

Can accessory structures be converted into an ADU?
Yes. The conversion of detached garages, sheds, and other existing detached accessory structures into ADUs is permitted by State ADU Law (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (d)(3); 66323, subds. (a)(1), (a)(3)(A)).

265
42 What are Detached ADUs?
Detached ADUs are newly constructed dwelling units that are created on a lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multifamily dwelling structure but are detached from the primary dwelling (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (d)(3); 66323, subds. (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4)(A)).

Can detached ADUs on multifamily lots be attached to each other? Yes. Multifamily lots qualify for two detached, new construction ADUs on lots with a proposed multifamily dwelling, or up to eight detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, not to exceed the total number of existing units on the lot. These ADUs are detached from the primary multifamily structure but do not have to be detached from each other or other accessory structures on the lot. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(4)(A).)

For more information on 66323 Units, please see the “66323 Units” section above.

Unpermitted Structures and ADUs

Can a local agency deny a permit for an unpermitted ADU or JADU built prior to January 1, 2020?
Local agencies may not deny a permit for an unpermitted ADU or JADU created prior to January 1, 2020. An inspector from the local agency may inspect the unit for compliance with health and safety standards and provide recommendations to comply with health and safety standards necessary to obtain a permit. If the inspector finds noncompliance with health and safety standards, the local agency shall not penalize an applicant for having the unpermitted ADU or JADU and shall approve necessary permits to correct noncompliance with health and safety standards (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (f)). However, the local agency may deny a permit if it finds that the building is substandard. This does not preclude the local agency from pursuing enforcement action on these violations, and an applicant may be required to make alterations or repairs accordingly. (Gov. Code, § 66332.)

How does an applicant know what items are related to health and safety and may lead to needing corrections for an unpermitted ADU or JADU?
A local agency shall inform the public about the provisions of this section through public information resources, including permit checklists and the local agency’s internet website, which shall include both of the following: (1) a checklist of the conditions specified in Section 17920.3 of the Health and Safety Code that would deem a building substandard, and (2) information that, before applying for a permit, the homeowner may obtain a confidential third-party code inspection from a licensed contractor to determine the unit’s existing condition or potential scope of building improvements (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (d)(1), (d)(2)). 3 Can a local agency charge impact, connection, or capacity fees for an unpermitted ADU or JADU built prior to January 1, 2020?
No. A homeowner applying for a permit for a previously unpermitted ADU or JADU constructed

3 See the Department of Consumer Affairs’ Contractors State License Board’s contractor license check resource, available at
https://www2.cslb.ca.gov/onlineservices/checklicenseII/checklicense.aspx. 266
43 before January 1, 2020, shall not be required to pay impact fees or connection or capacity charges to obtain a permit if they provide written evidence that their household income does not exceed the definition of a low- or moderate-income household, as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code (Gov. Code, § 66332, subd. (e)).

Utilities

Can a local agency, special district, or water corporation require a new or separate connection for an ADU?
ADUs and JADUs created from the existing space of a primary dwelling or accessory structure pursuant to Government Code section 66323, subdivision (a)(1), cannot be required to install a new or separate connection unless the ADU is constructed concurrently with a new single- family dwelling. For all other ADUs not created pursuant to Government Code section 66323, subdivision (a)(1), a new or separate connection directly from the utility to the ADU may be required (Gov. Code, § 66324, subds. (d), (e)).

What if I have questions about electrical or gas utilities in connection with an ADU? HCD does not have authority over issues related to gas and electrical services. If an applicant believes that a local utility provider is not complying with connection requirements, fee schedules, or other issues that impact the creation of or service of an ADU, the applicant can file a complaint with the appropriate agency.

For privately owned public utilities such as PG&E, contact the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) by using CPUC’s online complaint form, by calling 1-800-649-7570, or by sending a letter to:

California Public Utilities Commission
505 Van Ness Avenue
San Francisco, CA 94102–3298

For publicly owned utilities such as SMUD, the applicant will need to contact the utility directly and follow their complaint process.

Zoning, Development, and Other Standards

Are ADUs allowed jurisdiction-wide?
No. Local agencies may, by ordinance, designate where ADUs are permitted within zones that allow residential use. However, any limits on where ADUs are allowed may only be based on the adequacy of water and sewer service and on the impacts on traffic flow and public safety. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (a).)

Local governments may not preclude the creation of ADUs altogether, and any limitation should be accompanied by detailed findings of fact explaining why ADU limitations are required and consistent with these factors. If a lot with a residence has been rezoned to a use that does not allow for residential uses, that lot is no longer eligible for an ADU. (Gov. Code, §§ 267
44 66314; 66323, subd. (a).) Impacts on traffic flow should consider factors like lower car ownership rates for ADUs. Finally, local governments may develop alternative procedures, standards, or special conditions with mitigations for allowing ADUs in areas with potential health and safety concerns.

Can local agencies restrict ADUs based on Fire Hazard Severity Zones or other environmental hazards?

HCD understands that extreme weather conditions occur, and the threat of destructive wildfires cannot be ignored. Some agencies have used the High (HFHSZ) and Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone (VHFHSZ) maps provided by CAL FIRE to mark areas where ADUs may be restricted or prohibited altogether. However, according to CAL FIRE, the HFHSZ and VHFHSZ maps are intended to govern building materials used in construction and defining zones of defensibility around structures. These are not intended to restrict housing development. The presence of a High Fire Hazard Severity Zone is not a conclusive rationale to warrant restricting ADUs. A restriction based on the threat to public safety should be supported with findings detailing the impact of ADUs on public safety. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (a).)

Can an ADU application be denied due to lot density?
No. An ADU ordinance shall provide that ADUs do not exceed the allowable density on the lot (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (c)). Additionally, ADUs which conform to Government Code section 66314 shall not be considered to exceed the allowable density for the lot (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (c); 66319).

Can ADUs serve to qualify a project for a density bonus pursuant to State Density Bonus Law (SDBL), even though the general plan designation on the site allows less than five primary units?
Yes. A project initially qualifies under the SDBL when the project’s “total units,” as defined in the SDBL (i.e., the number of units in the project before a density bonus is received) meet or exceed five units (Gov. Code, § 65915, subd. (o)(8)). Although the SDBL makes no mention of ADUs in its text, it likewise does not expressly narrow the definition of unit to exclude ADUs.

Provided they are counted within the total units of the project, ADUs are a type of housing unit that may be counted for the purposes of achieving the five total unit minimum.

If ADUs can be used to qualify a project under the SDBL’s minimum total unit requirement, can they likewise be used to calculate a density bonus? No. The calculation of a density bonus is based solely on a site’s maximum allowable residential density, which does not include ADUs. A density bonus is defined as “a density increases over the otherwise maximum allowable gross residential density…” (Gov. Code, § 65915, subd. (f)). Maximum allowable residential density is defined as “the greatest number of units allowed under the zoning ordinance, specific plan, or land use element of the general plan.” (Gov. Code, § 65915, subd. (o)(6).) As an example, if the zoning ordinance allows up to two units and the general plan allows up to three, the applicable maximum allowable residential density (i.e., base density) on the site is three units, even though the addition of two ADUs brings the total units to five (see question above). The density bonus would then be calculated on top of a base density of three units, not five.

268
45 Can a local government apply design and development standards? Yes. With an adopted ADU ordinance in compliance with State ADU Law, a local government may apply objective development and design standards that include, but are not limited to, parking, height, setback, landscape, architectural review, maximum size of a unit, and standards that prevent adverse impacts on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources. These standards must be objective to allow ministerial review of an ADU. (Gov. Code, §§ 66314, subd. (b)(1); 66316.) ADUs created under Government Code section 66323 shall not be subject to design and development standards except for those that are specified in section 66323. (Gov. Code, § 66323, subds. (a), (b)).

Can an ADU be built in a historic district or if the primary residence is subject to historic preservation?
Yes. ADUs are allowed within a historic district and on lots where the primary residence is subject to historic preservation. State ADU Law allows for a local agency to impose standards that prevent adverse impacts on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (b)(1).)

As with non-historic resources, an agency may impose objective standards that do not unreasonably restrict the creation of ADUs (Gov. Code, § 66311). Local agencies are encouraged to incorporate these standards into their ordinances and to submit these standards along with their ordinances to HCD.

How should demolition of garages in conjunction with the permitting of an ADU be handled by a local or permitting agency?
The local or permitting agency must review and issue the demolition permit and ADU application at the same time. The applicant shall not be required to provide written notice or post a placard for the demolition of the garage unless the property is located in an architecturally and historically significant historic district. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subds. (e), (f).)

269
46 Resources

Changes to State ADU Laws

AB 2533

AB 2533 (Chapter 834, Statutes of 2024) made various changes to State ADU Law (Gov.

Code, § 66332) regarding unpermitted ADUs and goes into effect on January 1, 2025. This bill:
x Prohibits a local agency from denying a permit for an unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020, for those violations, unless the local agency makes a finding that correcting the violation is necessary to comply with conditions that would otherwise deem a building substandard.
x Requires a local agency to inform the public about the provisions prohibiting denial of a permit for an unpermitted ADU or JADU.
x Requires this information to include a checklist of the conditions that deem a building substandard and to inform homeowners that, before submitting a permit application, the homeowner may obtain a confidential third-party code inspection from a licensed contractor.
x Prohibits a local agency from requiring a homeowner to pay impact fees or connection or capacity charges except under specified circumstances. x Authorizes an inspector from a local agency, upon receiving an application for a permit for a previously unpermitted ADU or JADU constructed before January 1, 2020, to inspect the unit for compliance with health and safety standards and provide recommendations to comply with health and safety standards. 270
47 x Prohibits the local agency from penalizing an applicant for having the unpermitted ADU and would require the local agency to approve necessary permits to correct noncompliance with health and safety standards.

SB 1211

SB 1211 (Chapter 296, Statutes of 2024) made various changes to State ADU Law (Gov.

Code, §§ 66313, 66314, 66323) with regard to replacement parking and 66323 Units on lots with existing or proposed multifamily dwellings and goes into effect on January 1, 2025. This bill:
x Defines “livable space” as a space in a dwelling intended for human habitation, as the term appears in Government Code sections 66313, subdivision (e), and 66323, subdivision (a)(3)(A).
x Specifies that uncovered, off-street parking spaces demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU do not need to be replaced.
x Authorizes up to eight detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, provided that the number of ADUs does not exceed the number of existing units on the lot.
x Prohibits a local agency from imposing any objective development standards on 66323 Units that are not authorized by the provisions of Government Code section 66323, subdivision (a).

SB 477

SB 477 (Chapter 7, Statutes of 2024) made changes to the numbering of the sections of Government Code for State ADU and JADU Laws. The bill went into effect on March 25, 2024.

New Government Code Sections Previous Government Code Sections Article 1. General Provisions
66310 65852.150 (a)
66311 65852.150 (b)
66312 65852.150 (c)
66313 General Definition Section
65852.2 (j)
65852.22 (j)
Article 2. Accessory Dwelling Unit Approvals
66314 65852.2 (a)(1)(A),
(D)(i)-(xii),
(a)(4)-(5)
66315 65852.2 (a)(8)
66316 65852.2 (a)(6)
66317 65852.2 (a)(3),
(a)(7)
66318

65852.2 (a)(9)
65852.2 (a)(2)
271
48 New Government Code Sections Previous Government Code Sections 66319 65852.2 (a)(10)
66320 65852.2 (b)
66321 65852.2 (c)
66322 65852.2 (d)
66323 65852.2 (e)
66324 65852.2 (f)
66325 65852.2 (g)
66326 65852.2 (h)
66327 65852.2 (i)
66328 65852.2 (k)
66329 65852.2 (l)
66330 65852.2 (m)
66331 65852.2 (n)
66332 65852.23.

Article 3. Junior Accessory Dwelling Units
66333 65852.22 (a)
66334 65852.22 (b)
66335 65852.22 (c)
66336 65852.22 (d)
66337 65852.22 (e)
66338 65852.22 (f)-(g)
66339 65852.22 (h)
Article 4. Accessory Dwelling Unit Sales
66340 65852.26 (b)
66341 65852.26 (a)
66342 65852.2 (a)(10)

Note: The statutory references below have been adjusted to the new numbering described above.

AB 976 and AB 1033

AB 976 (Chapter 751, Statutes of 2023) and AB 1033 (Chapter 1033, Statutes of 2023) made changes to State ADU Law (Gov. Code, §§ 66310-66342) regarding the occupancy, sale, and separate conveyance of ADUs and went into effect on January 1, 2024. These bills:
x Removed the existing 2025 sunset prohibition on a local agency imposing an owner- occupancy requirement on any ADU and would instead prohibit a local agency from requiring owner-occupancy for an ADU (Gov. Code, § 66315). x Authorized a local agency to adopt a local ordinance to allow the separate conveyance of the primary dwelling unit and ADU(s) as condominiums, subject to certain conditions (Gov. Code, §§ 66340-66342). Specifically:
o Condominiums shall be created pursuant to the Davis-Stirling Common Interest Development Act.
o Condominiums shall be created in conformance with the Subdivision Map Act. 272
49 o Requires a safety inspection of the ADU prior to recordation of the condominium plan.
o Requires lienholders’ consent prior to recordation of the subdivision map or condominium plan.
o The local agency shall provide notice to consumers regarding requirements, establishment of condominium, and lienholder consent.
o Requires homeowner notice to utilities.
o The owner of a separate interest in an existing planned development must obtain express written authorization from the association.

AB 1332

AB 1332 (Chapter 759, Statutes of 2023) added section 65852.27 to the Government Code to expedite the approval of ADUs and went into effect on January 1, 2024. This bill:
x Requires the local agency to develop a program for the preapproval of ADU plans by January 1, 2025.
x Requires the local agency to accept ADU plan submissions for preapproval from any party and approve or deny applications pursuant to standards established in Government Code sections 66314-66342.
x Requires the local agency to post preapproved ADU plans and the contact information of the applicant on the local agency’s internet website. x Allows the local agency to also post plans pre-approved by other local or state agencies.
x Authorizes a local agency to charge a fee to an applicant for the preapproval of an ADU plan.
x Requires a local agency to approve or deny within 30 days an application for a detached ADU that utilizes either a plan preapproved by the local agency or another agency within the state, or a plan that is identical to a plan in a previously approved application for a detached ADU. The plans must be valid within the current triennial California Building Standards Code rulemaking cycle.

AB 434
AB 434 (Chapter 740, Statutes of 2023) modified amended Government Code section 65585, subdivision (j), by adding State ADU Law (Gov. Code, §§ 66310-66342) and SB 9 (Gov. Code, §§ 65852.21, 66411.7), among others, to the list of laws that HCD is authorized to enforce, including HCD’s authority to notify a city, county, city and county, or the Attorney General when the planning agency of a city, county, or city and county fails to comply with those laws. The bill went into effect on January 1, 2024.

AB 345

AB 345 (Chapter 343, Statutes of 2021) built upon recent changes to State ADU Law, to require cities to allow the separate conveyance of ADUs from the primary dwelling in certain 273
50 circumstances, provided they meet certain conditions, including those listed below, found in Government Code section 66341:

x The ADU or primary dwelling was built or developed by a qualified nonprofit (Gov.

Code, § 66341, subd. (a)).
x There is an enforceable restriction on the use of the property between the low-income buyer and nonprofit that satisfies the requirements of Section 402.1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code (Gov. Code, § 66341, subd. (b)).
x The entire property is subject to the affordability restrictions to assure that the ADU and primary dwelling are preserved for owner-occupied, low-income housing for 45 years and are sold or resold only to a qualified buyer (Gov. Code, § 66341, subd. (c)). x The property is held in a recorded tenancy in common agreement that meets certain requirements (Gov. Code, § 66341, subd. (c)).

AB 345 does not apply to JADUs, and local ordinances must continue to prohibit JADUs from being sold separately from the primary residence.

AB 3182

AB 3182 (Chapter 198, Statutes of 2020) built upon recent changes to ADU Law, specifically Government Code sections 66310-66342 and Civil Code Sections 4740 and 4741, to further address barriers to the development and use of ADUs and JADUs.

This legislation, among other changes, addressed the following:

x States that an application for the creation of an ADU or JADU shall be deemed approved (not just subject to ministerial approval) if the local agency has not approved or denied the completed application within 60 days (Gov. Code, § 66317, subd. (a)). x Requires ministerial approval of an application for a building permit within a residential or mixed-use zone to create one ADU and one JADU per lot (not one or the other), within the proposed or existing single-family dwelling, if certain conditions are met (Gov.

Code, § 66323, subd. (a)(1)(A)).
x Provides for the rental or leasing of a separate interest ADU or JADU in a common interest development, notwithstanding governing documents that otherwise appear to prohibit renting or leasing of a unit, and without regard to the date of the governing documents (Civ. Code, §§ 4740, subd. (a); 4741, subd. (a)). x Provides that not less than 25 percent of the separate interest units within a common interest development be allowed as rental or leasable units (Civ. Code, § 4741, subd. (b)).

AB 68, AB 881, and SB 13

AB 68 (Chapter 655, Statutes of 2019), AB 881 (Chapter 659, Statutes of 2019), and SB 13 (Chapter 653, Statutes of 2019) built upon recent changes to State ADU and JADU Law and further address barriers to the development of ADUs and JADUs.

274
51 This legislation, among other changes, addresses the following:

x Prohibits local agencies from including in development standards for ADUs requirements on minimum lot size. (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (b)(1)). x Clarifies that areas designated by local agencies for ADUs may be based on the adequacy of water and sewer services, as well as on impacts on traffic flow and public safety (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (a)).
x Eliminates all owner-occupancy requirements by local agencies for ADUs approved between January 1, 2020, and January 1, 2025 (Gov. Code, § 66315). x Prohibits a local agency from establishing a maximum size of an ADU of less than 850 square feet, or 1,000 square feet if the ADU contains more than one bedroom and requires approval of a permit to build an ADU of up to 800 square feet (Gov. Code, § 66321, subds. (b)(2), (b)(3)).
x Clarifies that when ADUs are created through the conversion of a garage, carport or covered parking structure, replacement of off-street parking spaces cannot be required by the local agency (Gov. Code, § 66314, subd. (d)(11)). x Reduces the maximum ADU and JADU application review time from 120 days to 60 days (Gov. Code, §§ 66317, subd. (a); 66335, subd. (2)). x Clarifies that “public transit” includes various means of transportation that charge set fees, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (m)).
x Establishes impact fee exemptions and limitations based on the size of the ADU. ADUs up to 750 square feet are exempt from impact fees, and ADUs that are 750 square feet or larger may be charged impact fees but only such fees that are proportional in size (by square foot) to those for the primary dwelling unit (Gov. Code, § 66324, subd. (c)(1)). x Defines an “accessory structure” to mean a structure that is accessory and incidental to a dwelling on the same lot (Gov. Code, § 66313, subd. (b)). x Authorizes HCD to notify the local agency if HCD finds that the local ADU ordinance is not in compliance with state law (Gov. Code, § 66326, subd. (b)(1)). x Clarifies that a local agency may identify an ADU or JADU as an adequate site to satisfy its Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) (Gov. Code, § 65583.1, subd. (a)). x Permits JADUs even where a local agency has not adopted an ordinance expressly authorizing them (Gov. Code, § 66320).
x Allows a permitted JADU to be constructed within the walls of the proposed or existing single-family residence and eliminates the required inclusion of an existing bedroom and an interior entry into the single-family residence (Gov. Code, § 66333, subd. (d)). x Requires, upon application and approval, a local agency to delay enforcement against a qualifying substandard ADU for five years to allow the owner to correct the violation, so long as the violation is not a health and safety issue, as determined by the enforcement agency (Gov. Code, § 66331; HSC, § 17980.12).

AB 587, AB 670, and AB 671

In addition to the legislation listed above, AB 587 (Chapter 657, Statutes of 2019), AB 670 (Chapter 178, Statutes of 2019), and AB 671 (Chapter 658, Statutes of 2019) also have an 275
52 impact on State ADU Law, particularly through Health and Safety Code section 17980.12.

These pieces of legislation, among other changes, address the following:

x AB 587 creates a narrow exemption to the prohibition for ADUs to be sold or otherwise conveyed separately from the primary dwelling by allowing deed-restricted sales to occur if the local agency adopts an ordinance. To qualify, the primary dwelling and the ADU are to be built by a qualified nonprofit corporation whose mission is to provide units to low-income households. (Gov. Code, § 66340, 66341.)
x AB 670 provides that covenants, conditions, and restrictions that either effectively prohibit or unreasonably restrict the construction or use of an ADU or JADU on a lot zoned for single-family residential use are void and unenforceable (Civ. Code, § 4751)). x AB 671 requires local agencies’ housing elements to include a plan that incentivizes and promotes the creation of ADUs that can offer affordable rents for very low-, low-, or moderate-income households and requires HCD to develop a list of state grants and financial incentives in connection with the planning, construction, and operation of affordable ADUs (Gov. Code, § 65583; HSC, § 50504.5)).

276
53 Summary Table of Statutory Changes

Bill Statute Amended Section Year Effective
AB 670 (2019) Civil Code 4751 2020
AB 671 (2019) Government Code 65583 (c)(7) 2020
AB 671 (2019) Health and Safety Code 50504.5 2020
AB 3182 (2020) Civil Code 4740
4741 2021
AB 345 (2021) Government Code 65852.26 2022
SB 9 (2021) Government Code 65852.21
66411.7 2022
AB 1584 (2022) California Civil Code 714.3 2022
SB1069 (2016)
AB 2299 (2016)
SB 229 (2017)
AB 494 (2017)
AB 881 (2019)
AB 68 (2019)
SB 13 (2019)
AB 3182 (2020)
AB 345 (2021)
AB 2221 (2022)
SB 897 (2022)
AB 976 (2023)
AB 1033
(2023)
Government Code 65852.2 2023
AB 2406 (2016)
AB 881 (2019)
SB 897 (2022)
Government Code 65852.22 2023
SB 897 (2022) Health and Safety Code 17980.12 2023
AB 1332 (2023) Government Code 65852.27 2024
AB 434 (2023) Government Code 65585 (j) 2024
SB 477 (2024) Government Code
65852.150
65852.2
65852.22
65852.23
65852.26
2024
AB 2533 (2024) Government Code 66322 2025
277
54 SB 1211 (2024) Government Code
66313
66314
66323
2025
AB 3057 (2024) Public Resources Code 21080.17 2025
SB 1077 (2024) Public Resources Code 30500.5 2026

278
RESOLUTION NO. 6113-25

A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

RECOMMENDING THAT THE CITY COUNCIL APPROVE AMENDMENT
NO. A-042-2025(A), A ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT TO CHAPTER 9.54 (ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS) OF TITLE 9 (LAND USE) OF THE GARDEN GROVE MUNICIPAL CODE TO COMPLY WITH STATE LAW.

BE IT RESOLVED that the Planning Commissi on of the City of Garden Grove, in regular session assembled on June 5, 2025, does hereby recommend that the City Council approve Amendment No. A-042-2025(A) and adopt an Ordinance amending Chapter 9.54 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code as shown in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED in the matter of Amendment No. A-042-2025(A), the Planning Commission of the City of Garden Grove does hereby report as follows:

1. The case was initiated by the City of Garden Grove.

2. The City of Garden Grove is proposing a zoning text Amendment to Chapter

9.54 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units) of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code to conform to changes in State law and City policies, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections.

3. The Planning Commission recommends the City Council find that the proposed Amendment is statutorily exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15282(h).

4. Pursuant to legal notice, a public hearing was held on June 5, 2025, and all interested persons were given an opportunity to be heard.

5. Report submitted by City staff was reviewed.

6. The Planning Commission gave due and careful consideration to the matter during its meeting of June 5, 2025.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, FOUND AND DETERMINED that the facts and reasons supporting the conclusion of the Planning Commission are as follows:

FACTS:

The State defines an Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) as an attached or detached residential dwelling unit that provides complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residence. An ADU shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parc el as the single-family or multifamily dwelling is, or will be, situated. The State defines a Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit ATTACHMENT 2 - Resolution No. 6113-25
279
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 2

(JADU) as a unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure.

The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state. Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. The City is authorized to adopt an ordinance regulating ADUs and JADUs that is consistent with State law. The City’s regulations governing ADUs and JADUs are set forth in Chapter 9.54 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code. Over the years, the City has periodically adopted updates to these provisions. The City last updated Chapter 9.54 in 2021. To ensure consistency with the most recent changes in State la ws governing local agency authority to regulate ADUs and JADUs, State law mandates that cities update their ADU and JADU ordinances.

The proposed Amendment would bring the City’s regulations governing ADUs and JADUs into compliance with the latest State laws, which are already in effect, including specifically Senate Bill (SB) 897, Assembly Bill (A B) 2221, SB 477, AB 434, AB 1332, AB 1033, AB 976, SB 1077, SB 1211, and AB 2533. The recent State law changes significantly restrict and preempt a local jurisdiction’s authority to regulate many development aspects of ADUs and JADUs. Pursuant to State law, local jurisdictions that do not adopt a new ordinance consistent with State law may be prohibited from imposing any zoning regulations on ADUs and JADUs beyond what is specified in State law and are subject to enforcement action by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and the Attorney General.

FINDINGS AND REASONS:

1. The Amendment is internally consistent with the goals, objectives and elements of the City’s General Plan.

The City of Garden Grove is amending Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code to make focused zoning text Amendments to Chapter

9.54 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units) to conform to changes in State law and City policies, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections. The intent of the changes to the State law is to continue to facilitate the housing production of ADUs and JADUs, which are considered as an essential affordable housing option to address the State’s housing crisis.

The Amendment is internally consistent with goals, policies, objectives, and implementation programs of the Housing Element and Land Use Element of the City’s General Plan, including specifically the following:

280
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 3

Land Use Element

Goal LU-1: The City of Garden Grove is a well-planned community with sufficient land uses and intensities to meet the needs of anticipated growth and achieve the community’s vision. The City’s 2021-2029 Housing Element identifies goals and strategies to meet the housing needs of existing and future residents for the production of safe, decent, and affordable housing for all persons in the community. This plan is required by State Housing Law and must be updated every eight (8) years. The Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) is mandated by State Housing Law as part of the periodic process of updating local Housing Elements of General Plans. The RHNA quantifies the housing need, for all income levels, within each jurisdiction. Garden Grove’s RHNA allocation for the 2021-2029 planning period is 19,168 units. The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state. Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. The proposed Amendment ensures the City’s ADU/JADU Ordinance is adequately updated to comply with the latest State laws, supporting the State’s goals of facilitating the development of ADUs and JADUs, which would aid the City in meeting its RHNA housing production goals. The updates to the City’s ADU Ordinance will help ensure the City continues to be a well- planned community with sufficient land uses and intensities meeting the needs of the anticipated growth.

Policy LU-1.3: Support the production of housing citywide that is affordable to lower- and moderate-income households consistent with the policies and targets set forth in the Housing Element. The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state. Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. The proposed Amendment would bring the City’s ADU/JADU Ordinance into compliance with the latest State laws, including specifically Senate Bill (SB) 897, Assembly Bill (AB) 2221, SB 477, AB 434, AB 1332, AB 1033, AB 976, SB 1077, SB 1211, and AB 2533. The proposed Amendment ensures the City’s ADU Ordinance is adequately updated to comply with the latest State laws, supporting the State’s goals of facilitating the development of ADUs and JADUs, which would aid the City in meeting its RHNA housing production goals.

Housing Element

Goal H-1: Preserve, maintain, and enhance housing and neighborhoods citywide.

281
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 4

The proposed Amendment, in part, is intended to clarify existing provisions in the Municipal Code, applicable to ADUs and JADUs, to establish objective design standards, and to provide clear expectations for applicants, decision makers, and residents. Updated ADU code provisions foster the preservation, maintenance, and enhancement of housing and neighborhoods citywide, while ensuring compliance with State laws. The proposed Amendment is consistent with the objective of Program 16 (Objective Design and Development Standards) of the Housing Element, which requires the City to adopt objective design and development standards amending residential development standards under Title 9 (Land Use) of the Municipal Code.

Goal H-2: Housing supply to accommodate housing needs at all affordability levels.

The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state. Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. The proposed Amendment is also consistent with the goals and objectives of Program 17 (Zoning Code Update), which requires the City to make Amendments to the Municipal Code to remove development standard constraints and to meet State law requirements. The proposed Amendment will achieve this objective by updating 9.54 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units) to bring the City’s ADU/JADU Ordinance into compliance with the latest State laws, including specifically Senate Bill (SB) 897, Assembly Bill (AB) 2221, SB 477, AB 434, AB 1332, AB 1033, AB 976, SB 1077, SB 1211, and AB 2533.

Goal H-3: A range of available housing types, densities, and affordability levels to meet diverse community needs. Policy H-3.1: Maintain land use policies and regulations that create capacity for development of a range of residential development types that can fulfill local housing needs, including accessory dwelling units, low-density single-family uses, moderate-density townhomes and middle housing, higher-density apartments and condominiums, senior housing, and mixed-use projects. Policy H-3.2:

Provide adequate sites to encourage housing development that will meet the needs of all income groups. Policy H-4.1: Review and adjust residential development standards, regulations, ordinances, departmental processing procedures, and residential fees related to rehabilitation and construction to determine the constraints on housing development. Policy H-4.3: Monitor State and federal housing-related legislation, and update City plans, ordinances, and processes pursuant to such legislation to remove or reduce governmental constraints.

The proposed Amendment is consistent with the goals and objectives of Program 16 (Objective Design and Development Standards) and Program 17 282
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 5

(Zoning Code Update) of the Housing Element. The proposed Amendment, in part, will establish objective design standards that inspire quality design, while also providing clear expectations for applicants, decision makers, and residents. The State has identified ADUs and JADUs as innovative, effective, and affordable options for adding much needed housing in California, that aid in the Legislature’s efforts to address the housing crisis across the state.

Since 2016, the State has enacted multiple laws to reduce local government barriers and streamline the development of ADUs and JADUs. The proposed Amendment ensures the City’s ADU/JADU Ordinance is adequately updated to comply with the latest State laws, supporting the State’s goals of facilitating the development of ADUs and JADUs, which would aid the City in meeting its RHNA housing production goals.

2. The Amendment will promote the public interest, health, safety and welfare.

The proposed Amendment will promote the public interest, health, safety, and welfare by implementing programs and furthering goals and policies of the City’s General Plan Housing Element and Land Use Element and to ensure the City of Garden Grove’s ADU/JADU Ordinance is consistent with all applicable State laws, including specif ically Senate Bill (SB) 897, Assembly Bill (AB) 2221, SB 477, AB 434, AB 1332, AB 1033, AB 976, SB 1077, SB 1211, and AB 2533. In addition to conforming to changes in State law, the proposed Amendment to the ADU Ordinance will conform to City policies and make clarifications and typographical corrections.

The proposed Amendment and updated ADU/JADU Ordinance provisions will foster and be consistent with various goals, policies, and objectives of the Land Use Element and Housing Element which, in part, aim to:

ƒ Maintain a well-planned community with sufficient land uses and intensities to meet the needs of anticipated growth and achieve the community’s vision;
ƒ Support the production of housing citywide that is affordable to lower- and moderate-income households co nsistent with the policies and targets set forth in the Housing Element;
ƒ Preserve, maintain, and enhance housing and neighborhoods citywide; ƒ Maintain a housing supply that accommodates housing needs at all affordability levels;
ƒ Maintain a range of available housing types, densities, and affordability levels to meet diverse community needs;
ƒ Maintain land use policies and regulations that create capacity for development of a range of residential development types that can fulfill local housing needs, including accessory dwelling units, low- density single-family uses, moderate-density townhomes and middle housing, higher-density apartments and condominiums, senior housing, and mixed-use projects;
283
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 6

ƒ Provide adequate sites to encourage housing development that will meet the needs of all income groups;
ƒ Review and adjust residential development standards, regulations, ordinances, departmental processing procedures, and residential fees related to rehabilitation and construction to determine the constraints on housing development; and
ƒ Monitor State and federal housing-related legislation, and update City plans, ordinances, and processes pursuant to such legislation to remove or reduce governmental constraints.

INCORPORATION OF FACTS AND FINDINGS SET FORTH IN STAFF REPORT:

In addition to the foregoing the Planning Commission incorporates herein by this reference, the facts and reasons set forth in the staff report.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Planning Commission does conclude:

1. Amendment No. A-042-2025(A) possesses characteristics that would indicate justification of the request in accordance with Municipal Code Section

9.32.030.D.1 (Code Amendment).

2. The Planning Commission recommends that the City Council approve Amendment No. A-042-2025(A) and adopt the Amendments to Chapter 9.54 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code reflected in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

Adopted this 5th day of June 2025

ATTEST: /s/ JOHN RAMIREZ __________
CHAIR
/s/ CAROL SEBBO_____________

RECORDING SECRETARY

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF ORANGE ) SS:

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE )

I, CAROL SEBBO, Secretary of the City of Garden Grove Planning Commission, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Planning Commission of the City of Garden Grove, California, at a meeting held on June 5, 2025, by the following vote:

284
Resolution No. 6113-25 Page 7

AYES: COMMISSIONERS: (5) ASHLAND, BEARD, CUEVA, LARICCHIA,

RAMIREZ
NOES: COMMISSIONERS: (1) FLANDERS
ABSENT: COMMISSIONERS: (1) LINDSAY

/s/ CAROL SEBBO_________

RECORDING SECRETARY

PLEASE NOTE: Any request for court review of this decision must be filed within 90 days of the date this decision was final (See Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.6).

A decision becomes final if it is not timely appealed to the City Council. Appeal deadline is June 26, 2025.

285
EXHIBIT “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)

PROPOSED CODE AMENDMENT REDLINES
CHAPTER 9.54 ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACCESSORY

DWELLING UNITS

9.54.010 Purpose, Applicability, Definitions, Effect of Conforming, Interpretation. 
A. Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for and regulate the development of accessory dwelling units (A DUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) in a manner consistent with state law.

B. Applicability. Except as otherwise provided by state law, the standards and limitations set forth in this chapter apply to the development of new ADUs and JADUs in the City.

C. Definitions. As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1. The terms "accessory dwelling unit," "accessory structure," "efficiency unit," "living area," “livable space,” "nonconforming zoning condition," "passageway," "proposed dwelling," "public transit," and "tandem parking" all have the same meaning as that stated in Government Code Section 65852.266313 as that section may be amended from time to time. The terms "accessory dwelling unit" and "ADU" shall have the same meaning.

2. The term "junior accessory dwelling unit" shall have the same meaning as that stated in Government Code Section 65852.22(h)(1)66313 as that section may be amended from time to time. The terms "junior accessory dwelling unit" and "JADU" shall have the same meaning.

3. The term "attached ADU" means an AD U, other than a converted ADU, that is physically attached to a primary dwelling structure or physically attached to an accessory structure that is attached to a primary dwelling structure.

4. The term "detached ADU" means an ADU, other than a converted ADU, that is physically separated from, but located on the same lot as, a primary dwelling structure.

5. The term "converted ADU" means an ADU that is constructed within all or a portion of the permitted existing interior space of an accessory structure or within all or a portion of the permitted existing interior space of a dwelling structure, including bedrooms, attached garages, storage areas, or similar uses. A converted ADU also includes an ADU that is constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as a permitted existing structure or portion of a permitted existing structure.
286
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 2


6. The term "Director" means the City of Garden Grove Director of Community and Economic Development, or designee.

D. Effect of Conforming. An ADU and/or JADU that conforms to the provisions of this chapter shall:

1. Be deemed an accessory use or an accessory building and shall not be considered to exceed the allowable density for the lot upon which it is located;

2. Be deemed a residential use that is consistent with the existing General Plan and zoning designation for the lot upon which it is located; and

3. Not be considered in the application of any local ordinance, policy, or program to limit residential growth.

E. Interpretation. The provisions of this chapter shall be interpreted to be consistent with the provisions of Chapter 13 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code (Sections 66310 et. seq. ) 65852.2 and 65852.22 and shall be applied in a manner that is consistent with state law.

9.54.020 Locations Permitted.

A. Permitted ADU Locations. ADUs conforming to the provisions in this chapter may be located on any lot in the City that is zoned to allow single-family or multiple- family residential uses and that includes a proposed or existing legally developed single-family or multiple-family dwelling.

B. Permitted JADU Locations. JADUs conforming to the provisions in this chapter may be located within a proposed or existing legally developed single-family dwelling on any lot in the City that is zoned to allow single-family residential uses.

9.54.030 Number of ADUs and JADUs Permitted.

A. Single-Family Lots. Except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66323, No no more than one ADU and/or one JADU is permitted on a lot developed or proposed to be developed with a single-family dwelling.

B. Multiple-Family Lots. Either: (i) no more thanMultiple-family lots may have multiple two detached ADUs, not to exceed the numbers pursuant to subsections B.1 and B.2; or (ii) and one or more converted ADUs pursuant to subsection B.23 are permitted on a lot developed or proposed to be developed with one or more multiple-family dwelling structures. Detached ADUs pursuant to subsection 287
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 3

B.1 may not be combined on the same lot with converted ADUs pursuant to subsection B.2.

1. No more than a total of eight detached ADUs may be constructed on a lot developed with an existing multiple-family dwelling structure. However, the number of detached ADUs shall not exceed the number of existing multiple- family units on the lot. If two, or more, detached ADUs are constructed, they do not need to be detached from each other or other accessory structures on the lot.

12. No more than a total of two detached ADUs may be constructed on a lot developed or proposed to be developed with one or more multiple-family dwelling structures. If two detached ADUs are constructed, they may not be attached to one another as part of a single structuredo not need to be detached from each other or other accessory structures on the lot . New detached ADUs may be converted from existing detached structures on-site.

23. On lots with no detached ADUs, oO ne or more converted ADUs may be constructed within portions of existi ng multiple-family dwelling structures that are not used as livable space. No converted ADUs may be constructed within the existing livable space of a multiple-family structure. The number of ADUs permitted under this subsection shall not exceed 25% of the existing multiple-family dwelling units on the lot. For the purpose of calculating the number of allowable accessory dwelling units: (a) previously approved ADUs shall not count towards the existing number of multiple-family dwelling units; and (b) fractions shall be rounded down to the next lower number of dwelling unit, except that at least one converted ADU shall be allowed. § 9.54.040 ADU Requirements.

A. Development Standards. Except as modified by this section or as otherwise provided by state law, an ADU shall conform to the development standards applicable to the lot on which it is located as set forth in this title and/or in an applicable specific plan or planned unit development ordinance or resolution.

Pursuant to Sections 9.12.040.030 and 9.18.110.040, lots located in multiple- family residential and mixed-use zoning districts that are improved with single- family residential uses are subject to certain single-family residential development standards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when the application of a development standard related to floor area ratio, front setbacks, building separation, lot coverage, open-space, or minimum lot size would prohibit the construction of an attached or detached ADU of at least 800 square feet, such standard shall be waived to the extent necessary to allow construction of an ADU of up to 800 square feet.

B. Unit Size.
288
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 4


1. Minimum Size. An ADU shall be at least the following minimum sizes based on the number of bedrooms provided:
a. Efficiency units: 150 square feet.
ab. Studio or efficiency units: 220 square feet.
bc. One bedroom: 500 square feet.
cd. Two or more bedrooms: 700 square feet.

2. Maximum Size.
a. Attached ADUs. The total floor area of an attached ADU shall not exceed the following:
i. Studio or one bedroom: 850 square feet or 50% of the floor area of the primary dwelling unit, whichever is less; provided, however, that if the size of the primary dwelling unit is less than 1,600 square feet, an attached ADU may have a total floor area of up to 800 square feet.
ii. Two or more bedrooms: 1,200 square feet or 50% of the floor area of the primary dwelling unit, whichever is less; provided, however, that if the size of the primary dwelling unit is less than 1,600 square feet, an attached ADU may have a total floor area of up to 800 square feet.
b. Detached ADUs. The total floor area of a detached ADU shall not exceed the following:
i. Studio or one bedroom: 850 square feet.
ii. Two or more bedrooms: 1,200 square feet.
c. ADU and JADU on Same Site. ADUs may not exceed 800 square feet in size in cases where both an ADU and JADU are developed or proposed on a site.
dc. Converted ADUs. The maximum size limitations set forth in this subsection do not apply to converted ADUs that do not increase the existing floor area of a structure. In addition, a converted ADU created within an existing accessory structure may include an expansion of not more than 150 square feet beyond the same physical dimensions as the 289
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 5

existing attached or detached accessory structure to the extent necessary to accommodate ingress and egress.

3. Porches, Patios, and Garages.
a. An attached or detached ADU , including converted ADUs, may include an attached covered patio and/or porch, which, if provided, shall be integrated into the design of the ADU and shall not exceed 80 square feet in size.
b. An attached or detached ADU may include an attached one-car garage, which, if provided, shall be integrated into the design of the ADU and shall not exceed 250 square feet in size inside dimension. The enclosed one-car garage shall maintain a minimum interior parking area of 10 feet by 20 feet. No storage cabinets or mechanical equipment, including, but not limited to, water heaters, utility sinks, or washers and dryers, shall encroach into the required parking area.
c. In no event shall the total combined area of an ADU and attached porch, patio, and/or garage exceed 1,530 square feet.

C. Setbacks.

1. Front Yard Setbacks. New attached and detached ADUs are subject to the same minimum front yard setback requirements applicable to other structures on the lot on which the ADU is located. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of an ADU may be constructed within the required front setback area if, and only to the extent that, application of the minimum front setback requirement would not permit an ADU of up to 800 square feet to be constructed on the lot in compliance with all other applicable development standards.

2. Side and Rear Yard Setbacks. Minimum setbacks of no less than four feet from the side and rear lot lines are required for new attached and detached ADUs, new expansions to converted ADUs allowed pursuant to subsection B.2.c, and any new one-car garage, porch, and/or patio, allowed for a new ADU pursuant to subsection B.3.

3. Converted ADUs. No setbacks are required for converted ADUs, provided the side and rear yard setbacks of the existing converted structure are sufficient for fire and safety, as dictated by cu rrent applicable uniform building and fire codes.

4. Any new ADU garage that opens directly to any street or alley shall observe a setback of not less than 20 feet. When a new ADU garage abuts an alley 290
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 6

and the access to the garage is perpendicular to the alley, the garage shall not be constructed closer than 20 feet to the centerline of the alley and shall maintain a minimum setback of five feet from the property line.

D. Building Separation.

1. A minimum separation of six feet is required between a detached ADU and the primary dwelling unit.

2. A minimum separation of six feet is required between attached or detached ADU and all other structures not attached to the ADU, including garages, on the property.

3. Building separation requirements do not apply to converted ADUs that do not include an expansion of the floor area of the existing structure.

E. Height.

1. New attached and detached ADUs shall be one story, constructed at ground level, and shall not be more than 16 feet in height measured from ground level to the highest point on the roof.Detached ADUs.
a. Except as provided below, the height of a detached ADU on a lot with an existing or proposed single-fam ily or multiple-family dwelling unit shall not be more than 16 feet in height.
b. The height of a detached ADU lo cated on a lot with an existing or proposed multiple-family, multistory dwelling unit shall not exceed eighteen (18) feet.
c. The height of a detached ADU lo cated on a lot with an existing or proposed single-family or multiple-family dwelling unit that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high- quality transit corridor, as those term s are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code, shall not exceed eighteen (18) feet; provided, however, that up to an additional two (2) feet in height is allowed if necessary to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.

2. Attached ADUs.
a. The height of an attached ADU shall not exceed twenty-five (25) feet or the height limitation that applies to the primary dwelling, whichever is lower. In no event shall an attached ADU exceed two (2) stories. 291
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 7


23. Converted ADUs are not subject to a height limitation.

4. Measurement. The height of an ADU shall be as measured from ground level to the highest point on the roof.

F. Design.

1. Except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 66323, and except to the extent necessary to meet current fire and building codes, an attached or detached ADU shall match the architectural details of the primary unit as provided below:
1a.T h e designtype, pitch, color, material, and texture of the roof and eave details of an attached or detached ADU shall be substantially the same as the primary unit.
2b. The color, material, and texture of all building walls, windows, and doors of an attached or detached ADU shall be similar to and compatible withthe same as the primary unit.

3. The architectural style and scale of an attached or detached ADU shall match the primary unit.

42. In order to facilitate the development of ADUs in a manner that ensures reasonable consistency and compatibility of design, the Director is authorized to develop standard design plans and criteria for ADUs.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, ADUs developed in conformance with such standard plans pre-approved by the City, pursuant to Government Code Section 65852.27, and criteria shall be deemed to comply with this subsection.

G. Off-Street Parking.

1. One off-street parking space must be provided for a new attached or detached ADU. The required parking space may be permitted in setback areas, or through tandem parking on a driveway, unless specific findings are made by the Director that parking in setback areas or tandem parking is not feasible based upon specific site or regional topographical or fire and life safety concerns.

2. Parking for a new attached or detached ADU is in addition to the required parking for the primary unit. However, when a garage, carport, or covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an ADU or converted to an ADU, those off-street parking spaces are not required to be replaced.
292
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 8


3. Off-street parking is not required in the following instances:
a. The ADU is located within one-half mile walking distance of public transit, including transit stations and bus stations;
b. The ADU is located within an archit ecturally and historically significant historic district;
c. The ADU is part of the proposed or existing primary residence or accessory structure (i.e., a converted ADU);
d. When on-street parking permits are required, but not offered to the occupant of the ADU; and/or
e. When there is a car-share vehicle located within one block of the ADU.

H. Exterior Access Required. An attached or converted ADU must have independent exterior access that is separate from the access to the proposed or existing primary dwelling.

I. Passageway. No passageway shall be required in conjunction with the construction of an ADU.

J. Laundry Facilities. An attached or detached ADU, including a converted ADU, shall have a laundry space located within the unit or within a garage accessible from the unit that is equipped with washer and dryer hook-ups.

K. Water Heaters. An attached or detached ADU, including a converted ADU, shall have a separate hot water heater. The location of the water heater shall be incorporated into the design of the unit. No exterior water heater enclosures shall be permitted. Water heaters may be substituted with tankless water heaters provided all building codes are complied with.

L. Mechanical Equipment, Metering Devices. All roof and ground mounted mechanical equipment and metering devices shall be completely screened from view from either on or off the property. All ground mounted equipment and above-ground utility meters, including, but not limited to, heating, cooling, or ventilating equipment, water meters, gas meters, and irrigation equipment, shall be shown on the site plan, and, to the extent possible, be placed outside of the required front setback area. If mechanical equipment or metering devices are to be located between a structure and the property line, an unobstructed path at least three feet wide shall be provided between the equipment and the property line.
293
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 9

M. Refuse Storage Areas. All properties shall provide each unit with the appropriate number of containers for recyclables, organics, and non-recyclable solid waste ("trash containers") as required by the Garden Grove Sanitary District, and shall comply with the following:

1. Trash containers shall be stored within designated storage areas only and not within the garage parking area.

2. The placement of trash containers for pick-up, and the duration of time prior to and after trash collection of those trash containers, is subject to the Garden Grove Sanitary District requirements.

3. The area required for each container shall be a minimum of 38 inches by 38 inches.

4. The trash areas shall be paved and accessed by gates and a walkway for ease of taking trash containers to and from the street.

9.54.050 JADU Requirements.

A. Footprint. A JADU may only be constructed within the walls of a proposed or existing single-family dwelling, including an existing attached garage.

B. Unit Size. A JADU shall not exceed 500 square feet in size.

C. Separate Entrance. A JADU must include a separate entrance from the main entrance of the proposed or existing single-family residence in which it is located.

D. Kitchen Requirements. A JADU must include an efficiency kitchen, including a cooking facility with appliances, and a food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU.

E. Bathroom Facilities. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities or may share sanitation facilities with the proposed or existing single-family dwelling in which it is located. If a JADU does not include separate sanitation facilities, the JADU must include an interior entrance to the primary dwelling’s main living area, or direct access to a shared sanitation facility.

F. Parking. No additional off-street parking is required for a JADU beyond that required at the time the existing primary dwelling was constructed. However, when an existing attached garage is converted to a JADU, any required off-street parking spaces for the primary dwelling that are eliminated as a result of the conversion shall be replaced. These replacement parking spaces may be located in any configuration on the same lot, including, but not limited to, as covered spaces, uncovered spaces, or tandem spaces.
294
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 10

G. Fire Protection. For purposes of any fire or life protection ordinance or regulation, a JADU shall not be considered a separate or new dwelling unit.

H. Utility Service. For purposes of providing service for water, sewer, or power, including a connection fee, a JADU shall not be considered a separate or new dwelling unit.

I. Deed Restriction. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for a JADU, the owner of record of the property shall record a deed restriction against the title of the property in the County Recorder's office with a copy filed with the Director. The deed restriction shall run with the land and shall bind all future owners, heirs, successors, or assigns. The form of the deed restriction shall be provided by the City and shall provide that:

1. The property shall include no more than one JADU and/or ADU.

2. The JADU may not be sold, mortgaged, or transferred separately from the primary residence.

3. An owner of record of the lot upon which a JADU is located shall occupy either the JADU or the remaining portion of the primary single-family dwelling as his/her/their principal residence. In the event owner occupancy of the property ceases, the JADU shall automatically become unhabitable space, shall not be used as a separate dwelling unit, and shall not be separately rented or leased for any purpose. Owner occupancy is not required if the owner is another governmental agency, a land trust, or a housing organization.

4. The JADU may be rented, but may not be rented on a short-term basis of less than 30 days.

54. A restriction on the size and attributes of the junior accessory dwelling unit that conforms with this section.

65. The deed restriction may not be modified or terminated without the prior written consent of the Director.

9.54.060 Other Requirements.

A. No Separate Conveyance. Except as otherwise provided in Government Code Section 65852.2666341 or by other applicable law, an ADU or JADU may be rented separate from the primary residence, but may not be sold or otherwise conveyed separate from the primary residence, and a lot shall not be subdivided in any manner which would authorize such separate sale or ownership. 295
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 11

B. No Short-Term Rental Permitted. An ADU or JADU that is rented shall be rented for a term that is longer than 30 days or longer. Short-term rental (i.e., less than 30 days or less) of an ADU or a JADU is prohibited.

C. Owner Occupancy Requirements.

1. ADUs. Owner occupancy of a primary dwelling or ADU is not required.

2. JADUs. An owner of record of the lot upon which a JADU is located must occupy either the JADU or the remaining portion of the primary single-family dwelling as his/her/their principal residence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, owner-occupancy is not required if the owner is another governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization.

9.54.070 Permit Application and Review Procedures.

A. Building Permit Required. A building permit is required prior to construction of an ADU or JADU. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter or by state law, all building, fire, and related code requirements applicable to habitable dwellings apply to ADUs and JADUs. However, fire sp rinklers shall not be required if they are not required for the primary dwelling., and the construction of an ADU shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in an existing primary dwelling.

B. Application. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for an ADU or JADU, the applicant shall submit an application on a form prepared by the City, along with all information and materials prescribed by such form. No application shall be accepted unless it is completed as prescribed and is accompanied by payment for all applicable fees.

C. Review.

1. The Director shall consider and approve or disapprove a complete application for an ADU or JADU ministerially without discretionary review or public hearing within 60 days from th e date the City receives a complete application. The Director shall consider and approve or disapprove an application for a detached ADU within 30 days that utilizes either an ADU plan pre-approved by the City within the current triennial California Building Standards Code rule-making cycle, or a plan that is identical to a plan used in an application for a detached ADU approved by the City within the current triennial California Building Standards Code rule-making cycle.

2. Review is limited to whether the proposed ADU or JADU complies with the requirements of this chapter.
296
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(A)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 12


3. If an applicant requests a delay, the time period for the City to review of an application shall be tolled for the period of the requested delay.

4. If the application to create an ADU or a JADU unit is submitted with an application to create or serve a new single-family or multiple-family dwelling on the lot, the Director may delay acting onapproving or disapproving the application for the ADU or the JADU until the City acts on approves or disapproves the application to create or serve the new single-family or multiple-family dwelling, but the application to create the ADU or JADU will still be considered ministerially without discretionary review or a hearing.

D. Zoning Conformity. The City shall not require the correction of nonconforming zoning conditions, building code violations, or unpermitted structures that do not present a threat to public health and safety and are not affected by the construction of the ADU or JADU as a condition of approval of a permit application for the creation of an ADU or JADU.

E. Conformity with State Law. The City shall not apply any requirement or development standard provided for in this chapter to an ADU or a JADU to the extent prohibited by any provision of state law, including, but not limited to, subdivision (e)(1) of Government Code Section 65852.266323.

9.54.080 Utilities.

A. ADUs. Unless otherwise mandated by applicable law or the utility provider or determined by the City's Public Works Director to be necessary, an ADU may be served by the same water, sewer, and other utility connections serving the primary dwelling on the property, and the installation of a new or separate utility connection directly between an ADU and a utility is not required.

However, separate utility connections and meters for ADUs may be installed at the property owner's option, when permitted by the utility provider, and subject to the payment of all applicable fees.

B. JADUs. A JADU shall be served by the same water, sewer, and other utility connections serving the primary single-fam ily dwelling in which it is located, and no separate utility meters shall be permitted for a JADU.

9.54.090 Impact Fees.

A. Construction of an ADU is subject to applicable development impact fees adopted by the City pursuant to California Government Code, Title 7, Division 1, Chapter 5 (commencing with Sectio n 66000) and Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 66012).
297
RESOLUTION NO. 6114-25

A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE RECOMMENDING THAT THE CITY COUNCIL APPROVE AMENDMENT NO.

A-042-2025(B), A ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT TO PORTIONS OF CHAPTERS 9.04,

9.08, 9.12, 9.16, 9.18, 9.32, AND 9.60 OF TITLE 9 OF THE CITY OF GARDEN

GROVE MUNICIPAL CODE TO CONFORM TO STATE AND FEDERAL LAW AND CITY

POLICIES, TO REPLACE SUBJECTIVE LANGUAGE, AND TO MAKE CLARIFICATIONS AND TYPOGRAPHICAL CORRECTIONS.

BE IT RESOLVED that the Planning Commission of the City of Garden Grove, in regular session assembled on June 5, 2025, does hereby recommend that the City Council adopt an Ordinance approving Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) amending Title 9 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code as shown in Exhibit “A”.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED in the matter of Amendment No. A-042-2025(B), the Planning Commission of the City of Garden Grove does hereby report as follows:

1. The case was initiated by the City of Garden Grove.

2. The City of Garden Grove is proposing a zoning text Amendment to portions of Chapters 9.04, 9.08, 9.12, 9.16, 9.18, 9.32, and 9.60 of Title 9 of the City of Garden Grove Municipal Code to conform to state and federal law and City policies, to replace subjective language, and to make clarifications and typographical corrections.

3. The Planning Commission recommends the City Council find that the proposed Amendment is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), Cal. Pub. Resources Code Section 21000 et seq., pursuant to Sections 15378(b)(5) (Organizational or Administrative Activities), 15301 (Existing Facilities), 15303 (New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures), 15060(c)(2) (Not a Project) and 15601(b)(3) (Common Sense), of the State CEQA Guidelines. (Cal. Code of Regs., Title 14, Sections 15378(b)(5), 15301, 15303, 15060(c)(2), and 15601(b)(3).)

4. Pursuant to legal notice, a public hearing was held on June 5, 2025, and all interested persons were given an opportunity to be heard.

5. Report submitted by City staff was reviewed.

6. The Planning Commission gave due and careful consideration to the matter during its meeting of June 5, 2025.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, FOUND AND DETERMINED that the facts and reasons supporting the conclusion of the Planning Commission are as follows:

ATTACHMENT 3 - Resolution No. 6114-25
298
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 2

FACTS:

The proposed zoning text Amendment would revise various provisions of Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code (GGMC). The cleanup Amendment would target seven (7) chapters of Title 9 of the Municipal Code: 9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards), 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and

9.60 (Special Housing Regulations). Within these chapters, the proposed Amendment would generally align with the following four (4) categories: Cleanup and Formatting, Clarification and Consistency, Enforceability, and State Law Compliance.

The proposed Amendment would generally fix typos and formatting within existing GGMC sections. There would be a variety of proposed changes, including adding data tables, adding columns to existing data tables, adding cross-references to existing subsections, adding language back to the GGMC that was mistakenly removed in previous Amendments, and fixing typos. These changes are non- substantive, as they either fix language errors, improve formatting, and/or revert the language back to the way it was intended to read.

The proposed Amendment would update the GGMC to add clarity and consistency.

The intent of these changes is to make the Code easier to understand, and more consistent in its application throughout different zones across the City. These are revisions that would codify Staff interpreta tions, add clarity to otherwise confusing Code provisions, and/or make similar standards consistent across different GGMC chapters.

The proposed Amendment is also intended to make existing GGMC provisions more enforceable. These revisions would add specificity to otherwise vague or subjective Code standards and codify certain City policies and procedures. Some of these changes reflect common issues that the GGMC does not currently explicitly address.

This would also assist Code Enforcement Staff in their investigation of Code violations.

Lastly, some provisions of the proposed Amendment are needed to conform to State and federal law. These updates are intended to comply with applicable State and Case law, which in part necessitate the removal of subjectivity, and require establishing objective standards and requirements.

FINDINGS AND REASONS:

1. The Amendment is internally consistent with the goals, objectives and elements of the City’s General Plan.

299
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 3

The General Plan contains objectives, goals, policies, and implementation programs that address well-planned commercial areas with a variety of uses, safe and effective design standards, and land use compatibility. One of the many objectives in the City’s General plan is to uphold a high standard of property maintenance across all land uses and zones throughout the City.

The proposed Amendment achieves this objective by making Municipal Code requirements easier to implement, and enforce.

The proposed Amendment to Title 9 (Land Use) of the Garden Grove Municipal Code would make focused zoning text Amendments to Chapters

9.04 (General Provisions), 9.08 (Single-Family Residential Development Standards), 9.12 (Multifamily Residential Development Standards), 9.16 (Commercial, Office Professional, Industrial, and Open Space Development Standards), 9.18 (Mixed Use Regulations and Development Standards), 9.32 (Procedures and Hearings), and 9.60 (Special Housing Regulations) to enhance enforceability, simplify application, remove typos, clarify existing standards, update out-of-date language, create consistency across Code chapters, create consistency with procedures used by neighboring cities, reword subjective standards to be more objective, and amend existing provisions in a manner consistent with recently-enacted State laws.

The Amendment is internally consistent with goals, policies, objectives, and implementation programs of the Housing Element and Land Use Element of the City’s General Plan, including specifically the following:

Land Use Element

Goal LU-1 The City of Garden Grove is a well-planned community with sufficient land uses and intensities to meets the needs of anticipated growth and achieve the community’s vision.

The proposed Amendment is intended to enhance enforceability, simplify application, remove typos, clarify existing standards, update out-of-date language, create consistency across Code chapters, create consistency with neighboring cities, reword subjective standards to become objective, and amend existing provisions in a manner consistent with recently-enacted State laws. These actions would keep the intent of each zone, while updating certain Code provisions to be easier to understand and enforce. This would help the City meet the needs of an ticipated growth, and help streamline development.

Goal LU-2 Stable, well-maintained residential neighborhoods in Garden Grove.

The proposed Amendment is intended to enhance enforceability, simplify application, remove typos, clarify existing standards, update out-of-date language, create consistency across Code chapters, reword subjective 300
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 4

standards to be more objective, and amend existing provisions in a manner consistent with recently-enacted State laws, including for all zones that allow for residential uses. These Code updates would help maintain the appearance of said residential zones, while also assisting the enforcement of Code provisions, helping ensure the proper upkeep of residential neighborhoods.

Policy 2.7 Ensure that the distinct character of Garden Grove’s neighborhoods is respected and reflected in all new development or redevelopment, especially infill development.

The proposed Amendment is intended to clarify the existing provisions in the Code. This would help sustain the unique characteristics of neighborhoods throughout the City. The Amendment would simplify implementation of the Code, and create more internal consistency throughout various zoning designations. This could help create more compatible developments adjacent to existing neighborhoods.

LU-IMP-2A Continue to monitor maintenance standards in neighborhoods to maintain high standards of appearance and stability in the neighborhood.

The Amendment is intended to clarify the existing provisions in the Code.

Modifying the standards wi thin the Municipal Code would help simplify the implementation of said standards. Irrelevant, or otherwise inconsistent or outdated language would be removed. Implementing and enforcing the Code would be simplified for both City staff and residents. This would help sustain high standards of property maintenance throughout the City.

Goal LU-4 Uses compatible with one another.

The proposed Amendment would, in part, modify existing provisions to help ensure compatibility and consistency in development standard language amongst different zones. By requiring the implementation of the same standards, development across different zones would become more compatible.

Goal LU-18 Preservation of City quality and character through compliance with relevant codes and regulations.

The modified language would make the Municipal Code easier to interpret and implement, by both property owners and City staff alike. This can help maintain a high standard of property maintenance. Properly maintained properties, as well as new developments that are more compatible with the surrounding neighborhoods could help preserve the quality and character of the City.

301
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 5

Policy LU-18.1 Review the Zoning Code and determine which sections are outdated to meet current trends, regu lations, adopted community visions, and the General Plan 2030 land use designations, and revise as necessary.

These modifications would help keep the Municipal Code up-to-date, and more easily understood and implemented. The Amendment would, in part, keep the Code aligned with State and federal laws, and make certain procedures more consistent with those utilized in neighboring cities.

Additionally, development standards that are no longer relevant or no longer applicable would be removed. This would also help keep the Code aligned with current development trends.

Community Design

Goal CD-1 Create a positive and distinctive City image by protecting historic resources, and by strengthening the posi tive qualities of the City’s overall image and neighborhood identity. Clarifying the Municipal Code to be easier to interpret and enforce would help maintain a high standard of property maintenance. Properly maintaining property would help strengthen the positive image of the City. Additionally, with more consistent language throughout the Code, newer developments would be more compatible with existing neighborhoods, strengthening neighborhood quality.

CD-IMP-8A Amend the City’s Zoning Code to incorporate development standards. The proposed Amendment would, in part, revise a variety of existing development standards to simplify their implementation. The proposed Amendment is intended to enhance enforceability, simplify application, remove typos, clarify existing standards, update out-of-date language, create consistency across Code chapters, create consistency with procedures used by neighboring cities, reword subjective standards to be more objective, and amend existing prov isions in a manner consistent with recently-enacted State laws. Codifying development standards would contribute to a more cohesive Citywide aesthetic and assist property owners in their maintenance of properties across all zones.

Housing Element

Goal H-1: Preserve, maintain, and enhance housing and neighborhoods citywide. The proposed Amendment, in part, is intended to clarify existing provisions in the Municipal Code applicable to housing developments to establish objective design standards, and to provide clear expectations for applicants, decision makers, and residents. Updated Code provisions foster the preservation, maintenance, and enhancement of housing and neighborhoods Citywide. Other Code provisions would ensure compliance with State laws. The proposed Amendment is consistent with the objective of Program 16 (Objective Design and Development Standards) of the Housing Element, which requires the City to adopt objective design and development 302
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 6

standards amending residential development standards under Title 9 (Land Use) of the Municipal Code.

2. The Amendment will promote the public interest, health, safety and welfare.

The zoning and development standards proposed in this Amendment promote the public interest, health, safety, and welfare by amending various chapters of Title 9 to make clarifications and typographical corrections and to conform to State law and federal law, and City policies and procedures. The proposed Amendment will add clarity and consistency to make the Code easier to understand for Staff and the public, making the Code more consistent in its application throughout the City. The suggested revisions would also codify Staff interpretations, add clarity to unclear provisions, and provide consistent standards for similar requirements across different Code chapters. The proposed Amendment is intended to make existing Code provisions more enforceable, add specificity to vague Code standards, codify certain Staff procedures and reflect common issues that the Code does not currently address. Lastly, some provisions of the proposed Amendment are required due to changes in State law. Various proposed updates are intended to comply with applicable State and federal law, which in part necessitate the removal of subjectivity, and require establishing objective standards and requirements.

The proposed Code cleanup would improve standards pertaining to single- family, multifamily, commercial, office professional, industrial, and mixed use uses, as well as update City procedures and special housing regulations.

Therefore, the proposed Amendment promotes the public interest, health, safety, and welfare. Moreover, the proposed Amendment will foster and be consistent with various goals, policies, and objectives of the General Plan which, in part, aim to:

x Meet the needs of anticipated growth and achieve the community’s vision;
x Maintain residential neighborhoods in Garden Grove;
x Ensure that the distinct character of Garden Grove’s neighborhoods is respected and reflected in all new development or redevelopment, especially infill development;
x Monitor maintenance standards in neighborhoods to maintain high standards of appearance and stability in the neighborhood; x Uses compatible with one another;
x Preserve City quality and character through compliance with relevant codes and regulations;
x Review the Zoning Code and determine which sections are outdated to meet current trends, regulations, adopted community visions, and the General Plan 2030 land use designations, and revise as necessary; 303
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 7

x Create a positive and distinctive City image by protecting historic resources, and by strengthening the positive qualities of the City’s overall image and neighborhood identity;
x Amend the City’s Zoning Code to incorporate development standards; and,
x Preserve, maintain, and enhance housing and neighborhoods citywide.

INCORPORATION OF FACTS AND FINDINGS SET FORTH IN STAFF REPORT:

In addition to the foregoing the Planning Commission incorporates herein by this reference, the facts and reasons set forth in the staff report.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Planning Commission does conclude:

1. Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) possesses characteristics that would indicate justification of the request in accordance with Municipal Code Section

9.32.030.D.1 (Code Amendment).

2. The Planning Commission recommends that the City Council approve Amendment No. A-042-2025(B) and adopt the Amendments to Title 9 reflected in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

Adopted this 5th day of June 2025

ATTEST: /s/ JOHN RAMIREZ __________
CHAIR
/s/ CAROL SEBBO_____________

RECORDING SECRETARY

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF ORANGE ) SS:

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE )

I, CAROL SEBBO, Secretary of the City of Garden Grove Planning Commission, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Planning Commission of the City of Garden Grove, California, at a meeting held on June 5, 2025, by the following vote:

AYES: COMMISSIONERS: (5) ASHLAND, BEARD, CUEVA, LARICCHIA,

RAMIREZ
NOES: COMMISSIONERS: (1) FLANDERS
304
Resolution No. 6114-25 Page 8

ABSENT: COMMISSIONERS: (1) LINDSAY

/s/ CAROL SEBBO_________

RECORDING SECRETARY

PLEASE NOTE: Any request for court review of this decision must be filed within 90 days of the date this decision was final (See Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.6).

A decision becomes final if it is not timely appealed to the City Council. Appeal deadline is June 26, 2025.

305
EXHIBIT “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)

PROPOSED CODE AMENDMENT REDLINES
Chapter 9.04 GENERAL PROVISIONS.

9.04.060.C. Definitions.
"Department Director" means the City's Director of Economic and Community Development Director or other individual designated by the City Manager to supervise the City's Community Development Ddepartment, or his or her designee. "Floor area ratio" means the ratio between the area of gross building floor space of all buildings on a lot and the area of the building site it they occupyies. Gross building floor space includes, but is not limited to, habitable areas, accessory structures, garages, structured parking, and mezzanine or loft spaces. “Thrift retail store” means a retail store and related donation facilities engaged primarily in the sale of secondhand clothing, shoes, apparel, toys, and standard household goods, including furniture, fixtures, and small household appliances, and the collection of those goods for resale. “Thrift retail store” does not include the sale of large household appliances such as refrigerators or stoves and does not include the sale of cars or anything automotive-related.
"Structure" means a walled and roofed building, and any appurtenances associated with the structure, including porches, patios, gazebos, pergolas, arbors, a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally above ground, as well as a manufactured home. "Supportive housing for the homeless" is a form of affordable permanent supportive housing specifically serving homeless individuals or youths; the term has the same meaning as defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code, and includes administrative office space in the amounts se t forth in paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) of Section 65651 of the Government Code and transitional housing for youth and young adultsand is a form of affordable permanent supportive housing specifically serving homeless individuals or youths . The "target population" for purposes of supportive housing for the homeless is defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code and consists of persons, including persons with disabilities, and families who are "homeless," as that term is defined by Section 11302 of Title 42 of the United States Code, who currently reside in a supportive housing project and were "homeless" when approved for tenancy in the supportive housing project in which they currently reside, or who are "homeless youth," as that term is defined by paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 12597 of the Government Code. 306
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 2

Chapter 9.08 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

9.08.020.050 Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards.

A. Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.

21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located. a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., Sunday permitted schools buildings , showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.
b. The required front yard for any off-street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one-family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved. 307
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 3


65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off- street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used. Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to materials, design and construction. Where no specific plan for street alignment or widths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate proceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys that will conform to prescribed minimums.
109. Parcels zoned and utilized for single-family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes. 1110. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).

9.08.040.020 Residential – General Development Standards.

A. Specific development standards for R-1 (Single-Family Residential) zone are in the following table:

R-1 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE
Placement R-1
Setbacks
308
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 4

R-1 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TABLE
Placement R-1
Front (1, 2)
Side setback
(interior)
Street side
Rear setback (6)
20 ft.
5 ft.
10 ft.
20% of lot depth not to exceed 25 ft.
(Main structures—See diagrams for R-1 required rear
yards)
5 ft. (detached accessory structures)
… …

1. In no case shall the setback be less than 10 feet.

2. Garages opening directly to the street may be permitted to have an 18- foot setback, but only for properties zoned for 5,000 and 6,000 square foot lots, and provided that the garage is equipped with a roll-up garage door. Garages may be permitted with 15-foot setbacks on properties zoned for 5,000 and 6,000 square foot lots if the garage door is perpendicular to the front property line.

3. Lot coverage includes all building and structures (primary and accessory) and required uncovered parking areas, and excludes uncovered swimming pools and permeable or semi-permeable recreational surface areas.

4. Hardscape counted toward maximum coverage percentage includes driveways and pedestrian walkways, excepting portions of driveways that directly lead to a private garage, or legally converted garage, in the following amounts: 200 square feet for a one-car garage, 400 square feet for a two-car garage, 600 square feet for a three-car garage, and 800 square feet for a four-car garage.

5. Applications for density bonuses may be made as provided for by state law.

6. Also see Section 9.08.040.030.A.1 and 2.a.1.

9.08.040.030 Special Requirements – R-1 Zone.

A. All plans for new construction ,a n d / o rattached or detached additions, and/or detached structures to properties zoned for, or improved with, single-family residences shall be reviewed for approv al by the City Manager or designee. 309
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 5

Approval by the City shall be based on the following criteria. Wherein any of these criteria have not been met, the addition plans shall be denied.

1. All zoning requirements of the R-1 zone are complied with and no variances or waivers are requested.

2. The architectural style and building materialsdesign features of the primary residential unit and each attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall match one another, as provided below: are compatible with the existing dwelling unit. The roofing shall be the same style, material and design as the main structure.
a. The type, pitch, color, material, and texture of the roof and eave details of an attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall be the same as the primary unit.
b. The color, material, and texture of all building walls, windows, and doors of an attached or detached addition or accessory structure shall be the same as the primary unit.

3. The total footprint coverage of the main primary structure, any accessory structure(s), driveways and uncovered parking does not exceed 50% of the total lot area.

4. All areas designed and/or intended to be used as living or habitable area are integrated into a single, cohesive dwelling unit.

5. The nature and character of the new construction or addition are consistent with the nature and character of the neighborhood. …
C. New Two-Story Structures and Tw o-Story Additions to Single-Family Residences. In addition to the requir ements of Section 9.08.040.030.A the following development standards shall apply to all new two-story structures and two-story additions in the R-1 zone.

1. All of the following privacy provisions shall be complied with:
a. All new two-story windows and balconies shall be situated so that they are not directly opposite those windows of adjacent residential dwelling units;
b. Second-story wWindows and balconies locations shall not have direct views take into account adjacent property's recreation 310
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 6

areas, such as side and rear yards, and amenities , which may include such as pools, spas, seating areas, play equipment, patios, gazebos, gardens, or other similar recreation areas or amenities located on portions of an adjacent lot that are not visible from the public right-of-way. etc.; Where there are direct views into adjacent recreation areas from proposed window and balcony locations, visual intrusion mitigation measures shall be provided, such as the following:
i. High windows with a minimum sill height of six feet, as measured from the finished floor.
ii. View-obscuring treatment such as wing walls.
iii. Obscure, opaque, or frosted fixed (non-slider) windows. iv. A row of screening/canopy trees evenly spaced shall be placed along the property line(s), which shall be of a
minimum height that blocks any direct views.

Screening/canopy trees shall be maintained in perpetuity. c. Where conflicts between proposed window locations occur, visual intrusion mitigation measures shall be provided, such as, the use of high windows, wing walls, view obscuring window treatments, window alignments, etc.

D. Detached Accessory Structures. In addition to the requirements of Section

9.08.040.030.A, all detached accessory structures, constructed on a property used for single-family residential purposes shall comply with all of the following provisions, unless otherwise required by this title:

1. Maximum floor area for any detached accessory structure shall not exceed 800 square feet inside dimension;

2. No more than three detached accessory structures may be permitted on a lot;

3. Maximum height of a detached accessory structure shall not exceed one story and 17 feet;

4. The combined floor area of all detached accessory structures on a lot shall not exceed 1,000 square feet;

5. One thousand square feet of usable open space shall be maintained in the required rear yard as defined in Section 9.08.040.030.B.1; 311
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 7


6. The width of any single accessory structure shall not exceed one-half of the width of the lot;

7. No kitchens or other food preparation appliances or fixtures shall be provided;

8. Plumbing may be permitted, but in no case shall more than a one-half bathroom (one water closet and one lavatory) be permitted.

Exemptions:
a. One-story detached accessory structures used as tool sheds, playhouses and similar uses shall be exempt from the
architectural requirements contained in Section 9.08.040.030.A, provided any such structure does not exceed 120 square feet of projected roof area and is located to the rear and interior side of the main building.
b. Accessory dwelling units, including porch and/or patio areas and enclosed parking areas dedicated to the accessory dwelling unit that are within the maximum area for an accessory dwelling unit, shall be exempt from the provisions of this subsection.

9. Interior Standards for Detached Accessory Structures. a. Detached aA ccessory structures such as workshop spaces, detached garages, or other similar spaces shall not have wall insulation or heating/cooling equipment.
b. Each wall within a nd e t a c h e d accessory structure shall only have one outlet for every 10 feet.
c. Only non-egress windows are allowed within a nd e t a c h e d accessory structure.

10. No detached accessory building walls shall be closer than six feet to any main building walls or other accessory building walls on the same lot or building site, and no detached accessory building eaves shall be closer than four feet to any main building eaves or other accessory building eaves on the same lot or building site. When the distance between either the walls or the eaves of a detached accessory building and a main building or living unit are less than specified in this section, the buildings are deemed attached for the purpose of determining setbacks and both must meet the setbacks prescribed for a main building.
312
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 8

…
F. Height of Towers, Spires and Unique Structures in the R-1 (Single-Family Residential) Zone.

1. Usable floor space may be provided above allowable height for religious institutions, and public, private or parochial schools when employed as a unique structure, tower or spire, subject to a conditional use permit.

2. Fire or parapet walls, skylights, flagpoles, chimneys, wireless masts and similar nonhabitable structures may be erected fifteen feet above the height of the structure to which it is attached limits prescribed if done so in conjunction with the filing of a conditional use permit. …
H. Driveway Width. Minimum paved access-way width of 16 feet is required when off-street parking for open or garage spaces is located at the rear of a unit.

When a new, conforming, garage is proposed to be constructed to the rear of an existing residence, and when the location of that residence interferes with providing the required 16-foot driveway width, the minimum accessway may be reduced to 12 feet with the approval of the City Manager or designee.

I. Swimming Pools. Swimming pool setbacks shall be subject to any applicable standards of the California Building Code, but in no case shall be less than 5 feet to the side and rear property lines, and 20 feet to the front property line.

Separations between swimming pools and any structures shall be subject to any applicable standards of the California Building Code, but in no case shall be less than 6 feet. See also Section 9.08.040.010.G and 9.08.040.020.F.

J. Any yard accessories taller than 36 inches, including, but not limited to, statues, fountains, planters, barbecues, counters, diving boards, slides, play and sports equipment, rock walls, and fireplaces or fire pits, shall not be taller than 17 feet in height, and shall be subject to the following setbacks: 5 feet to the side and rear property lines, 10 feet to any street side property lines, and 20 feet to the front property line.
…

9.08.040.100 Walls, Fences and Hedges – Heights and Yards.

A. Height of Unique Structures. Penthous es or roofs structures for the housing of elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the building, fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, 313
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 9

flagpoles, chimneys, smokestacks, wireless masts and similar structures may be erected above the height limits by this chapter, but may not exceed a height of 15 feet above the structure to which it is attached. No penthouses or roof structure, nor any other space above the height limit allowed for the zone in which the building is located, shall be allowed for the purpose of providing additional usable floor space, except that usable floor space may be provided above this height for churches, and public, private or parochial schools, when employed in a unique structure, tower or spire, subject to the approval of a conditional use permit. Specialized buildings or structures that, for technological purposes, may be erected to heights greater than the height limits herein prescribed, and may contain additional floor space above the prescribed limit when necessary to the operating of the equipment and processing within the building, subject to conditional use permit.

B. A. Yard Regulations. Except as provided elsewhere in Title 9, every required yard shall be open and unobstructed from the ground to the sky.

C.B. Modification of Required Front Yard Setback Where Nonconformities Exist.

Unimproved lots located between lots that have nonconforming setbacks may develop the property with a reduction in setback of up to five feet, but in no instance shall the front yard setback be less than 15 feet.

D.C. Application of Required Front Yard Setback for Properties Having 15-Foot and Properties Having Greater Than 15-Foot Setbacks. Those properties that have existing, established 15-foot front yard setbacks may have new construction at that setback distance granted, provided that it does not obscure vision clearance, create traffic hazards or future street widening problems as measured from the ultimate right-of-way . In addition, the 15-foot setback at no time shall be permitted for a garage having a straight-in driveway approach.

The garage may be set back at 15 feet only if the garage door is perpendicular to the street. Those properties having established setbacks greater than 15 feet and adjoining properties having greater than 15-foot setbacks shall adhere to the prescribed 20-foot front yard setback under the R-1 zone. Deviation from this latter provision would require the filing and approval of a variance.

E.D. Yard Requirements for Property Abutting Half-Streets or Streets Designated by a Specific Plan.

1. No property shall develop half-streets.

2. A building or structure shall not be erected on a lot that abuts a street having only a portion of its required width dedicated or potential subdivision dedication and where no part of such dedication would normally revert to said lot if the street were vacated, unless the yards provided and maintained in connection with such building or structure 314
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 10

have a width or depth of that portion of the lot needed to complete the road width plus the width or depth of the yards required on the lot by this chapter, if any. This section a pplies to all zones and area districts.

Where a specific plan or other legislation adopted pursuant to law includes plans for the widening of existing streets or alleys, the connecting of existing streets or a lleys or the establishment of new streets or alleys, the placement of buildings and the maintenance of yards, where required by this chapter, shall relate to the future street or alley boundaries as determined by said precise plan or legislation.

F.E. Modification of Required Front Yards on Lots Fronting on the Curves of Cul-de- Sacs or Knuckles. Where the street pattern of a subdivision includes lots fronting upon cul-de-sac turnarounds or knuckle widenings at right angles or approximate right angle turns in a street, and where such fronting lots by reason of the cul-de-sac or knuckle creating a greater street width with the resultant reduced depth of fronting lots, the required front yard may be reduced in the following manner:

1. Any lot fronting entirely on an arc formed by a knuckle or cul-de-sac, the front setback shall be no less than one-half the required setback for that zone with the provision that no setback shall be less than 10 feet. The prescribed setback shall be measured by maintaining a constant parallel arc to the front property line.

2. Where lots have only a portion of the property located on a cul-de-sac, knuckle, reverse curve or where the street widens from the established parallel right-of-way, that portion where the reduction occurs may have the front yard setback reduced in the following manner. The setback shall be determined by first locating a point of reference on the property line, of the subject lot, that establishes th e required setback for that zone in which the property is located. The second point of reference shall be established by locating a point on the property line establishing the property's depth from street's arc, by locating the point one-half the required setback for that zone and in no instance shall the setback at any point along the property street frontage be less than 10 feet. Once the two points are established, a line is drawn from one point to the other, thus reflecting the front yard setback.

3. The allowed setback deviation at no time shall permit any covered or uncovered parking spaces, in the R-1 zone, to be located less than 20 feet from property line if the garage access is directly straight in from the street. A garage may be located at the prescribed setbacks noted above in subdivisions 1 or 2 of this subsection, if the garage door is perpendicular to the front setback. If positioning of the garage is different than the two above-described situations, then the setback shall be a 315
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 11

minimum of 18 feet set back from the front property line at the garage's closest point to the front property line.

G.F. Vision Clearance, Corner and Reverse Corner Lots. All corner lots and reverse corner lots subject to yard requirements shall maintain, for safety vision purposes, a triangular area one angle and two sides of which shall be formed by the intersection of the lot front and side lines or their projection to a point of intersection, and the sides of such triangle forming the corner angle shall each be 25 feet in length measured from the aforementioned angle. The third side of said triangle shall be a straight line connecting those points that are distant 25 feet from the intersection of the lot front and side lines or the intersection of their projection, and within the area comprising said triangle, no tree shall be allowed nor any fence, shrub or other physical obstruction higher than 36 inches above the established grade shall be permitted.

H.G. Permitted Intrusions Into Required Yards. The following intrusions may project into any single-family development required yard, but in no case shall such intrusion extend more than two feet into any required yard, except as provided below. Any such extension shall not reduce any remaining side yard or rear to a width less than three feet.

1. Cornices, eaves, belt courses, sills, buttresses, or similar architectural features, may extend into the front yard not more than four feet.

2. Fireplace structures not wider than eight feet measured parallel to the wall of which it is a part.

3. Planting boxes or masonry planters, not exceeding 42 inches in height, may extend not more than four feet into the required front yard.

4. Guard railings for safety protection around ramps may be 42 inches in height.

I. Waiver of Zone Separation Setback. When commercial or industrial property has a common property line with R-zoned property that is a right-of-way for a street, highway, freeway, railroad, or flood control channel, the hearing body may waive the requirement for a 10-foot setback for buildings and structures.

J. When the strict and literal application of Title 9 of this code requiring the narrow dimension to be the front of a corner lot prevents the lot from being developed to its fullest and best use, the hearing body may determine which side of a corner lot in any zone is the front for purposes of applying requirements for setbacks; wall, fence and hedge heights; parking; and landscaping.
316
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 12


9.08.040.110 Wall, Fences and Hedges.
…
B. Wall, Fence or Hedge May Be Maintained.

1. In any "R" zone a wall, fence or hedge 36 inches in height may be located and maintained on any part of a lot. If fences in the front yard are 36 inches in height and include pilasters, the pilasters may be extended up an additional six inches above the allowed height.

2. On interior lots, a fence, wall or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the line of the required front yard.

3. On corner lots, a fence, wall or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the rear line of the required front yard, unless the lot rears upon an alley, in which case on the rear property line and the side street property line a fence more than 36 inches in height may not extend within a triangle, two sides of which shall be the rear property line, and the side street property line measured from the point of intersection of such lines 10 feet in each direction, and the third side of which shall be a straight line connecting such two points.

4. On reverse corner lots, a fence, wall, or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the rear line of the required front yard. Any such fence shall observe the triangular area of the required side yard on the side street side at the rear of corner lots. When the dwelling unit(s) on the lot abutting the rear line of said reversed corner lot front(s) a property line(s) other than the front line, the triangular area observance may be waived or modified subject to the approval of the hearing body.

5. On corner lots or reverse corner lots, if a vehicular entrance is provided from the side street side, an area for safety vision clearance shall be maintained on each side of the driveway. Such area for vision clearance shall be defined by a diagonal line beginning at the intersection of the edges of the driveway and the inside line of the required side yard and extending away from the driveway at an angle of 45 degrees to the edge of the driveway toward the side street property line of the lot.

6. The provisions of this section shall not apply to fences required by the state to surround and enclose public utility installations, or to chain link fences enclosing school grounds and public playgrounds. 317
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 13


7. Where a retaining wall protects a cut below the natural grade, and is located on the line separating lots or parcels, the retaining wall may be topped by a fence, wall or hedge of the same height that would otherwise be permitted at the location if no retaining wall existed.

8. Where a retaining wall contains a fill, the height of the retaining wall built to retain the fill shall be considered as contributing to the permissible height of a fence, solid wall or hedge, provided that in any event a protective fence or wall not more than 36 inches in height may be erected at the top of the retaining wall. Any portion of a fence above the seven-foot maximum height shall be an openwork fence. An openwork fence means a fence in which the component solid portions are evenly distributed and constitute not more than 60% of total surface area of the face of the fence.

9. No wall, fence or hedge exceeding 42 inches in height may be located in open space required between buildings used for human habitation when the buildings are situated front to front, front to rear, or front to end.

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eigh t feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right-of-way; provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity. c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.

11. Any other provision of the chapte r notwithstanding, a wall, fence or hedge that is provided along a common boundary line separating property used for commercial or industrial purposes from "R" zoned property and that is permitted or required to maintain a height of six feet, may be extended to a height not to exceed eight feet.

12. When commercial or industrial property has a common property line with R-zoned property that is a right-of-way for a street, highway, freeway, railroad, or flood control channel, the hearing body may waive the requirement for a zone separation wall or fence.

9.08.040.120. Lot Areas, Frontages and Dwelling Unit Areas. 318
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 14

…
B. Lot Area Not to Be Reduced. No lot area shall be so reduced or diminished that the lot area, yards, or other open spaces shall be less than prescribed by this chapter for the zone in which it is located, nor shall the density of population be increased in any manner, except in conformity with the regulations established by this chapterTitle or State Law.
…

9.08.040.150 Parking Spaces Required.

USE REQUIRED MINIMUM PARKING SPACES
A. Residential Uses

1. Single family homePrimary
Dwelling Unit(s)
a. 10-4 sleeping rooms
2 spaces in an enclosed garage plus 2 open spaces
… …

9.08.040.160 Parking – Special Requirements.
…
B. Required Types of Spaces. Resident parking spaces for single-family homesprimary dwelling units shall be provided in garages only, and/or as open spaces on paved driveways.
…

9.08.040.170 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development , unless otherwise provided in accordance with State Law.

B. All off-street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.

1. Off-street parking spaces shall not be located in any required setback except on property developed with single-family homes in the R-1 zone, or as may be approved in any other residentially zoned property pursuant to an approved site plan.
319
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 15


2. All motor vehicles, trailers, vessels, campers and camper shells must be parked or stored on a fully paved surface with approved entrances and exits to the street.

3. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.

9.08.040.180 Parking Dimensions and Design Lay-Outs.
…
B. Parking Improvements.

1. Paving. Parking and loading facilities shall be surfaced and maintained with asphalt concrete, concrete or other permanent, impervious fixed surfacing material sufficient to prev ent loose surfacing materials and other nuisances. Parking lot striping shall be maintained at all times.

Any development requiring parking lot improvements will be required to file with the City conditions, covenants and restrictions requiring maintenance of the parking area. Said conditions, covenants and restrictions shall run with the land.

2. Drainage. All parking and loading facilities shall be graded and provided with permanent storm drainage facilities.
a. Surfacing, curbing and drainage improvements shall be sufficient to preclude free flow of water onto adjacent properties or public streets or alleys.
b. Measures listed above shall be taken to preclude standing pools of water within the parking facility.

3. Safety Features. Parking and loading facilities shall meet the following standards:
a. Safety barriers, protective bumpers or curbing and directional markers shall be provided to assure pedestrian and vehicular safety, efficient utilization, protection to landscaping and to prevent encroachment onto adjoining public or private property. b. Pedestrians', bicyclists' and mo torists' safety shall be assured upon entering and exiting parking lots. Unobstructed visibility shall be maintained at all times while vehicles are circulating within the parking area.
320
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 16

c. Internal circulation patterns and the location and traffic direction of all access drives shall be designated and maintained in accordance with accepted principles of traffic engineering and traffic safety.
d. Striping of parking lots must at all times be clearly visible and maintained throughout the life of the facility.

4. Lighting. Lights provided to illuminate any parking facility or paved area shall be designed with automatic timers (photovoltaic cells) and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this title. Parking lot security lights shall be maintained and shall be operated during all hours of darkness.
a. All nonresidential parking area lighting shall be provided during the hours of darkness the establishment is open at a minimum of two foot-candles of light on the parking surface.
b. A minimum of one foot-candle of light shall be provided during all other hours of darkness.
c. Lighting in the parking area shall be directed, positioned, or shielded in such a manner so as not to unreasonably illuminate the window area of nearby residences.

5. Noise. Areas used for primary circulation, or for frequent idling of vehicular engines or for loading facilities shall be designed and located to minimize impacts on adjoining properties, including sound attenuation to adjacent property and visibility screening from adjacent property.

6. Screening. Open off-street parking areas for non-residential uses shall be screened from view of public streets and adjacent land uses that are more restrictiveproperties improved with residential uses.

7. Walls. High walls shall not block or otherwise impair visual access from adjacent residential properties.

8. Landscaping. Open off-street parking areas shall be landscaped in accordance with this title.

9. Dimensions. Parking space dimensions shall be as adopted by resolution of the Planning CommissionAll parking spaces shall conform to the following minimum dimensions.:
321
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 17

a. Non-Residential Uses.

Standard Space: 9 ft wide by 19 ft long
Compact Space: 8 ft wide by 15 ft long
Parallel Space: 8 ft wide by 22 ft long
i. Wherever a space is adjacent to a wall, fence, or hedge, an additional one foot of width shall be provided to that space. ii. Up to 20% of the required parking stalls may be compact parking spaces.
b. Residential Uses.
i. Enclosed Parking Spaces. All enclosed parking spaces shall conform to the minimum interior dimensions of 10 feet
wide by 20 feet long for each space. For example: A two- car garage shall maintain minimum interior dimensions of 20 feet wide by 20 feet long.
ii. Open Driveway Parking Spaces. All open parking spaces provided on a driveway shall conform to the minimum
dimensions of 9 feet wide by 19 feet long for each space.

9.08.040.190 Waiver of Off-Street Parking Requirements.

A waiver of these parking standards may be applied for where the requirements of this section are insufficient or excessive due to the nature of the use involved, or other relevant circumstances. Said waiver shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 9.32.
…
322
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 18

Chapter 9.12 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. …

9.12.020.050 Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards.

A. Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.

21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located. a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., permitted Sunday schools buildings , showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.
b. The required front yard for any off-street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one-family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved. 323
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 19


65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off- street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used. Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to materials, design and construction. Where no specific plan for street alignment or widths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate proceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys that will conform to prescribed minimums.
109. Parcels zoned and utilized for single-family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes. 101. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).
…

9.12.040.040 Special Requirements – Duplex and Triplex in R-2 and R-3 Zones. …
324
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 20

L. Architectural Compatibility between New and Existing Units. If a development is designed to preserve any existing unit(s) on the property, the architectural style and building materialsdesign features, including roof style and pitch, roofing material, trim detail around the eaves and windows, garage doors, exterior building colors, etc., shall be of the same architectural style and building materials of the existing unit(s). of the existing residential unit and each new residential unit, attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall match one another, as provided below:

1. The type, pitch, color, material, and texture of the roof and eave details of a new residential unit, an attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall be the same as the existing residential unit.

2. The color, material, and texture of all building walls, windows, and doors of a new residential unit, an attached or detached addition, or accessory structure shall be the same as the existing residential unit. …

9.12.040.050 Special Requirements - Multiple-Family Residential. …
D. Laundry Facilities. All multiple-family residential units shall have a laundry space located within the unit or within the private garage for that unit that is equipped with washer and dryer hook-ups. If the laundry facilities are located within the enclosed garage, the laundry equipment shall not encroach into the required interior garage parking area of 20 feet by 20 feet. In the case of apartments, common laundry facilities may be provided in lieu of private laundry facilities.
…
I. Outdoor and Indoor Uses and Activities— Private and Common Open/Recreational Space/Recreational and Leisure Areas—Sites Under 14,400 Square Feet. Each development site under 14,400 square feet in area proposing multiple-family development shall provide private open spaces, and common open/recreational spaces, or a combination thereof.

1. Any ground-level active common open/recreational space shall provide a minimum five-foot-wide landscaped buffer along a property line(s) abutting an R-1 zoned property.

2. The combined usable private and common open /recreational space shall equal a minimum of 300 square feet per unit.
325
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 21


3. Private open space shall be located next to the unit served and accessed directly from a common area within the unit, such as a living room, family room, dining area, or kitchen.

4. Private open space in the form of a patio, yard, balcony, immediately adjacent deck, or combination thereof shall contribute to the required combined private and common open space areas and shall meet the following dimensions: A minimum of 60 square feet in area with a minimum horizontal dimension of six feet in any direction and a minimum vertical clearance of eight feet.

5. Common open /recreational spaces shall be connected to habitable areas via a pathway, paseo, walkway, trail system, or similar pedestrian access. Common open /recreational spaces shall not be connected to habitable areas via a vehicular driveway or path.

6. Rooftop decks may be counted toward the common open /recreational space requirement.

7. Deck or balcony areas provided on a building stepback area may be counted toward the common /recreational or private open space requirement.

8. Common open /recreational spaces shall have a minimum area of 225 square feet, 15 feet in any horizontal dimension, and a minimum vertical clearance of 15 feet.

9. Required landscaped setback areas shall not count toward any required private or common open /recreational space , but may be located adjacent to such required open space areas to enhance and expand the open space function.

10. Required common open /recreational space areas shall consist of any combination of landscaping and functional hardscape areas, such as seating areas, children's play areas, and sports courts.

11. Up to 50% of the common open/recreational space may be provided as Indoor indoor common open/recreational areas , such as community rooms, business centers, and/or gyms may be counted up to 50% of the common open space/recreational area requirement.

J. Private and Common Open/Recreational Space/Recreational and Leisure Areas Open Space, Recreation and Leisure Areas—Sites Over 14,400 Square Feet. 326
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 22


1. Intent. The intent of this section is to ensure the provision of space for residents and guests of multiple-f amily housing to enjoy active and passive recreational activities in both private and common open/recreational space s and recreation areas . Common open/recreational spaces and recreation areas may include active and passive facilities, in both indoor facilitiesand outdoor locations , as described and regulated by this section.

2. The combined usable private and common open /recreational space for the entire development shall equal a minimum of 300 square feet per unit.

3. Rooftop decks may be counted towards the common open /recreational space requirement.

4. Deck areas provided on a building stepback area may be counted toward the common or private open space requirement.

5. Up to 50% of the Indoor common open/recreational area s may be counted provided up to 50% of theas indoor common open/recreational space/recreational area requirements.

6. Private Open Space.
a. Private open space shall be located exterior to and next to the unit served, and accessed directly from a common area within the unit, such as a living room, family room, dining area, or kitchen. b. Private open space in the form of a patio, yard, balcony, immediately adjacent deck, or combination thereof meeting the minimum size requirements shall contribute to the required combined private and common open /recreational space areas . and Private open spaces shall meet the following dimensions: A minimum of 60 square feet in area with a minimum horizontal dimension of six feet in any direction and a minimum vertical clearance of eight feet.

7. Common Open /Recreational Space/Recreational Area.
a. Common open /recreational spaces, whether indoors or outdoors, and indoor recreational areas shall be connected to habitable areas via a pathway, paseo, walkway, trail system, or similar pedestrian access. Common open/recreational spaces and indoor recreational uses shall not be connected to habitable areas via a vehicular driveway or path.
327
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 23

b. The minimum area for any at least one common
open/recreational active recreation area, whether indoors or outdoors, shall be 900 square feet , with minimum horizontal dimensions of 30 feet in any direction. A project site may include more than one active recreationcommon open/recreational area.

The combined active recreationcommon open/recreational area for a project site shall be as set forth in the table below. c. If the minimal open space dimension standards for active common open/recreation area set forth in this section cannot be met, but the net total of open space can be accomplished by reconfiguration, then the site plan may be approved with modifications. However, no more than 10 lineal feet may be reduced from any active recreationcommon open/recreational area dimension.

Table of Common Open/Recreational Area Requirements
Net Lot Area Minimum Total Square Feet for
Active Common
Open/Recreation Areas
14,400 to 26,999 sf 900
27,000 to 39,599 sf 1,225
39,600 to 49,999 sf 1,600
50,000 to 69,999 sf 2,500
70,000 to 95,999 sf 3,600
96,000 to 199,999 sf 5,625
200,000 or more sf 9,025
d. Active Common Open Space/Recreation Area Amenities. Common open space/recreation areas, whether indoors or outdoors, and whether passive or active, shall be designed to provide specific amenities as described shown in the table below.
i. For active common open/recreational areas, amenities provided shall be based on the number of units to be
providedproposed, as shown in the table below. The list of amenities is additive, meaning that up to the first five units, the amenity noted shall be provided (barbeque with table seating). Then for the next five units up to 10 units, in addition to the barbeque with table seating, a
community garden area shall be provided. Then for the
next five units up to 15 units, in addition to the barbeque with table seating and community garden area, an outdoor active use area shall be provided, and so on. Amenities 328
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 24

provided may not be double-counted. By providing a higher quality amenity that meets the minimum Additive Amenity Ratio from further down the list, aA n applicant may
substitute an amenity further down the list for the one listed for the project size under consideration .; for For example, for a 15-unit project , a substitution may be madesubstitute for one of the required barbeque with table seating, community garden area, or outdoor active use
areas with any item further down the list, provided that the amenity meets the minimum additive amenity ratio for the number of units. The selection of amenities shall take into consideration the following criteria: size and shape of common open/recreation area, location and placement of
buildings, diversity of recreational amenities, and number of units and/or lot size.
i. Size and shape of active recreation area;
ii. Location and placement of buildings;
iii. Diversity of recreational amenities; and
iv. Number of units and/or lot size.

Multifamily Residential DevelopmentActive Common Open/Recreational Amenity Standards
Number of Units Base Amenity Type and
Minimum Size
Additive Amenity Ratio
0-5 Barbeque with Table Seating 1 barbecue and 2 tables per 10 units, but at least 1
in all cases , an additional
1 barbecue and 1 table at
every multiple of 20 units
thereafter
Up to 10 Community Garden Area – 32 sf
minimum
8 sf/4 units
Up to 15 Flexible Outdoor Active Use Area –
400 sf minimum
50 sf/unit
Up to 20 Provide One of Two:
• Business Center with
Workstations – 2 minimum
• Indoor or Outdoor Gym /Sport
Facility – 250 sf minimum
• 1 Workstation/8 Units
• 5 sf/1 Unit
Up to 35 Provide Two of Three:
329
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 25

• Business Center with
Workstations – 2 minimum
• Indoor or Outdoor Gym /Sport
Facility – 250 sf minimum
• Clubhouse with 400 sf kitchen –
400 sf minimum
• 1 Workstation/8 Units
• 5 sf/1 Unit
• 5 sf/1 Unit
Up to 45 One In-Ground Outdoor or Indoor
Spa
• 1 – 64 sf Spa at 465
Units
• 2 – 36 sf Spas at 80
Units
• 2 – 64 sf Spas at 100
Units
• 1.5 sf Increase/1 Unit >
100 Units
Up to 80 Provide One of Two:
• In-Ground Pool – 20,000-gallon
minimum500 sf minimum
• 1Children's Play Area 1 – 500 sf
minimum
• 10 sf/1 Unit
• 150 sf/1 Unit
Up to 100+ One additional amenity from the
list not otherwise provided
Same Rates for All Apply
Notes:

1. S1May substitute 400 sf Wellness Facility for 55+ Age Restricted Development s, with an Additive Amenity Ratio calculated at five sf/one unit.

2. Allows Wellness Facility Substitution for 55+ Age Restricted Development. ii. Passive Common Open/Recreat ional Space. Up to 50% of the total common open/recreational space provided may
be developed and maintained as passive common
open/recreational space consisting of landscape areas that incorporate pathways, waterscapes, and hardscape areas.

Such passive open/recreational space shall have
dimensions of no less than 10 feet in any direction, and shall be provided outdoors. Such passive open/recreational space areas shall be improved with at least three types of the amenities in the following list:

1. Pathways;

2. Benches/Tables;

3. Raised landscaped beds;

4. Gazebo or similar shade structure;
330
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 26


5. Community garden;

6. Outdoor game feature;

7. Water fountains or other water features;

8. Pet waste/care stations.

8. On-siteCommon open/ recreation facilities shall be buffered from any directly abutting R-1 single-family residential properties with a solid masonry wall at least six feet in height.

9. Pool pump and similar mechanical equipment shall not be located immediately adjacent to any abutting R-1 single-family residential property lines, and shall be enclosed or otherwise shielded to achieve the noise/land use compatibility standards set forth in GGMC Chapter

8.47 (Noise Control).

10. Setbacks of Active Common Open /Recreational Spaces. The subject active common open/recreational spaces may be located within side and rear setbacks, and building separation areas. Within any common open/recreational spaces that abuts a property line(s) or on-site building(s), a minimum three-foot separation shall be provided to said property line(s) or building(s). shall have a minimum dimension as shown in the Table of Recreational Area Requirements, according to the net lot area. For example, if the minimum open space dimension of 40 feet is required, then three feet must be added to that minimum dimension for every side adjacent to the above-mentioned structures.

11. Passive Common Open Space. Up to 50% of the required common open space areas may be developed and maintained as passive common open space consisting of landscape areas that incorporate pathways, waterscapes, and hardscape areas. Such passive open space shall have dimensions of no less than 10 feet in any direction. Such passive open space areas shall be improved with at least three types of the amenities in the following list:
a. Pathways;
b. Benches/Tables;
c. Raised landscaped beds;
d. Gazebo or similar shade structure;
e. Community garden;
f. Outdoor game feature;
g. Water fountains or other water features.
331
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 27

…

9.12.040.140 Walls, Fences and Hedges.
…
B. Wall, Fence or Hedge May Be Maintained.

1. In any "R" zone a wall, fence or hedge 36 inches in height may be located and maintained on any part of a lot. If fences in the front yard are 36 inches in height and include pilasters, the pilasters may be extended up an additional six inches above the allowed height.

2. On interior lots, a fence, wall or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the line of the required front yard.

3. On corner lots, a fence, wall or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the rear line of the required front yard, unless the lot rears upon an alley, in which case on the rear property line and the side street property line a fence more than 36 inches in height may not extend within a triangle, two sides of which shall be the rear property line, and the side street property line measured from the point of intersection of such lines 10 feet in each direction, and the third side of which shall be a straight line connecting such two points.

4. On reverse corner lots, a fence, wall, or hedge not exceeding seven feet in height may be located anywhere on the lot to the rear of the rear line of the required front yard. Any such fence shall observe the triangular area of the required side yard on the side street side at the rear of corner lots. When the dwelling unit(s) on the lot abutting the rear line of said reversed corner lot front(s) a property line(s) other than the front line, the triangular area observance may be waived or modified subject to the approval of the hearing body.

5. On corner lots or reverse corner lots, if a vehicular entrance is provided from the side street side, an area for safety vision clearance shall be maintained on each side of the driveway. Such area for vision clearance shall be defined by a diagonal line beginning at the intersection of the edges of the driveway and the inside line of the required side yard and extending away from the driveway at an angle of 45 degrees to the edge of the driveway toward the side street property line of the lot. 332
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 28


6. The provisions of this section shall not apply to fences required by the state to surround and enclose public utility installations, or to chain link fences enclosing school grounds and public playgrounds.

7. Where a retaining wall protects a cut below the natural grade, and is located on the line separating lots or parcels, the retaining wall may be topped by a fence, wall or hedge of the same height that would otherwise be permitted at the location if no retaining wall existed.

8. Where a retaining wall contains a fill, the height of the retaining wall built to retain the fill shall be considered as contributing to the permissible height of a fence, solid wall or hedge, provided that in any event a protective fence or wall not more than 36 inches in height may be erected at the top of the retaining wall. Any portion of a fence above the seven-foot maximum height shall be an openwork fence. An openwork fence means a fence in which the component solid portions are evenly distributed and constitute not more than 60% of total surface area of the face of the fence.

9. No wall, fence or hedge exceeding 42 inches in height may be located in open space required between buildings used for human habitation when the buildings are situated front to front, front to rear, or front to end.

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eigh t feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right-of-way; provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity. c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body.

11. Any other provision of the chapte r notwithstanding, a wall, fence or hedge that is provided along a common boundary line separating property used for commercial or industrial purposes from "R" zoned property and that is permitted or required to maintain a height of six feet, may be extended to a height not to exceed eight feet.

12. When commercial or industrial property has a common property line with R-zoned property that is a right-of-way for a street, highway, 333
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 29

freeway, railroad, or flood control channel, the hearing body may waive the requirement for a zone separation wall or fence.

13. Any walls or fences facing a street or alley shall include clinging vines, low shrubs, or other landscaping treatment to deter graffiti. …

9.12.040.200 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development. Notwithstanding the foregoing, two or more legal entities may submit a shared parking agreement to the City pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses. The provision set forth in Section 9.18.140.050.C shall apply to any such shared parking agreements.
…

9.12.040.220 Waiver of Off-Street Parking Requirements.

A waiver of these parking standards may be applied for where the requirements of this section are insufficient or excessive due to the nature of the use involved, or other relevant circumstances. Said waiver shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 9.32.
…

9.12.050.010 Single Room Occupancy Regulations and Development Standards.

A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this section is to regulate the development and operation of single room occupancy (SRO) residential land uses to ensure such uses provide for the comfort of their residents; create housing opportunities for persons of lower incomes and special housing needs, including, but not limited to, persons with disabilities, seniors, foster youth aging out of the foster system, and formerly homeless individuals; and integrate well into the neighborhoods and districts in which they are located.

B. Where Permitted. SROs shall be allowed to be established in various zones as set forth in Section 9.12.020.030 (Uses Permitted), Table 1, and Section

9.18.020.030 (Uses Restricted to Indoor), Table 9.18-1.

C. Development Standards. An SRO may be established through adaptive reuse of an existing building or as new construction, subject to the development 334
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 30

standards of the zone in which it is located and compliance with all the following standards.

1. Site Standards.
a. An SRO development may be developed up to the maximum density permitted by the General Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of this Title 9.
b. SRO developments shall be located on a primary or secondary arterial roadway, as defined in the General Plan.
c. The minimum site area shall be 20,000 square feet, with a minimum street frontage of 100 linear feet.

2. Overall Standards.
a. Each SRO unit shall comply with the following unit size requirements:

Minimum Size Maximum Size
One-person unit (Single
occupancy)
150 sf 220 sf
Two-person unit (Double
occupancy)
221 sf 400 sf
b. A minimum of 15% of the units shall be designed for double occupancy.
c. Parking shall be provided at a minimum ratio of one-half0.5 spaces per unit designated as single occupancy and one- eighth0.8 spaces per unit designated as double occupancy, plus one space for each employee on shift and one space for the on- site manager unit provided.
…
335
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 31

Chapter 9.16 COMMERCIAL, OFFICE PROFESSIONAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND OPEN SPACE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.
…

9.16.020.030 Uses Permitted
Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments

COMMERCIAL
Residential Care Uses
Child Day Care Center — C C — — — —
Community Care Facility,
Residential (7 Persons or
More)
C C — — — — —
Emergency Shelter
(Homeless)
— — — — P * — — See Section

9.16.020.050.W
Intermediate Care Facility C C — — — — —
Low-Barrier Navigation
Center
P 1
Residential Care Facility for
the Elderly (RCFE) (7
persons or more)
C C — — — — —
Skilled Nursing Facility C C — — — — -
Offices and Related Uses
Administration/Business P P P — — — —
Banks/Financial Institution P P P P P — —
Medical, Dental and
Related Health Service
Support Facilities
P P P — C — —
Prescription Pharmacy P P P P — — —
Professional and Clerical P P P — — — —
Public Utility (Commercial) P P P P P — —
Professional Studios
Art, Music and Dance P P P — — — —
336
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 32

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Arts and Crafts P * P* P* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.D
Photography P P P — — — —
Portrait P P P — — — —
Radio/TV C C C C C — —
Recording C C C C C — —
Personal Service
Athletic and Health Clubs,
Gyms
— C C C — — C *
Athletic and Health Clubs,
Spas, or Gyms with
Massage
— — C * — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.E
Barber/Beauty Shop P P P P — — —
Dry Cleaning - Retail Only — P P P * — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.R
Fortunetelling — — CP CP — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
C
Laundromat (Coin-op) — P P P — — —
Massage Establishment — — C * — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
P
Physical Therapy (Medical
Use)
P P P — C — —
Shoe Repair — P P — — — —
Tailor/Dressmaking — P P — — — —
Tanning Parlor — P P — — — —
Tattoo, Facial I I P — — — —
Tattoo, General — — P — — — —
Tourist Services
Extended-Stay Business
Hotel
— C * C* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.Z
337
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 33

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Hotel, Motel — C * C* C* C* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.AJ
Recreation Vehicle Park — C C — — — —
Ticket Agency — P P P P — —
Travel Agency — P P P P — —
Recreation, Amusement, Entertainment
Adult Entertainment — — C * — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
Arcades — — C * — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.C
Billiards/Pool Hall — — C * — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.I
Bowling Alley — — C C — — —
Cybercafés — C * C* C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.P
Golf Courses (Regulation) — C * C* C* — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.A
E
Golf Driving Ranges — C * C* C* — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.A
F
Incidental Amusement
Devices
— I * I* I* I* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.C
Indoor Sports Facility — — — — — C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.AL
Movie Theaters — C C — — — —
Private Clubs and Lodges — C C — — — C *
Skating Rinks — — C C — — —
Tennis, Swimming Clubs — C C C — — C *
Water Oriented Parks — — — C * — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.B
K
Retail Trade
338
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 34

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Antique Shops — P P — — — —
Apparel: Clothing, Shoes
and Accessories
— P P — — — —
Auctions — — — P P — P
Books, Magazines,
Newsstand (in building)
I P P P — — —
Building Supply, Plumbing
Shop
— — P P P — —
Department Stores — P P P — — —
Drug Stores P P P P — — —
Florists I P P P — — —
Furniture, Carpets,
Household Appliances
— P P P — — —
Gifts and Souvenirs I P P I I — —
Hardware, Paint — P P P — — —
Hobby Shop — P P — — — —
Indoor Multi-Tenant Retail
Shopping Center
— C * C* C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
K
Jewelry, Cameras and
Supplies, Luggage
— P P — — — —
Nonvehicular Vending,
Long term
— C C — — — —
Nurseries — P P P — — —
Pawnshop, Secondhand
Store
— — P P — — —
Pets and Pet Supplies — P * P* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
Y
Sporting Goods — P P P — — —
Stationery and Office
Supplies - No Furniture
P P P — — — —
Thrift Retail Stores — P P P — — —
339
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 35

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Toys — P P P — — —
Variety, Dry Goods Stores — P P — — — —
Food/Drink Sales and Service
Bar/Nightclub — — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.H
Candy, Confectionery — P P P — — —
Convenience, Grocery — P P P * — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.M
Delicatessen — P P P * C* C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.Q
Eating
Establishment/Restaurant

With Alcoholic Beverage
Sales
— C * C* C* C* C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.T
No Alcoholic Beverage
Sales
— P P P P P —
Eating
Establishment/Restaurant
With Entertainment
— C *
C* C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.U
For C-1 Zone,
see Section

9.16.020.050.X
Eating
Establishment/Restaurants
with Outdoor Seating
— P P P P P *
— See Section

9.16.020.050.V
Food Catering — I I P * P* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
A
Ice Cream, Bakery (retail
only)
— P P P — — —
Liquor Store — C * C* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
N
340
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 36

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Meat Market — P P P * — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
Q
Mini-Market with Gas — C * C* C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
R
Supermarket — C * P* P* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
E
Vehicle Sales and Service
Auto Parts, Accessories
No Installations — P P P — — —
Installations — — P P — — —
Auto Lease/Rental — — P P — — —
Auto Repair (including
paint or body work)
— — C * P P P * — See Section

9.16.020.050.F
Automatic Car Wash — — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.G
Bicycle Repair — P P P — — —
Bicycle Sales/Rental — P P — — — —
Boat Repair — — — C C — —
Boat Sales — — — C * C* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.J
Bus/Truck Repair — — — C P — —
General Auto Repair — — P P P — —
Minor Auto Maintenance — C P P P — —
Motorcycle Sales — — — — C * — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
U
Motor Vehicle Sales (New) — — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
V
341
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 37

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Motor Vehicle Sales (Used) — — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
V
Self-Service or Coin-
Operated Car Wash
— C * C* C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
A
Service Stations (new and
conversion of existing)
— C * C* C* C* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
B
Tire Sales and Service — C P P P — —
Truck, Trailer Rental — I * I* P* P* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
F
Vehicle Storage Yard — — — C C — C See Section

9.16.020.050.B
H
Other Services
Ambulance Service C * — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
Blueprint/Photo Engraving,
Newspaper Printing
— — P P P — —
Cleaning/Dyeing Plant — — — — P — —
Commercial Laundry — — — P C — —
Crematoriums — — — C * C* C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.N
Crematoriums with
Incidental Funeral
Home/Mortuary
— — — C *
C* C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.O
Day Care Facility, Adult — C — — — — —
Equipment Rental — — P P P * — — See Section

9.16.020.050.Y
Funeral Home/Mortuary
with No Crematorium
— — P * P* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
D
342
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 38

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Glass Studio — — P P P — —
Graphic Arts/Photocopying P P P P P * P* — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
G
Home Improvement Center — — P P P * C* — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
H
Kennel — — — P * P* — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
M
Neighborhood Recycling
Center
— I I I — — —
Parking Facilities (For Fee) C C C C C C — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
W
Pet Grooming — P * P* — — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
X
Public Scales — — — — P — —
Small Animal
Hospital/Veterinary
— C * P P P * — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
C
Smoking Lounge — — C * C* — — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
D
Upholstery — — P P P * — — See Section

9.16.020.050.B
G

INDUSTRIAL
Manufacturing
Bottling Plant — — — — P — —
Food Products, Dairy
Products, and Bakery
Products
— — — — P *
P* — See Section

9.16.020.050.A
B
343
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 39

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments
Manufacture, Assembly,
and Repair of Precision
Optics, Electronics, and
Electrical Instruments and
Equipment
— — — — P P —
Manufacture, Assembly,
Compounding, or
Treatment of Materials and
Products, Except as
Otherwise Listed
— — — — P P —
Laboratories, Chemical,
Dental, Electrical, Optical,
Mechanical, and Medical
— — — — — P —
Light Manufacture — — — — P P -
Storage
Contractors Storage Yards — — — C C C —
Frozen Food Lockers — — — P P — —
Lumber Yards and Material
Storage Yards
— — — C C C —
Parcel Delivery Service — — P P P P —
Regional Recycling Center — — — — C C —
Warehouses and Storage
Buildings, Regular
— — — — P * P — See Section

9.16.020.050.BI
Warehouses and Storage
Buildings, Mini
— — — P P P — See Section

9.16.020.050.BJ
Transit/Transportation
Airport/Helistop — — — C C C C
Automobile Fleet Storage — — — C P — —
Draying, Freight or
Trucking Yards
— — — — C C —
Tire Retreading or
Recapping
— — — — P — —
Trailer, Truck or Bus
Terminal
— — — — C — —
344
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 40

Table 1
City of Garden Grove Land Use Matrix
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3 M-1 M-P O-S
Additional
Regulations
and Comments

PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC
Cemetery — — — — — — C
Church and Other Religious
Centers
— C C — — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.K
Commercial Radio/TV
Towers
C* C* C* C* — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.L
Educational Institutions — — — — — — C * See Section

9.16.020.050.S
Group Shelter — — — — — — C
Half-way House — — — — — — —
Hospital, Medical or
Psychiatric
C C C C — — —
Public Buildings (Civic
Center, Library, County,
State or Federal)

C C C C C C C
Public Recreational
Facilities
— — — — — — P
Public Safety Facilities
(Fire, Police)

C C C C C C C
Public Utility Stations and
Equipment Buildings

C C C C P C C
Religious School — — — — — — C
Trade, Business School — C C C — — —

9.16.040.150 Parking Spaces Required.
…

USE REQUIRED MINIMUM PARKING SPACES
A. Residential Uses

1. Preschool/daycare, Child or Adult 1 space per care provider and staff member plus, 1 space for each 6 children/patrons

3. Emergency Shelter (Homeless) 1 space per 4 beds and/or 0.5 per family unit bedroom, plus 1 per staff member

4. Intermediate Care Facility 0.5 spaces per bed
345
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 41


5. Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly (7 persons or more)

0.5 spaces per bed

6. Skilled Nursing Facility 0.5 spaces per bed
B. Commercial Uses

2. Eating/Drinking Establishments –
Restaurants, Cafes, Cafeterias,
Lounges, Bars
a. Attached 0-16 seats less than
300 sq. ft. of customer/dining area
1 space per 200 sq. ft. of gross floor area
b. Attached 16+ seats 1 space per 100 sq. ft. of gross floor area with a min. of 10 spaces
c. Freestanding 1 space per 100 sq. ft. of gross floor area with a min. of 10 spaces
d. With entertainment 1 space per 100 sq. ft. of gross floor area (seating and service), plus 1 space per 35
sq. ft. of entertainment area, plus 1 space
per 7 sq. ft. of dance floor
e. Outdoor dining (See Section

9.16.020.050 for Special
Operating Conditions)
No additional parking required for the first
500 square feet of outdoor dining area. For
any area in excess of 500 square feet,
parking shall be provided as required above
for the applicable use 1 parking space shall
be provided per 100 sq. ft. of gross floor
area. Where dining areas are enclosed on at
least three sides, all parking shall be
provided as required for the above applicable
use.

8. Professional studio
c. Karaoke studios 1 space per 200 sq. ft. of gross floor area C. Office

3. Veterinarian/Pet Hospital 1 space per 170 sq. ft. of gross floor area …

9.16.020.050 Special Operating Conditions and Development Standards. …
K. Churches, other religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses in residential zones and open space zones. Subject to a conditional use permit and the following conditions:

1. The minimum site area shall be one acre.
346
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 42


21. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building; however, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located.
a. The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., Sunday permitted schools buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard. b. The required front yard for any off-street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

32. Limitations on lot coverage by buildings need not apply.

43. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first. Any detached one-family dwelling on such site shall conform to the yard requirements and required distance between buildings as described in the zone in which the dwelling is located.

54. A solid wall not less than six feet in height shall be constructed and maintained on any property lines adjoining residential property, provided such wall shall not extend into any required front yard, and such walls may be built progressively as the site is improved.

65. On interior lots, the required side yards may be used to provide off-street parking areas, and, on corner lots, the interior side yard may be similarly used.

Under no circumstances may the required side yard on the street side be used for off-street parking. A solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height shall be provided between the parking area and the required side yard on the side street side.

76. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.

87. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

98. Church, religious center, and other authorized assembly use sites shall abut and be accessible from at least one public street with a roadway having not 347
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 43

less than two parking lanes and two traffic lanes, and having a combined width of not less than 36 feet. All bounding streets and/or alleys shall be improved to the dimensions indicated on any adopted specified plans therefor, and to the City's specifications pertaining to materials, design and construction.

Where no specific plan for street alignment or widths have been adopted and boundary streets or alleys do not conform to prescribed minimum requirements, the plan shall be submitted to the Planning Commission to initiate proceedings and adoption of a specific plan to define boundary streets and alleys that will conform to prescribed minimums.
109. Parcels zoned and utilized for sing le-family residential purposes may be improved with churches, religious centers, and other authorized assembly uses, provided the site has frontage on a secondary or primary highway, and shall be devoted exclusively to such purposes.
110. Requirement(s) of this subsection A may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).
…
V. Eating Establishment/Restaurant with Outdoor Seating.

1. Incidental Use Only. With the exception of permitted joint-use outdoor dining areas as provided for in paragraph 5 below, the outdoor dining area must be accessory to the eating establishment/restaurant.

2. Design. Outdoor dining areas shall be open on at least three sides , and open to the sky. Non-fixed umbrellas and awnings and canopies that accent the building are permitted. Side panels or any other accessories that enclose the outdoor dining area are prohibited.

3. Location.

D The seating area shall not encroach into any required front setback, parking and/or vehicular circulation area, required landscape areas, required paths-of-travel, or public rights-of-way.

E Within any commercial or industrial zone, outdoor dining areas may be permitted within the required side or rear setback area, consistent with the requirements of this chapter.

F The outdoor dining area must be located immediately adjacent to, abutting, and adjoining the establishment with which it is associated, and shall not extend beyond the building and/or storefront frontage 348
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 44

and/or length of the tenant space of the associated primary establishment.

4. Delineation of Area. Any outdoor dining area serving a single business shall maintain a clearly marked perimeter and shall be separated from vehicular pathways and public sidewalks with low walls and/or landscape hedges a minimum of 30 inches in depth or 42 inches in height. Establishments that include the service or sale of alcoholic beverages are subject to additional separation requirements provided in subsection 6 (Alcoholic Beverage Sales in Outdoor Dining Areas) of this section.

5. Outdoor dining areas for joint-use between businesses shall be separated from pedestrian and vehicular pathways with low walls and/or landscaping. Joint- use outdoor dining areas are not required to be located immediately adjacent to an establishment, but shall be located within 25 feet of at least one establishment participating in the joint-use area. Where adjacent to a public right-of-way, the area shall be delineated as required by subsection 4 (Delineation of Area) of this subdivision V. No alcohol shall be served in any outdoor dining area that serves more than one business.

6. Alcoholic Beverage Sales in Outdoor Dining Areas. The service of alcoholic beverages and its consumption by customers in an outdoor dining area shall comply with Section 9.16.020.080 (Alcohol Beverage Sales) and furthermore, shall be restricted as follows:
a. Any establishment permitted to sell alcohol that maintains an outdoor dining area shall separate the outdoor dining area with a wall, fence, or hedge that is intended to clearly delineate the dining area from pedestrian traffic, and prevent ease of access in any manner to this area by pedestrians and other non-patrons. The wall, fence, or hedge shall fully enclose the outdoor dining area to separate it from public access ways. The wall, fence, or hedge shall consist of a minimum five-foot- high barrier and/or other special separation/improvement from surroundings that would hinder access from pedestrians to the outdoor dining area, as determined by the Police Chief. The barrier/fencing shall be subject to the following standards:
i. Any barrier/fencing around the outdoor area perimeter shall allow visibility into the area from adjacent properties and streets. ii. Any barrier/fencing around the outdoor area perimeter shall be architecturally compatible with th e structure housing the eating or drinking establishment.
349
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 45

iii. The location, design, and placement of any barrier/fencing are subject to review and approval by the Planning Services Division during the site plan review or conditional use permit review process.
b. Ingress and egress to/from the outdoor dining area shall be from the interior of the eating or drinking establishment only. There shall be no ingress or egress permitted to/from the outdoor dining area to any parking area, landscape area, or public right-of-way except for emergency purposes only. Any proposed accesses located within the outdoor dining area that lead to any locations other than into the eating or drinking establishment shall be marked as emergency exits only and shall be provided with panic hardware.
c. The operator shall post a written notice to customers, as approved by the City, which states that the drinking or carrying of an alcoholic beverage outside of the outdoor dining area is prohibited and unlawful. d. Hours of operation shall not begin prior to 7:00 a.m. nor extend later than 10:00 p.m.

7. Parking. See Section 9.16.040.150 for parking requirements for outdoor dining areas.
…

9.16.040.010 Commercial/Office – General Requirements.

A. Standard Regulations.

1. Lot Dimensions and Setbacks
O-P C-1 C-2 C-3
Lot Area 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft. 20,000 sq. ft.

Lot Width 75 ft. 75 ft. 75 ft. 75 ft.

Building
Height
2 stories or 35
ft. max.
2 stories or 35
ft. max.
3 stories or 35 ft.
max.
3 stories or 35 ft.
max.

Setbacks (Interior Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Side 10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Rear 5 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft.

Setbacks (Corner Lot)
350
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 46

O-P C-1 C-2 C-3
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior
Side
10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side
Street
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Setbacks (Reverse Corner)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior
Side
10 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side
Street
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

Maximum
Floor Area
Ratio
(F.A.R.)
See Land Use Element of the General Plan
…

9.16.040.030 Industrial – General Requirements.

A. Standard Regulations.

1. Lot Dimensions, Setbacks, and Building Height.

M-1 M-P
Lot Area 15,000 sq. ft. 15,000 sq. ft.

Building Height 35 ft. max. 35 ft. max.

Setbacks (Interior Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.

Setbacks (Corner Lot)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.
351
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 47

M-1 M-P
Setbacks (Reverse Corner)
Front 15 ft. 15 ft.

Interior Side 0 ft. 0 ft.

Side Street 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear 0 ft. 0 ft.

Maximum Floor Area
Ratio (F.A.R.)
See Land Use Element of the General Plan

2. Setbacks Required When Industrial Lot Abuts a Residential Lot.

M-1 M-P
Interior Lot Abutting any "R" (Residential) zoned property or any PUD established exclusively for residential use
Side Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Corner and Reverse Lots Abutting any "R" (Residential) zoned property or any PUD established exclusively for residential use
Side Setback 10 ft. 10 ft.

Rear Setback 10 ft. 10t.

B. Lot Area Regulations.

0.1. Minimum Lot Area. For any newly created or rezoned M-1 (limited industrial) and M-P (industrial park) lot, the minimum lot area shall be 15,000 square feet.

2.1. Lot Area Shall Not be Reduced. No lot area shall be reduced or diminished so that building setbacks shall be less than prescribed for the zone in which it is located.

3. 2. Substandard Lots. When a lot has less than the minimum required area or width as set forth in the developm ent standards of the M-1 (limited industrial) and M-P (industrial park), or in a site plan of record on November 12, 1960, the lot shall be deemed to have complied with the minimum required lot area or width as set forth in the zone or site plan.

B. C. Setback s Regulations . Except as specified in Section 9.16.040.020, every required setback shall be open and unobstructed from the ground to the sky. 352
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 48


1. No setback provided around any building for the purpose of complying with the provisions of this section shall be considered as providing a setback for any other building.

2. All building setbacks shall be measured from ultimate street right-of- way.

A. D. Building Height Provisions Height of Roof Structures, Towers, Spires, and Unique Structures.

1. Maximum Building Height.

No building in the M-1 (limited industrial) and M-P (industrial park) zone shall exceed a height of 35 feet.
a. 1. Height of Roof Structures, Towers, Spires, and Unique Structures.

Roof structures for the housing of elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the building are permitted to the extent necessary to ensure safe and proper operation of such equipment, but in no case shall they exceed 50 feet.

2. b. Fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, flagpoles, chimneys, smokestacks, radio masts and similar structures may be erected above the height limits prescribed.

3. c. No roof structure or any space abov e the height limit prescribed for the zone and the area district in which the building is located shall be allowed for the purpose of providing additional usable floor space. …

9.16.040.120.B. Walls, Fences and Hedges.

10. A wall or fence not exceeding eigh t feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right-of-way; provided that: said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. a. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard. b. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity. c. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body. 353
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 49

…

9.16.040.170 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development.

1. Off-site parking for new uses or new construction shall only be permitted with the approval of a parking management plan in accordance with Section 9.16.040.180 or the approval of a shared parking agreement pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses. The provision set fo rth in Section 9.18.140.050.C shall apply to any proposed shared parking agreements submitted pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1.

2. If an irrevocable a ccess and/or parking easement is obtained on another site for use and benefit of the site in issue, and such access and/or parking agreement, when fully exercised, does not diminish the available parking capacity of the site subject to the easement to less than required by this section, and a parking management plan is approved, the parking may be on an adjacent site.

B. All off-street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.

1. Off-street parking spaces shall not be located in any required setback.

2. All motor vehicles, trailers, vessels, campers and camper shells must be parked or stored on a fully paved surface with approved entrances and exits to the street.

3. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.
…
354
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 50

Chapter 9.18 MIXED USE REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. …

9.18.020.030 Uses Restricted to Indoor.
…
Table 9.18-1
Use Regulations for the Mixed Use Zones
Permitted
Uses
GGMU-
1, -2, -
3 CC-
1 CC-
2 CC-
3 CC-
OS
NMU AR Additional
Regulations
and
Comments
…
Commercial/Office
Offices and Related Uses
Banks/
Financial
Institution
P P P P[-] [-] P P
Personal/Service
Fortunetelling P [-] [-] [-] [-] CP [-] See Section

9.18.030.190
(Fortunetelling)
Tattoo,
General
C [-] [-] [-] [-] C C In all GGMU
zones, no
tattoo parlor
shall be located
closer than
1,000 feet from
any other
tattoo parlor.

Also, the
entrance shall
be oriented
only toward a
principal,
major, or
primary arterial
street, as
defined in the
General Plan
Circulation
Element.
355
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 51

…
Retail Trade
…
Stationery
and Office
Supplies - No
Furniture
P P P P [-] P [-]
Thrift Retail
Store
P P P P [-] P P
Toys P P P P [-] P [-]
…
…

9.18.030.040 Arcades and Incidental Amusement Devices
A. Arcades as the Principal Use.

1. Arcades shall not be permitted in any location that would tend to produce a hazard or nuisance to adjacent properties and/or permitted uses and activities.

2. With the exception of emergency access, all pedestrian and vehicular access to an arcade shall be oriented toward a principal, major, or primary arterial street, such as Garden Grove Boulevard, Magnolia Street, or Brookhurst Street. Access via a secondary arterial or local residential street shall be prohibited. Arterials and local residential streets are defined in the City's General Plan Circulation Element.

32. Arcades shall be located at least 600 feet from any school, adult entertainment business, or other arcade, and at least 200 feet from any property zoned for residential use or containing a residential use, or any bar or nightclub. Within a residential/commercial mixed use development, an applicant for an arcade may request a waiver of these distance requirements as part of the conditional use permit process, provided that the establishment complies with all other distance and pedestrian and vehicular access requirements of this code.

43. Doors of the establishment shall be kept closed at all times during operation of the establishment, except in the case of emergency or to permit deliveries.
356
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 52


54. The interior of arcades shall be arranged in a manner that all amusement devices and public spaces can be viewed from a single supervisory or cashier station.

65. A responsible adult employee shall be on duty throughout the hours that such establishment is open for business.
…

9.18.030.120 Churches and Other Religious Centers, and Other Authorized Assembly Uses.

The following regulations shall apply:

A. Minimum Site Area. In the CC-1 zone, the minimum site area for a new church or other religious center use shall be one acre.

BA. Front Yard Setback—Primary Use Buildings. The depth of the required front yard for churches, sanctuaries, or main assembly buildings shall be 40 feet when entrances are located in the front of the building. However, when building entrances do not face the front yard, the main structure shall be required to provide only a front yard setback specified in the zone in which the building is located.

CB. Front Yard Setback—Accessory Use Buildings The depth of the required front yard for accessory buildings, e.g., permitted school buildings, showers or restroom facilities, etc., shall be only the front yard required in the zone in which they are located, provided said structures have no entrance facing the front yard.

DC. Front Yard Setback—Parking. The required front yard for any off-street parking area shall be no less than that required for the zone in which the parking area is located, provided that a solid or decorative masonry wall of 42 inches in height is provided between the parking area and the front yard.

ED. Proximity to Property Lines. Main buildings and structures on the site shall not be closer than 25 feet to any property line that is a common property line with "R" zoned property, except that accessory buildings and structures shall maintain a side yard of 10 feet, with five feet added at ground level for each additional story over the first.

FE. Lighting. All lights provided to illuminate any parking area or building on such site shall be so arranged as to direct the light away from any adjoining premises.
357
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 53

GF. Site Frontage. The width of the frontage of the building site shall be not less than 120 feet.

G. Waiver. Requirement(s) of this subsection may be waived by the Planning Commission upon a finding that the impacts of the project, as proposed, do not justify imposition of the requirement(s).
…

9.18.030.300 Outdoor Dining at Eating Establishment/Restaurant A. Incidental Use Only. With the exception of permitted joint use outdoor dining areas as provided for in paragraph F below, outdoor dining areas must be incidental and accessory to the permitted eating establishment/restaurant.

B. Design. Outdoor dining areas shall be open on at least three sides and open to the sky, with the exception that non-fixed umbrellas and awnings and canopies that accent the building are permitted . Side panels or any other accessories that enclose the outdoor dining area are prohibited.

C. Location.

1. Within any Mixed Use zone, outdoor dining areas may be permitted within the required front setback area, consistent with the requirements of this chapter.

2. Outdoor dining areas may be permitted within the required boulevard garden plaza or pedestrian plaza area, as set forth in Sections

9.18.090.020.F (Boulevard Garden Plaza Requirement) and

9.18.090.070.C (Pedestrian-Oriented Plaza Requirement).

3. The outdoor dining area must be located immediately adjacent to, abutting, and adjoining the establishment with which it is associated, and shall not extend beyond the building and/or storefront frontage and/or length of the tenant space of the associated primary establishment.

D. Maximum Allowable Square Footage. Outdoor dining shall not exceed 1,000 square feet for any individual establishment.

E. Delineation of Area. Any outdoor dining area serving a single business shall maintain a clearly marked perimeter and shall be separated from vehicular pathways and public sidewalks with low walls and/or landscape hedges a minimum of 30 inches in depth or 42 inches in height. Establishments that include the service or sale of alcoholic beverages are subject to additional separation 358
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 54

requirements provided in subsection G (Alcoholic Beverage Sales in Outdoor Dining Areas) of this section.

F. Outdoor dining areas for joint use between businesses shall be separated from pedestrian and vehicular pathways with low walls and/or landscaping. Joint use outdoor dining areas are not required to be located immediately adjacent to an establishment, but shall be located within 25 feet of at least one establishment participating in the joint use area. Where adjacent to a public right-of-way, the area shall be delineated as required by subsection E (Delineation of Area) of this section. No alcohol shall be served in any outdoor dining area that serves more than one business, unless authorized pursuant to a conditional use permit in accordance with the provisions set fort h in Sections 9.18.090.040, Additional Regulations Specific to the CC-1 Zone, and 9.18.090.060, Additional Regulations Specific to the CC-3 Zone, of this code.

G. Alcoholic Beverage Sales in Outdoor Dining Areas. The service of alcoholic beverages and its consumption by customers in an outdoor dining area shall comply with Section 9.18.060 (Alcohol Be verage Sales) and furthermore, shall be restricted as follows:

1. Any establishment permitted to sell alcohol that maintains an outdoor dining area shall separate the outdoor dining area with a wall, fence, or hedge that is intended to clearly delineate the dining area from pedestrian traffic and prevent ease of access in any manner to this area by pedestrians and other non-patrons. The wall, fence, or hedge shall fully enclose the outdoor dining area to separate it from public access ways. The wall, fence, or hedge shall consist of a minimum five-foot- high barrier and/or other special separation/improvement from surroundings that would hinder access from pedestrians to the outdoor dining area, as determined by the Police Chief. The barrier/fencing shall be subject to the following standards:
a. Any barrier/fencing around the outdoor area perimeter shall allow visibility into the area from adjacent properties and streets. b. Any barrier/fencing around the outdoor area perimeter shall be architecturally compatible with th e structure housing the eating or drinking establishment.
c. The location, design, and placement of any barrier/fencing are subject to review and approval by the Planning Division during the site plan review or conditional use permit review process.

2. Ingress and egress to/from the outdoor dining area shall be from the interior of the eating or drinking establishment only. There shall be no 359
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 55

ingress or egress permitted to/from the outdoor dining area to any parking area, landscape area, or public right-of-way except for emergency purposes only. Any proposed accesses located within the outdoor dining area that lead to any locations other than into the eating or drinking establishment shall be marked as emergency exits only and shall be provided with panic hardware.

3. The operator shall post a written notice to customers, as approved by the city, which states that the drinking or carrying of an alcoholic beverage outside of the outdoor dining area is prohibited and unlawful.

4. Hours of operation shall not begin prior to 7:00 a.m. nor extend later than 10:00 p.m.


4.5. Parking. See Section 9.18.140.030 , Table 9.18-11 (Required Spaces) for parking requirements for outdoor dining areas.
…

9.18.090.020 Garden Grove Boulevard Mixed Use Zone (GGMU) Development Standards
…
F. Boulevard Garden Plaza Requirement. For projects having a property line that abuts the Garden Grove Boulevard right-of-way and where the buildings are clearly oriented immediately toward Garden Grove Boulevard, a boulevard garden plaza shall be provided. New stand-alone multiple-family residential development with no commercial component, in the Garden Grove Boulevard Mixed Use (GGMU) zone, is only permitted on sites that do not have access to a principal, major, primary, or secondary arterial street , and are not required to include a pedestrian plaza area. The purpose of this boulevard garden plaza is to provide a place adjacent to the public right-of-way that expands the area for use by pedestrians for passive recreation and public gathering, and that provides area for landscape amenities, display of public art, and similar uses that enhance the appearance and function of development. This boulevard garden plaza shall be provided at grade and shall comply with the following design standards.
…

9.18.110.030 Development Standards for Mu ltifamily Residential Uses within All Mixed Use Zones.
…
360
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 56

H. Additional Residential Unit Requirements. Each residential unit in a multiple family development shall comply with the following requirements.

1. Laundry Facilities. Each unit shall be provided with washer and dryer hookups and laundry space within the unit or garage. For apartment units, common laundry facilities may be provided in lieu of private laundry facilities.

2. Storage Facilities. Each unit shall be provided with a separate storage area having a minimum of 150 120 cubic feet of private and secure storage space. This storage may be provided within the parking garage provided it does not interfere with garage use for automobile parking.

Closet and cupboard space within the dwelling unit shall not count towards meeting this requirement.
…

9.18.110.050 Duplex and Triplex in Mixed Use Zones.

Two- or three-unit residential projects located in a mixed use zone shall comply with the development standards set forth in Section 9.12.040.040 (Special Requirements – Duplex and Triplex in the R-2 and R-3 Zones), provided, however, that such projects shall comply with the applicable setback standards for the zone in which they are located.
…

9.18.130.010.G. Location and Height.

G. Freeway Right-of-Way Adjacent. A wall or fence not exceeding eight feet in height may be constructed along that portion of a lot or parcel that abuts a freeway right-of-way, provided that : said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

1. Said wall or fence does not extend into any front yard.

2. A wall or fence exceeding six feet in height shall be subject to the preview and approval of the hearing body, who shall consider the effect of such wall or fence on other property in the vicinity.

3. Walls used for sound attenuation walls along arterials shall be attractive and subject to approval by the hearing body. 361
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 57

...

9.18.140.030 Parking Spaces Required.

Table 9.18-11
Required Parking Spaces
Use Required Minimum Parking Spaces
…A
Other Residential Uses and Uses Incidental to Residential Community care facility, residential (6
persons or fewer and 7 persons or
more)care facility

0.5 spaces per bed
Senior Citizen Housing
Apartment
Congregate general care
Congregate general care with on-site
transportation provided
1 space per unit

0.5 spaces per bed or unit

0.3 spaces per bed or unit
Day Care, Child or Adult 1 space per care provider and staff member, plus 1 space for each 6
children/patrons
Intermediate care facility 0.5 spaces per bed
Skilled nursing facility 0.5 spaces per bed
Commercial Uses
… …
Restaurants, Eating, Drinking
Establishments, Cafes, Coffeehouses,
Bars
Attached 0-16 seats with less than 300
square feet of customer/dining area
Attached 16+ seats
Freestanding
With entertainment
1 space per 200 square feet of gross
floor area
1 space per 100 square feet of gross
floor area, with a minimum of 10 spaces
1 space per 100 square feet of gross
floor area, with a minimum of 10 spaces
1 space per 100 square feet of gross
floor area (seating and service), plus 1
space per 35 square feet of
entertainment area, plus 1 space per 7
square feet of dance floor
362
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 58

Outdoor dining (See Section

9.18.030.300 for Special Operating
Conditions)
No additional parking required for the
first 500 square feet of outdoor dining
area. For any area in excess of 500
square feet, parking shall be provided as
required above for the applicable use 1
parking space shall be provided per 100
sq. ft. of gross floor area. Where outdoor
dining is covered by a roof structure, all
parking shall be provided as required for
the above applicable use.
… …
Office Uses
… …
Small Animal Hospital/Veterinary/Dog
Day Care
1 space per 170 square feet of gross
floor area
… …

9.18.140.040 Parking Requirements.
…
B. Compact Car Parking Spaces.

1. Up to 20% of the required commercial parking stalls may be compact parking spaces. The determination of the percentage to be allowed will be made through the site plan review or applicable discretionary permit review process.

2. Compact stall size is subject to Public Works Department standards for compact car spaces.

3. Compact spaces, where provided, shall be consolidated into a specific area of a parking lot or structure. The area shall include signage designating the spaces by signs, colored lines, or other appropriate indicators for compact vehicles only.
…

9.18.140.050 Location of Parking Spaces.

A. Located On-Site. All required open parking spaces and garages shall be located on the same building site or within the same development, except where allowed by S ubsection 9.18.140.050. B (Off-Site Parking) or Subsection 363
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 59


9.18.140.050.C (Shared Parking Agre ements for Underutilized Parking) , below.

B. Off-Site Parking. Off-site parking for new uses or new construction may be permitted on either a privately owned property or public property through the site plan review process or other applicable discretionary review permit process for an individual use or development project.

1. Joint Use Off-Site Parking. Where more than one use is involved, joint use or shared parking shall require preparation of a parking management plan in accordance with Section 9.18.140.060 (Joint Use and Parking Management).

2. Location of Off-Site Parking. In no event shall any off-site parking facility be located more than 1,500 feet from the use it is intended to serve.

3. Deed Restriction Required. Where off-site parking for an individual use or development project is approved, a deed restriction, subject to the review and approval of the City Attorney, shall be recorded against all affected properties. Such deed restriction shall indicate the restrictions on the properties relative to future use and development due to the off- site parking arrangement.

4. Irrevocable Access and/or Parking Easement. If parking is provided on a site other than the subject site, an irrevocable access and/or parking easement shall be obtained on the other site for use and benefit of the site in issue. Such access and/or parking agreement, when fully exercised, shall not diminish the available parking capacity of the site subject to the easement to less than required by this section.

C. Shared Parking Agreements for Underutilized Parking. Notwithstanding subsection B, two or more legal entities may submit a shared parking agreement to the City pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1 to allow the sharing of underutilized parking spaces on different sites and/or for different uses pursuant to this subsection 9.18.140.050.C.

1. For purposes of this subsection, “underutilized parking” means parking where 20 percent or more of a development’s parking spaces are not occupied during the period that the parking is proposed to be shared by another user, group, development, or the public. The amount of underutilized parking on a site shall be determined through a parking study prepared by a qualified transportation engineer in accordance with applicable City standards and requirements and which is based on a survey of actual parking space occupancy rates on the subject site at 364
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 60

different periods throughout the twelve-month period preceding submittal of the proposed shared parking agreement.

2. Parking spaces identified in an approved shared parking agreement may count toward meeting the applicable on-site parking requirement for a new or existing development or use, including, but not limited to, shared parking in underutilized spaces and in parking lots and garages that will be constructed as part of the development or developments under any of the following conditions:
a. The entities that will share the parking are located on the same, or contiguous, parcels.
b. The sites of the entities that will share parking are separated by no more than 2,000 feet of travel by the shortest walking route. c. The sites of the entities that will share parking are separated by more than 2,000 feet of travel by the shortest walking route, but the shared parking agreement incorporates a plan for shuttles or other accommodations to move between the parking and site and an enforceable commitment to sustain such transportation accommodations for the duration of the shared parking
arrangement.

3. Entities proposing to share underutilized parking shall submit the following to the City:
a. A parking analysis using peer-reviewed methodologies developed by a professional planning association, such as the methodology established by the Urban Land Institute, National Parking Association, and the International Council of Shopping Centers, sufficient to determine the number of underutilized parking spaces can be reasonably shared between uses to fulfill parking requirements. The parking analysis shall be prepared by a qualified transportation engineer in accordance with applicable City standards and requirements.
b. A proposed shared parking agreement. The shared parking agreement shall be in a form approved by the City Attorney and shall (i) incorporate the submitted parking analysis and any recommendations contained therein; (ii) either require that all shared parking spaces proposed to be used by a development or use to meet applicable parking requirements be provided for the life of such development or use, or afford the City an
unconditional right to review and approve the shared parking 365
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 61

arrangement annually, or such longer period approved by the review authority; (iii) provide that the agreement may not be terminated or amended without the written approval of the City; (iv) provide that the City is a third party beneficiary of the agreement and shall have the power to enforce the terms of the agreement against each entity that is a party; and (v) be an enforceable covenant running with the land.
c. Information identifying the benefits of the proposed shared parking agreement.

4. For development projects involving new construction, a shared parking agreement for underutilized spaces shall be considered by the appropriate review authority at the same time the project is considered. Where a shared parking agreement is proposed for the use of underutilized spaces by a new or existing use within an existing development, the shared parking agreement shall be subject to review by the Department Director. The review authority shall approve a shared parking agreement if (a) all of the requirements set forth in subsection C.3 are satisfied and (b) the required number of parking spaces (i) that are accessible to persons with disabilities and (ii) the required percentage of parking spaces that are designated for electric vehicles that would have otherwise applied in the absence of the shared parking agreement will continue to be provided on all parcels subject to the shared parking agreement. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1, the review authority may neither (a) condition approval of a shared parking agreement on the curing of a preexisting deficit in the number of parking spaces or (b) withhold approval of a shared parking agreement solely on the basis that it will temporarily reduce or eliminate the availability of parking spaces for the original proposed uses.

5. A shared parking agreement approved by the City shall be recorded against each parcel on which parking spaces being shared with another use or site are located and each parcel on which a development or use that has the right to use the shared parking spaces from another use or site pursuant to the agreement. Proof of recordation of an approved shared parking agreement shall be provided to Department Director prior to implementation of the shared parking arrangement.

CD. Accessibility. All off-street open and enclosed parking spaces shall be located and maintained so as to be accessible and usable for the parking of motor vehicles.
366
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 62


1. All motor vehicles must be parked or stored on a fully paved surface with approved entrances and exits to the street.

2. For projects approved and developed after April 25, 1991, where security gates are proposed to be provided, 7010% of the guest parking spaces shall be located outside the secured area.

9.18.140.060 Joint Use and Parking Management.
…
G. Requirements for Approval. Where a shared parking facility serving more than one use will be provided, the total number of required parking spaces may be reduced only if the hearing bodyreview authority finds that all of the following are met:

1. The peak hours of use will not overlap or coincide to the degree that peak demand for parking spaces from all uses will be greater than the total supply of spaces;

2. The adequacy of the quantity an d efficiency of parking provided will equal or exceed the level that can be expected if parking for each use were provided separately;

3. A parking demand study prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional approved by the City supports the proposed reduction; and

4. The applicant has submitted, or is required as a condition of approval to submit, a signed contract between the applicant and the other property owner(s) providing the off-street parking spaces subject to the shared parking arrangement. The contract shall be subject to the approval of the hearing bodyreview authority and shall also be subject to review by the City Attorney as to form and content.

H. Shared Parking Agreements for Underutili zed Parking. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 65863.1, two or more separate legal entities may submit share underutilized parking spaces.
367
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 63

Chapter 9.32 PROCEDURES AND HEARINGS.
…

9.32.030 Land Use Actions.
…

9.32.030.D. Land Use Action Procedures.
…

11. City Manager or Designee Review—Minor Deviations.
a. Applicability. The City Manager or designee is vested with the following minor deviation land use permit and related authority:
…
xii. To make a determination as to which side of a corner lot in any zone is the front for purposes of applying requirements for setbacks; wall, fence and hedge heights; parking; and
landscaping.
b. For purposes of this section, "minor deviation" is defined as a modification or change that does no t undermine or significantly revise the intent and purpose of the municipal code. Minor deviations shall be limited to the above actions only.
c. Required Findings. The City Manager or designee may approve an application for a minor deviation if the following findings are made:
i. That the proposed action will not adversely affect the City's General Plan;
ii. That no discretionary actions requiring review by the City Zoning Administrator, Planning Commission or City Council are being proposed;
iii. That no adverse effects on the health, peace, comfort or welfare of persons residing or working on adjoining properties is created; and
iv. That all other applicable Title 9 provisions are complied with. d. Notice and Review.
368
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 64

i. An application for a minor deviation shall consist of written documentation of the precise nature of the change(s) the applicant is proposing, the duration, a plot plan for the parcel, and any other information required by the City Manager or designee. The City Manager or designee is empowered to impose a n y c o n d i t i o n s o f a p p r o v a l a s n e c e s s a r y t o i n s u r e t h a t t h e proposal satisfies the required findings set forth in this subsection.
ii. Upon receipt of an application for a minor deviation, a notice shall be sent to the adjoining property owners describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments should be submitted no later than 10 dayscalendar days from the date the notice was sent out. A public hearing shall not be required. If the request is approved by the City Manager or designee, the planning staff shall transmit the City Manager or designee's notice of the decision, with any appropriate conditions of approval, to the applicant and to each Planning Commissioner. The decision of the City Manager or designee shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within seven dayscalendar days from the date of the decision, or unless the application is called up for review by any member of the Planning Commission within seven
dayscalendar days from the date of the decision. The planning staff, upon receipt of a timely request for Planning Commission review, shall schedule the matter for Planning Commission review at its next available meeting.
…

13. Director's Review—Duplex and Triplex to read as follows:
a. Applicability. The Department Director is vested with the authority to review and approve applications for duplexes and triplexes that comply with all the requirements of Section 9.12.040.040, Special Requirements—Duplex and Triplex in R-2 and R-3 Zones, and that do not require approval of any discretionary action, including, but not limited to, a variance, zoning change, general plan amendment, or other entitlements.
b. Any duplex or triplex project that requires approval of a discretionary action shall be processed through a site plan review and the applicant shall pay the appropriate site plan fee and any other appropriate entitlement fee(s).
c. Required Findings. The Department Director may approve an application 369
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 65

for a duplex or triplex if the following findings are made:
i. That the proposed development will comply with all applicable, objective standards, provisions, conditions and requirements of the General Plan, Title 9, and other applicable ordinances and policies of the City, except to the extent excused from compliance pursuant to state law; and
ii. That no discretionary actions requiring review by the City Zoning Administrator, City Planning Commission or City Council are being proposed.
d. Submittal Requirements. The applicant shall submit a complete application, plans and documentation, as identified in the duplex and triplex filing instructions, and pay the appropriate fees. e. Notice and Review.
i. Upon receipt of an application for a duplex or triplex, a notice shall be sent to the adjoining property owners describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments should be submitted no later than 10 dayscalendar days from the date the notice was sent out. A public hearing shall not be required.
ii. If one or more adjacent property owners object to the proposal, the director may refer the review of the request to the Zoning Administrator or the Planning Commission where new public notices will be mailed per the public hearing noticing requirements, and a public hearing will be held.
iii. The Department Director is empowered to impose any conditions of approval, including conditions from other City departments, that are necessary to ensure that the proposal complies with all local, state and federal laws, and satisfies the required findings.
iv. If the request is approved by the Department Director, the planning staff shall transmit the director's notice of the decision, with any appropriate conditions of approval, to the applicant.
v. The decision of the Department Director shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within 10 dayscalendar days from the date of the decision or unless the application is called up to the Planning Commission for review by any member of the Planning Commission or City Council within 10 dayscalendar days from the date of the decision.
370
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 66

vi. Any decision of the Department Director may be appealed to the Planning Commission, and shall co mply with Sections 9.32.110 through 9.32.150, except as to the timeframe for appeal/call up. vii. Any decision of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council, and shall comply with Sections 9.32.110 through

9.32.150, except as to the timeframe for appeal/call up.

14.Main Street Outdoor Dining Permit for Outdoor Dining Areas in the Public Right- of- Way on Historic Main Street.
a. Applicability. Approval of a Main St reet outdoor dining permit pursuant to this subdivision shall be required for any eating establishment located along Historic Main Street within the CC-2 zone to establish and maintain an outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.18.090.050 of this title, Additional Regulations Specific to the CC-2 Zone. It shall be a condition of each Main Street outdoor dining permit that the applicant also obtain and maintain an encroachment permit from the City pursuant to Title 11 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code and comply with all conditions of such encroachment permit. Approval of a Main Street outdoor dining permit pursuant to this subdivision shall not constitute approval of said encroachment permit.
b. Review Authority.
i. Director's Review. The Department Director is vested with the authority to approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for Main Street outdoor dining permits, provided the applicant is not proposing the sale, service or consumption of alcoholic beverages within the outdoor dining area and approval of a discretionary action by the Zoning Administrator, Planning Commission, or City Council is not otherwise required.
ii. Review by Hearing Body. Where an outdoor dining area in the public right- of-way is proposed in conjunction with another land use action that requires discretionary review pursuant to this chapter, the application for a Main Street outdoor dining permit shall be processed in conjunction with said land use action and reviewed by the applicable hearing body in conjunction with such discretionary review.
iii. Alcohol Sales. The sale, service and/or consumption of alcohol within an outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way shall also 371
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 67

require approval of a new or amended conditional use permit pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.18.060, Alcohol Beverage Sales.
c. Required Findings. The Department Director or applicable hearing body may approve an application for a Main Street outdoor dining permit only if all of the following findings are made:
i. The proposed outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way is consistent with the City's General Plan, all applicable development standards and Building Code requirements, and all other applicable Title 9 provisions;
ii. The proposed outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way will be complementary to, and not inconsistent with, the underlying dedication for public right-of-way or the City's title or estate in the underlying public right- of-way;
iii. The applicant has demonstrated a satisfactory ability and willingness to comply with the Garden Grove Municipal Code and pertinent conditions to previously issued permits, licenses, and City land use approvals with respect to operation of the adjacent eating establishment;
iv. The proposed outdoor dining activity will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare and will not injure or unreasonably interfere with the property or improvements of other persons located in the vicinity of the proposed outdoor dining area; and
v. The City Engineer is prepared to issue an encroachment permit to the applicant for the establishment and maintenance of an outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way pursuant to Title

11. d. Notice and Review.
i. Upon receipt of an application for a Main Street outdoor dining permit that is subject to review by the Department Director, a notice shall be sent to all owners of property with frontage on Historic Main Street between Acacia Parkway and Garden Grove Boulevard describing the nature of the request and advising that any comments should be submitted no later than 10 dayscalendar days from the date of the notice. If one or more property owners object to the application, the Director may refer review of the 372
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 68

request to the Zoning Administrator or Planning Commission, where a public hearing will be noticed and held in accordance with the public hearing provisions of Chapter 9.32.
ii. The Planning staff shall transmit the Department Director's notice of the decision, with any appropriate conditions of approval, to the applicant. The decision of the Department Director shall be final and binding unless an appeal is filed within 10 dayscalendar days from the date of the decision.
iii. Any decision of the Department Director or Zoning Administrator may be appealed to the Planning Commission, and the
provisions of Sections 9.32.110 through 9.32.150 shall apply, except as to the timeframe for appeal.
iv. Any decision of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council, and the provisions of Sections 9.32.110 through

9.32.150 shall apply.
e. Conditions, Transferability and Scope of Rights.
i. The Department Director or hearing body is empowered to impose any conditions of approval on a Main Street outdoor dining permit determined to be necessary to ensure that the proposal complies with all local, state and federal laws, and satisfies the required findings.
ii. It shall be a condition of each Main Street outdoor dining permit that the applicant also obtain and maintain an encroachment permit from the City pursuant to Title 11 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code and comply with all conditions of such
encroachment permit. Approval of a Main Street outdoor dining permit pursuant to this subdivisi on shall not constitute approval of said encroachment permit.
iii. It shall be a condition of each Main Street outdoor dining permit that the scope, nature, and character of use of the adjacent eating establishment remain substantially the same as at the time approved. In the event there are significant changes to the scope, nature, or character of use of the adjacent eating establishment, all rights conferred by a Main Street outdoor dining permit for that eating establishment shall cease, and the owner(s) of the eating establishment shall be required to apply for and obtain a new Main Street outdoor dining permit, if eligible to do so. 373
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 69

iv. In the event of a change of ownership of the adjacent outdoor eating establishment, where the scope, nature, and character of use of the adjacent eating establishment does not significantly change, a Main Street outdoor dining permit may be
automatically transferred to the new owner(s) of the eating establishment upon written notice to the City, issuance of a new encroachment permit pursuant to Title 11, and execution by each owner of a written acknowledgment and agreement to comply with the conditions of approval of the permit in a form acceptable to the Department Director.
v. Approval of a Main Street outdoor dining permit pursuant to this subsection shall not be construed to grant the applicant or adjacent property or business owner any property interest in the public right-of-way or any entitlement to continued use of the public right-of-way.
vi. Following investigation, written notice, and an opportunity to respond, a Main Street outdoor dining permit may be revoked or suspended by the Department Director: (a) in the event of suspension, revocation, expiration, or non- renewal of the encroachment permit; (b) upon failure of the business owner and/or operator to comply with the conditions of approval and/or applicable legal requirements; or (c) if one or more of the required findings for approval of the permit can no longer be made with respect to the outdoor dining area in the public right-of-way. If the Department Director revokes a Main Street outdoor dining permit, the procedures for notice and appeal set forth in paragraphs (d)(ii) through (iv), above, shall apply.

15. Requests for Reasonable Accommodation.
…
e. Decision.
i. Notice of Decision. The review authority shall set forth the findings and any conditions of the approval in a written decision, which shall be sent to the applicant. The written decision shall inform the applicant of the right to appeal the decision and the time period and procedures for doing so.
ii. Conditions of Approval. In granting a request for reasonable accommodation, the review authority may impose any conditions of approval deemed reasonable and necessary to ensure that the 374
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 70

reasonable accommodation will comply with the required findings set forth above. Conditions may also be imposed to ensure that any removable structures or physical design features that are constructed or installed in association with the reasonable accommodation request shall be removed prior to the sale, transfer, lease, or other conveyance of the property, or once those structures or physical design features are no longer necessary to accommodate a person with a disability, or to reduce impacts upon neighboring properties, and the property owner may be required to enter into and record a restrictive covenant benefitting the City, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney, to ensure compliance with such conditions.
iii. The decision of the City Manager or designee shall be final unless appealed by the applicant to the City Council within 10 dayscalendar days. The procedures set forth in Section 2.60.060 of this Code shall apply to such appeals.
…
g. Effect of Approval; Revocation; Discontinuance.
i. Does Not Run with the Land. A reasonable accommodation approved by the City does not run with the land. Upon
discontinuance or revocation of a previously approved reasonable accommodation request, the City may require the property owner and/or occupant(s) to bring the property into conformance with this code to the extent that relief was granted as part of the request for reasonable accommodation.
ii. Revocation. After notice and an opportunity for hearing, the City Manager or designee may revoke any previously granted
reasonable accommodation approval due to violations of any conditions of approval or laws in connection with use of the reasonable accommodation. The decision of the City Manager or designee to revoke a reasonable accommodation shall be final unless appealed by the applicant to the City Council within 10 dayscalendar days. The procedures set forth in Section 2.60.060 of this code shall apply to such appeals.
iii. Discontinuance. A previously approved reasonable
accommodation shall lapse and be deemed null and void if the exercise of rights granted by the reasonable accommodation is discontinued for 180 consecutive dayscalendar days and/or if the individual or individuals with a disability on whose behalf an 375
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 71

approved reasonable accommodation was requested vacate the premises, unless, following consideration of a new application in accordance with this section, the City Manager or designee determines that: (1) the modification is physically integrated into the residential structure such that it would be impractical to require the property to be returned to its previous condition; or (2) the accommodation is necessary to give another disabled individual an equal opportunity for use and enjoyment of the dwelling. The City Manager or designee may, at any time, request in writing the applicant or any successor- in-interest to the property subject to a previously approved reasonable
accommodation to provide documentation demonstrating that the accommodation remains necessary to ensure the equal use and enjoyment of the property by an individual or individuals with a disability and/or continued compliance with the applicable conditions of approval. Failure to provide such documentation with 15 dayscalendar days of the date of such request shall constitute evidence of discontinuance of the exercise of rights granted by the reasonable accommodation.
…

9.32.060. Notice of a Public Hearing.

Notice of time and place and date of public hearings shall be given in the following manner, consistent with State Code law.

A. Notice of any public hearing upon a proposed amendment to this title shall be given by at least one publication in a newspaper of general circulation, in the City not less than 10 dayscalendar days before the date of said public hearings., pursuant to California Government Code Section 65090. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, notice of any public hearing upon a proposed amendment to this title which affects the uses of real property shall be given pursuant to both California Government Code Section 65090 and California Government Code Section 65091, in the same manner as notice for public hearings of application for other land use actions as provided in subsection (B), except that the notice shall be published, posted, mailed, and delivered, or advertised, as applicable, at least 20 calendar days before the hearing.

B. Any All applications for other land use actions application not provided for this title and requiring a public hearing shall be noticed in the following way s, pursuant to Government Code Section 65091:

1. A written notice shall be either (a) published in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City not less than 10 calendar days before the date 376
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 72

of such hearing or (b) posted at least 10 calendar days before the date of such hearing in at least three plac es within the boundaries of the City, including one place in the area directly affected by the proceeding.

2. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 dayscalendar days prior to the date of such hearing to the applicant, the owner or owners of the real property that is the subject of the hearing, and the last known address of all the owner or owners of the property located within not less than a 300-foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property, as indicated on the latest available assessment roll , or in the records of the county assessor or tax collector which contain more recent information than the assessment roll. s in the City Hall; or If the number of owners to whom notice would be mailed or delivered is greater than 1,000, in lieu of mailed or delivered notice, notice may be provided by placing a display advertisement of at least one-eighth page in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City at least 10 calendar days prior to the hearing.

If a written notice is mailed or delivered to property owners pursuant to this subsection, said notice shall also be mailed to all residential tenants of property located within not less than a 300-foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property.

3. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered to the owner or owners of subject property and to the applicant if he or she be a person other than the owner of this property not less than 10 dayscalendar days prior to the date of hearing on any type of publication;

3. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 dayscalendar days prior to the hearing to each local agency expected to provide water, sewage, streets, roads, schools or other essential facilities or services to the project, whose ability to provide th ose facilities and services may be significantly affected.

4. If notice is required to be given by the Subdivision Map Act, a written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the hearing to any owner of a mineral right pertaining to the real property subject to the hearing who has recorded a notice of intent to preserve the mineral right under California Civil Code Section 883.230.

5. A written notice shall be mailed or delivered not less than 10 calendar days prior to the hearing to any person who has filed or renewed a written request for notice with the city clerk within the same calendar year pursuant to Government Code Section 65092 and has paid the required fee.

C. Time of a Public Hearing. The secretary of the Planning Commission shall set land use hearings before the Planning Commission or the Zoning Administrator as 377
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 73

provided by this chapter. The date of the public hearings shall be not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days from the date of the filing of the verified application or the adoption of the resolutions or the making of the motion.

D. Required Wording Content of Notices. In addition to any other information required by law, Public public notice of hearings on land use actions shall include, but not be limited to, the name of the hearing body, consist of the words "Notice of Proposed Change of Zone Boundaries or Classification" or "Notice of Proposed Site Plan" or "Notice of Proposed Conditional Use Permit" or other similar wording as the case may be, setting forth the address and description of the property under consideration, the nature of the proposed change, or requested permit or use, and the date, time, and place and date, at which of the public hearing or hearings on the matter will be held., a general explanation of the matter to be considered, and a general description, in text or by diagram, of the location of the real property, if any, that is the subject of the hearing. If the hearing body will consider a determination or an approval or certification of a document pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act, the hearing notice shall also include a statement that the hearing body will also consider said determination or approval or certification.
…

9.32.100. Decisions of the Hearing Bodies.

A. Decisions of Planning Commission.

1. The vote of the Planning Commission required to approve any matter within its jurisdiction shall be as provided by the planning and zoning law of the State of California, and in the absence of any specific voting requirement therein, the approval of any matter shall require the vote of a majority of the quorum of said body.

2. In any instance where a vote of a sufficient majority cannot be obtained on any matter before it, such matter shall be deemed to have been denied.

3. Findings. Findings shall be made by the Planning Commission in compliance with Section 9.32.030.

4. Not more than 30 dayscalendar days following the termination of proceedings of the public hearing on an application for a land use action, the Planning Commission shall announce findings, and issue an order, in writing.

A copy of this order shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown on the application and shall, within 15 dayscalendar days of the adoption of the resolution, be transmitted to the City Council.
378
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 74

a. This order shall recite, among other things, the facts and reasons that, in the opinion of the hearing body, make the granting or denial of the application necessary to carry out the provisions and general purpose of this chapter;
b. This order shall direct that the application be either granted or denied; c. If the application is granted, the order shall also recite the conditions and limitations as the hearing body may impose.

5. Findings. Findings shall be made by the Planning Commission in compliance with Section 9.32.030.

6. Orders of the Planning Commission shall be by resolution and shall be called resolutions.

B. Zoning Administrator.

1. Orders of the Zoning Administrator shall be called decisions. a. The decision shall recite, among other things, the facts and reasons that, in the opinion of the hearing body, make the granting or denial of the application necessary to carry out the provisions and general purpose of this chapter.
b. The decision shall direct that the application be either granted or denied. c. If the application is granted, the decision shall also recite such conditions and limitations as the hearing body may impose.

2. Findings. Findings shall be made by the Zoning Administrator in compliance with Section 9.32.030.

3. Notice of Order of the Zoning Administrator. Not later than 15 dayscalendar days following the rendering of an order directing that a land use action be granted or denied, a copy of the decision shall be mailed to the applicant at the address shown on the application.

C. Effective Date of Order Granting or Denying Land Use Actions. The order granting or denying a land use action shall become final 21 10 calendar days after the order, unless within such 2110-day period an appeal in writing is filed with the City Clerk by either an applicant or opponent. The filing of the appeal within such time limit shall stay the effective date of the order until such time as the City Council has acted upon the appeal, as hereafter set forth in this chapter. 379
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 75

D. Permanent Records. Applications filed pursuant to this section shall be numbered consecutively in the order of their filing and shall become a part of the permanent filed therewith.

All pertinent and required documentation shall be attached thereto and permanently filed therewith.

E. Orders of the Hearing Body Kept as Permanent Record. The resolutions and the decisions of the hearing body shall be numbered and shall become a permanent record in the files of the City Manager or designee.

1. Summary of Testimony. A summary of all pertinent testimony offered at public hearings held in connection with an application filed pursuant to this chapter and the names of persons testifying shall be recorded and made a part of the permanent files of the case.

2. Copies of all notices and actions, with certificates and affidavits of posting and mailing and publications with certificates pertaining thereto shall also become a part of the permanent official records of the City.

3. Permanent files shall include a summary of testimony.

F. Transmission of Records to the City Council. For those land use actions requiring City Council hearing, the recording secretary of the Planning Commission shall advise the City Clerk of such required hearing, and transmit the complete record of the case.

G. Notice of City Council Hearings. For City Council public hearings regarding land use actions, the City Council shall provide notice in accordance with this chapter and state law.

H. City Council to Hold Public Hearings. Within 60 dayscalendar days following the advisement by the recording secretary of the Planning Commission that a public hearing before the City Council is required, the City Council shall conduct a public hearing in accordance with this chapter.

I. Order of the City Council Shall Be Final. Any action by the City Council that either approves or disapproves an action of the hearing body, as the case may be, shall be by the affirmative vote of at least three four members of the City Council, and shall be final and conclusive. The hearing by the City Council shall be de novo and the City Council may approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the matter in accordance with this Code or remand the matter to the Planning Commission pursuant to subdivision (J) below.

J. Adverse Decision of Council to Be Referred to the Planning Commission. 380
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 76


1. If the City Council proposes an action that is contrary to the action of the Planning Commission, the City Council may take action on the matter that shall be final and conclusive. The City Council may, before taking final action, remand its proposed findings to the Planning Commission and request further report on the matter.

2. If the City Council proposes an action that modifies the action of the Planning Commission and the modificati on was not previously considered by the Planning Commission then, before final action is taken, the City Council shall remand the matter to the Planning Commission for further report.

3. The Planning Commission shall hold a duly advertised public hearing as provided in Section 9.32.040 if the Ci ty Council proposes an action that modifies or is contrary to the action of the Planning Commission, and that decision is based on substantial new evidence or testimony. Such hearing shall be on only those matters remanded. In determining whether or not evidence is new and substantial, th e City Council shall consider whether due process would be better served by remanding the matter back to the Planning Commission for further hearing. Council action on such a determination is final. For purposes of clarification, new substantial evidence shall be that which is submitted into the public record during a public hearing that has bearing on the possible outcome of a requested action and that was not previously considered by the original hearing body.

4. Failure to report within 60 dayscalendar days after reference may be deemed by the City Council to be approval of any proposed change.

K. City Council to Announce Findings and Orders by Resolution. The City Council shall announce its findings and orders by formal resolution, not more than 30 dayscalendar days following the termination of proceedings of the hearing or upon receipt of a report from the hearing body when a matter has been referred back pursuant to Chapter 9.32this chapter. Such resolution shall recite, among other things, the facts and reasons that, in the opinion of the City Council, made the granting or denial of the discretionary use provision necessary to carry out the general purpose of this chapter, and shall order that the matter be granted, denied or modified, subject to such conditions or limitations that it may impose.

L. Approval by City Council and Adoption of Resolution. If the resolution is not adopted by City Council due to a deadlock or the vote, the appellate decision after a period of 60 dayscalendar days shall be superseded by the decision of the previous hearing body.
381
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 77

M. Notice of Decision of City Council. Not later than 15 dayscalendar days following the adoption by the City Council of a resolution approving or denying amendment an action or entitlement pursuant to this chapter, or an appeal, one copy of such resolution shall be forwarded to the applicant at the address shown upon the application and one copy shall be attached to the file in the case and the complete file returned to the Planning Commission for permanent filing.

9.32.110. Appeals – Purpose.

The purpose of an appeal of a hearing body decision is to allow an applicant or an interested party of a land use action who feels aggrieved by the decision to seek review of the case by another imported hearing body. Timely filing of a written appeal shall automatically stay all actions and put in abeyance all approvals or permits which may have been granted; and neither the applicant nor any enforcing agency may rely upon the decision, approval, or denial or other action appealed from, until the appeal has been resolved.

9.32.120. Time for Appeal.

A decision of a hearing body on a land use action may be appealed by the applicant, any resident of the City, any owner of real property in the City, a tenant or leaseholder of property which is located adjacent to or within 300 feet of the property boundaries of the application being appealed, or an individual that may be affected by the decision on the application, within 21 10 calendar days of the date on which the decision is rendered, unless otherwise specified in this chapter.

9.32.130. Filing of an Appeal.

All appeals shall be submitted in writing to the City Clerk on a City application form along with all applicable fees, and shall specifically state the basis for the appeal. …

9.32.150. Appeal Hearing – Decision.

A. The hearing and decision procedures of an appeal shall be in accordance with Sections 9.32.040 through 9.32.100 of this chapter.

B. Any modification of a land use action th at was appealed by City Council shall be returned to the City Council for review.
…

9.32.170. Abandoned, Wrecked, Dismantled or Inoperative Vehicles. 382
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 78

A. Authority and Declaration of Public Nuisance. In addition to and in accordance with the determination made, and the authority granted, by the State of California under Section 22660 of the Vehicle Code to remove abandoned, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative vehicles or parts thereof as public nuisances, the City Council makes the following findings and declarations: The accumulation and storage of abandoned, wrecked, dismantled, or inoperative vehicles or parts thereof on private or public property, not including highways, is hereby found to create a condition tending to reduce the value of private property, to promote blight and deterioration, to invite plundering, to create fire hazards, to constitute an attractive nuisance creating a hazard to the health and safety of minors, to create a harborage for rodents and insects and to be injurious to the health, safety and general welfare. Therefore, the presence of an abandoned, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative vehicle or part thereof, on private or public property, not including highways, except as expressly hereinafter permitted, is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance that may be abated as such in accordance with the provisions of this section.

B. Penalty for Violation. It is unlawful and a misdemeanor for any person to abandon, park, store, or leave or permit the abandonment, parking, storing or leaving of any licensed or unlicensed vehi cle or part thereof that is in an abandoned, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative condition upon any private property or public property, not including highways, within the City, for a period in excess of seven dayscalendar days , unless that vehicle or part thereof is completely enclosed within a building in a lawful manner where it is not plainly visible from the street or other public or private property, or unless the vehicle is stored or parked in a lawful manner on private property in connection with the business of a licensed dismantler, licensed vehicle dealer or a junkyard.

C. Penalty for Failure to Comply. It is unlawful and a misdemeanor for any person to fail or refuse to remove an abandone d, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative vehicle or part thereof or refuse to abate that nuisance when ordered to do so in accordance with the abatement provisions of this section, or state law where state law is applicable.

D. Exceptions. This section shall not apply to:

1. A vehicle or part thereof that is completely enclosed within a building in a lawful manner where it is not visible from the street or other public or private property; or

2. A vehicle or part thereof that is stored or parked in a lawful manner on private property in connection with the business of a licensed dismantler, licensed vehicle dealer, a junk dealer, or when storage or parking is necessary to the operation of a lawfu lly conducted business or commercial enterprise.
383
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 79

Nothing in this section shall authorize the maintenance of a public or private nuisance as defined under provisions of law other than Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 22650) of Di vision 11 of the Vehicle Code and Title 9 of this code.

E. This Section not Exclusive Regulation. This section is not the exclusive regulation of abandoned, wrecked, dismantled or inoperative vehicles within the City. It shall supplement and be in addition to th e other regulatory codes, statutes and ordinances heretofore or hereinafter enacted by the City, the state or any other legal entity or agency having jurisdiction.

F. Enforcement Officer, Authority to Enter Property. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this section shall be administered by the City Manager or designee. In the administration of th is section, such officer and his or her deputies, after providing notice required by law, and obtaining any warrants required by law, may enter upon private or public property to examine a vehicle or parts thereof, or to obtain information as to the identity of a vehicle and/or to remove or cause the removal of a vehicle or part thereof declared to be a nuisance pursuant to this section.

G. Authority for Contractor to Enter Property for Removal. When the City Council has contracted with, or granted a franchise to, any person or persons, that person or persons shall be authorized to enter upon private property or public property after providing notice required by law, and obtaining any warrants required by law to remove or cause the removal of a vehicle or parts thereof declared to be a nuisance pursuant to this section.

H. Administrative Costs. The City Council shall from time to time determine and fix an amount to be assessed as administrative costs (excluding the actual cost of any vehicle or part thereof) under this section.

I. Public Hearing Required—Notice. A public hearing shall be held on the question of abatement and removal of the vehicle or part thereof as an abandoned, wrecked, or dismantled or inoperative vehicle and the assessment of administrative costs and the cost of removal of the vehicle or part thereof against the property on which it is located.

J. Notice to California Highway Patrol. Notice of hearing shall also be given to the California Highway Patrol identifying the vehicle or part thereof proposed for removal, such notice to be mailed at least 10 dayscalendar days prior to the public hearing.

K. Conduct of Hearing, Findings, Orders and Determinations. All hearings under this section shall be held before the Zoning Administrator, or his or her deputy, that 384
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 80

shall hear all facts and testimony he or she deems pertinent. These facts and testimony may include testimony on the condition of the vehicle, or part thereof, and the circumstances concerning its location on that private property or public property. The Zoning Administrator shall not be limited by the technical rules of evidence. The owner of the land on which the vehicle is located may appear in person at the hearing or present a written statement in time for consideration at the hearing and deny responsibility for the presence of the vehicle on the land, with his or her reasons for such denial. The Zoning Administrator may impose such conditions and take such other action as he or she deems appropriate under the circumstances to carry out the purpose of this title. He or she may delay the time for removal of the vehicle or part thereof if, in his or her opinion, the circumstances justify it. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Zoning Administrator may find that a vehicle or part thereof has been abandoned, wrecked, dismantled, or is inoperative on private or public property, and order the vehicle removed from the property as a public nuisance and disposed of as hereinafter provided and determine the administrative costs and the cost of removal to be charged against the owner of the parcel of land on which the vehicle or part thereof is located. The order requiring removal shall include a description of the vehicle or part thereof, and the correct identification number and license number of the vehicle if available at the site. The owner of the parcel of land shall be notified in writing of the decision. If it is determined at the hearing that the vehicle was placed on the land without the consent of the land owner, and that he or she has not subsequently acquiesced in its presence, the Zoning Administrator shall not assess costs of ad ministration or removal of the vehicle against the property upon which the vehicle is located or otherwise attempt to collect such costs from such land owner. If an interested party makes a written presentation to the Zoning Administrator but does not appear, he or she shall be notified in writing of the decision.

L. Appeals, City Council Hearing. Any interested party may appeal the decision of the Zoning Administrator by filing a written notice of appeal with the City Clerk within five dayscalendar days after the decision of the Zoning Administrator.

Such appeal shall be heard by the City Council, which may affirm, amend or reverse the order or take other action deemed appropriate. The City Clerk shall give written notice of the time and place of the hearing to the appellant and those persons specified in this section. In conducting the hearing, the City Council shall not be limited by the technical rules of evidence.

M. Removal of Vehicle. Five dayscalendar days after adoption of the order declaring, the vehicle or parts thereof to be a public nuisance, five dayscalendar days from the date of mailing of notice of the decision, if a notice is required by this section, or 15 dayscalendar days after action of the City Council authorizing removal following appeal, the vehicles or parts thereof may be disposed of by removal to a scrapyard or automobile dismantler's yard. After a vehicle has been removed, it shall not thereafter be reconstructed or made operable. 385
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 81

N. Notice to Department of Motor Ve hicles on Removal. Within five dayscalendar days after the date of removal of the vehicle or part thereof, notice shall be given to the Department of Motor Vehicles identifying the vehicles or part thereof removed. At the same time there shall be transmitted to the Department of Motor Vehicles any evidence of registration available, including registration certificates, certificates of title and license plates.

O. Payment of Assessment—Nonpayment a Lien. If the administrative costs and the cost of removal that are charged against the owner of a parcel of land pursuant to this section are not paid within 30 dayscalendar days of the date of the order or the final disposition of an appeal therefor, such costs shall be assessed against the parcel of land pursuant to Section 38773.5 of the Government Code, and shall be transmitted to the tax collector for collection. Said assessment shall have the same priority as other City taxes.

9.32.180. Public Nuisance.

A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to encourage property maintenance practices and standards that will avoid conditions that are detrimental to the public health, safety, or general welfare, or conditions that constitute a public nuisance as defined by Section 3480 of the California Civil Code.

B. Declaration of Civil Public Nuisance. It is declared a civil public nuisance for any person owning, leasing, occupying, or having charge or possession of any premises in the City to maintain upon such premises, or to permit, cause, or allow to exist on such premises, any condition that is detrimental to the public health, safety, or general welfare, or that constitutes a public nuisance as defined by Section 3480 of the California Civil Code. Such conditions shall include but shall not be limited to the following:

1. Buildings or structures, or portions thereof, that are damaged, dilapidated, or inadequately or improperly maintained such that they are structurally unsafe, or do not provide adequate egress, or that constitute a fire hazard, or that are otherwise dangerous to human life or that in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to the public health, safety, or general welfare. Such buildings or structures shall include those that are abandoned, hazardously or inadequately boarded up, partially destroyed, or in a state of partial construction;

2. Other conditions related to buildings, structures, walls, fences, or landscaping that are of a hazardous nature and require immediate correction, repair, or adequate and proper maintenance, including but not limited to the existence of broken glass in doors or windows that are located in an area of public access, surfaces showing evidence of dry rot, warping, 386
Exhibit “A”
Code Amendment No. A-042-2025(B)
Proposed Code Amendment Redlines Page 82

or termite infestation; doors, aisles, passageways, stairways, or other means of exit that do not provide a safe and adequate means of exit; any wall or other vertical structural member that lists, leans, or is buckled to such an extent that a plumbline passing through the center of gravity does not fall inside the middle one-third of the base; or any other condition that because of a lack of proper sanitation or soundness, or as a result of dilapidation, decay damage or faulty construction or arrangement, is likely to cause sickness, disease, or threat to the public health, safety or general welfare;

3. Land, the topography, geology, or configuration of which, whether in a natural state or as a result of grading operations, causes erosion, subsidence, or surface water runoff problems of such magnitude to be injurious or potentially injurious to the public health, safety, or general welfare;

4. Vegetation, including, but not limited to, trees, shrubbery, or grass, cultivated or uncultivated, that is overgrown, dead, decayed, or diseased such that it is likely to harbor rats, vermin, insects, or other nuisances that are dangerous to the public health safety, or general welfare;

5. Any materials, equipment, vehicles, broken or discarded furniture, boxes, lumber, junk, trash or debris that is stored in any yard area in such a manner or in such condition as to be detrimental to the public health, safety, or general welfare;

← All documents from this meeting